10-K 1 a11-32380_110k.htm 10-K

Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

OR

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from          to

 

Commission file number 333-73012-04

 


 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

52-2272489

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

601 Carlson Parkway

 

 

Minnetonka, Minnesota

 

55305

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (952) 852-2431

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

 

 

None

 

None

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act

5.875% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2013 of OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc.

 


 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months. Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10- K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer x

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o  No x

 

The aggregate market value of voting shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2011 was $0, because all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock were owned by OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon Insurance Group, Ltd.

 

As of March 16, 2012, there were 505 outstanding shares of Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Registrant.

 

The Registrant meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction (I) (1) (a) and (b) of Form 10-K and is therefore filing this Form with reduced disclosure format.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.

Business*

1

 

Overview

1

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

3

 

Other Insurance Operations

5

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations

14

 

Regulatory Matters

16

 

Ratings

19

 

Employees

19

 

Available Information

20

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

20

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

30

ITEM 2.

Properties*

30

ITEM 3.

Legal Proceedings

30

ITEM 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

30

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer  Purchases of Equity Securities

31

ITEM 6.

**

 

ITEM 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations*

32

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

53

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

60

 

Forward-Looking Statements

80

ITEM 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

81

ITEM 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

83

ITEM 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

83

ITEM 9A.

Controls and Procedures

84

ITEM 9B.

Other Information

84

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.

**

 

ITEM 11.

**

 

ITEM 12.

**

 

ITEM 13.

**

 

ITEM 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

85

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

86

CERTIFICATIONS

C-1

 


*                                         Item prepared in accordance with General Instruction I (2) of Form 10-K

 

**                                  Item omitted in accordance with General Instruction I (2) of Form 10-K

 



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc. (OBH or the Company, and collectively with its subsidiaries, OB Holdings, we, us, or our) was created in 2000 by White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd. (White Mountains) to acquire and subsequently be the holding company for OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC (together with its subsidiaries, OneBeacon). White Mountains is a holding company whose businesses provide property and casualty insurance, reinsurance and certain other products. On June 1, 2001, OBH acquired OneBeacon from Aviva plc (Aviva) (the OneBeacon Acquisition).

 

During 2006, White Mountains undertook an internal reorganization and formed OneBeacon Insurance Group, Ltd. (OBIG) for the purpose of holding certain of its property and casualty insurance businesses. As part of this reorganization, certain of White Mountains’ businesses that were historically indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of White Mountains, including OBH, became indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of OBIG. During the fourth quarter of 2006, White Mountains sold 27.6 million or 27.6% of OBIG’s common shares in an initial public offering. As of December 31, 2011, White Mountains owned 75.5% of OBIG’s common shares.

 

We are a property and casualty insurance writer singularly focused on specialty lines. We offer a wide range of specialty products and services through independent agencies, regional and national brokers, wholesalers and managing general agencies. As a specialty company, we are guided by a focus on certain products and/or customer or industry groups where we believe our targeted approach and expertise deliver a competitive advantage. We believe specialization will result in superior returns as compared to a more “generalist” underwriting approach and that our knowledge regarding our targeted industries, classes and risk characteristics provides us with a competitive edge for our terms and conditions on individual accounts. Our products relate to professional liability, marine, collector cars and boats, energy, entertainment, sports and leisure, excess property, excess environmental, group accident, property and inland marine, public entities, technology and tuition refund.

 

Our reportable segments are Specialty Insurance Operations, Other Insurance Operations and Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations. The Specialty Insurance Operations segment is comprised of twelve underwriting units that are aggregated into three major underwriting units for financial reporting—MGA Business, Specialty Industries and Specialty Products—representing an aggregation of businesses based on those that are distributed through managing general agencies (MGAs), those that are targeted to specific industries and those that offer targeted products. Our Other Insurance Operations segment includes the results of the non-specialty commercial lines business, to which we sold the renewal rights, and the traditional personal lines business, which we sold, in addition to other run-off business and certain purchase accounting adjustments relating to the OneBeacon Acquisition. Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations includes the investing and financing activities for OB Holdings on a consolidated basis, and certain other activities conducted through our holding company, OBH. Our corporate headquarters are located at 601 Carlson Parkway, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305.

 

Our principal operating subsidiaries are rated “A” (Excellent, the third highest of fifteen financial strength ratings) by A.M. Best Company, Inc. (A.M. Best), “A-” (Strong, the seventh highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings) by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (Standard & Poor’s), “A2” (Good, the sixth highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) and “A” (Strong, the sixth highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings) by Fitch Ratings (Fitch). We currently have a “Stable” outlook from each of A.M. Best, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch and Moody’s.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2011, our net written premiums totaled $1.1 billion and we had total assets of approximately $5.7 billion and total OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity of $0.9 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

Significant Transactions

 

AutoOne.  On August 30, 2011, OBIG and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a definitive agreement (the AutoOne Purchase Agreement) to sell our AutoOne Insurance business (AutoOne) to Interboro Holdings, Inc. (Interboro) (the AutoOne Transaction). The AutoOne Transaction, which was subject to regulatory approvals, closed in February 2012. AutoOne has offered products and services to assigned risk markets primarily in New York and New Jersey. AutoOne had been included within the Other Insurance Operations segment, however, as a result of entering into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, AutoOne has been presented as discontinued operations in the statements of operations with the prior periods reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Pursuant to the terms of the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, at closing OneBeacon transferred to Interboro all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of AutoOne Insurance Company (AOIC) and AutoOne Select Insurance Company (AOSIC), through which substantially all of the AutoOne business was written on a direct basis. At closing, OneBeacon also transferred the assets, liabilities (including loss reserves and unearned premiums) and capital of the business as well as substantially all of the AutoOne infrastructure including systems and office space as well as certain staff. The AutoOne Transaction also included the execution of a reinsurance agreement with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which OneBeacon cedes, on a 100% quota share basis, AutoOne business not directly written by AOIC and AOSIC.

 

Our Operating Principles

 

We strive to operate within the spirit of four operating principles. These are:

 

Underwriting Comes First.  An insurance enterprise must respect the fundamentals of insurance. There must be a realistic expectation of underwriting profit on all business written, and demonstrated fulfillment of that expectation over time, with focused attention to the loss ratio and to all the professional insurance disciplines of pricing, underwriting and claims management.

 

Maintain a Disciplined Balance Sheet.  The first concern here is that insurance liabilities must always be fully recognized. Loss reserves and expense reserves must be solid before any other aspect of the business can be solid. Pricing, marketing and underwriting all depend on informed judgment of ultimate loss costs and that can be managed effectively only with a disciplined balance sheet.

 

Invest for Total Return.  Historical insurance accounting tends to hide unrealized gains and losses in the investment portfolio and over-reward reported investment income (interest and dividends). Regardless of the accounting, we must invest for the best growth in after tax value over time. In addition to investing our bond portfolios for total after tax return, that will also mean prudent investment in a balanced portfolio consistent with leverage and insurance risk considerations.

 

Think Like Owners.  Thinking like owners has a value all its own. There are stakeholders in a business enterprise and doing good work requires more than this quarter’s profit. But thinking like an owner embraces all that without losing the touchstone of a capitalist enterprise.

 

Property and Casualty Insurance Overview

 

Generally, property and casualty insurance companies write insurance policies in exchange for premiums paid by their customers (the insured). An insurance policy is a contract between the insurance company and the insured where the insurance company agrees to pay for losses suffered by the insured that are covered under the contract. Such contracts often are subject to subsequent legal interpretation by courts, legislative action and arbitration. Property insurance generally covers the financial consequences of accidental losses to the insured’s property, such as a business’ building, inventory and equipment or personal property. Casualty insurance (often referred to as liability insurance) generally covers the financial consequences of a legal liability of an individual or an organization resulting from negligent acts and omissions causing bodily injury and/or property damage to a third party. Claims on property coverage generally are reported and settled in a relatively short period of time, whereas those on casualty coverage can take years, even decades, to settle.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

We derive substantially all of our revenues from earned premiums, investment income and net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investment securities. Earned premiums represent premiums received from insureds, which are recognized as revenue over the period of time that insurance coverage is provided (i.e., ratably over the life of the policy). A significant period of time normally elapses between the receipt of insurance premiums and the payment of insurance claims. During this time, we invest the premiums, earn investment income and generate net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investment securities.

 

Insurance companies incur a significant amount of their total expenses from policyholder losses, which are commonly referred to as claims. In settling policyholder losses, various loss adjustment expenses (LAE) are incurred such as insurance adjusters’ fees and litigation expenses. In addition, insurance companies incur policy acquisition expenses, such as commissions paid to producers and premium taxes, and other expenses related to the underwriting process, including their employees’ compensation and benefits. The key measure of relative underwriting performance for an insurance company is the combined ratio. An insurance company’s combined ratio under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) is calculated by adding the ratio of incurred loss and LAE to earned premiums (the loss and LAE ratio) and the ratio of policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses to earned premiums (the expense ratio). A combined ratio under 100% indicates that an insurance company is generating an underwriting profit. However, when considering investment income and investment gains or losses, insurance companies operating at a combined ratio of greater than 100% can be profitable.

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

Our Specialty Insurance Operations is a collection of niche businesses that focus on solving the unique needs of particular customer or industry groups on a national scale. We provide distinct products and offer tailored coverages and services, managed by seasoned teams of market specialists. Some of these businesses maintain stand-alone operations and distribution channels targeting their specific customer groups. The majority of these businesses are focused on smaller property-casualty insurance segments where particular expertise and relationships with similarly focused distribution partners have resulted historically in strong operating results. These businesses maintain their competitive advantage through a deep knowledge of their respective customers and markets. We have added, and expect to continue to add, new businesses both organically and through acquisition, guided by our focus on profitable growth while prudently managing underwriting risk.

 

Our Specialty Insurance Operations segment is comprised of twelve underwriting units that are aggregated into three major underwriting units for financial reporting: MGA Business, Specialty Industries and Specialty Products.

 

MGA Business

 

Our MGA Business underwriting unit includes:

 

·                  Collector Cars and Boats:  Through our exclusive partnership with Hagerty Insurance Agency (Hagerty), we offer tailored coverages for collectible vehicles and wooden boats, automotive museums and restoration shops. Notable features include agreed value for the insured vehicle or boat, flexible usage, and overseas shipping/foreign touring coverage— supported by in-house claims expertise. Our relationship with Hagerty has an initial term of five years and will be up for renewal in the second quarter of 2013.

 

·                  A.W.G. Dewar (Dewar):  Dewar has been a leading provider of tuition reimbursement insurance since 1930. Dewar’s product protects both schools and parents from the financial consequences of a student’s withdrawal or dismissal from school. We own approximately 83% of the Dewar agency.

 

·                  OneBeacon Entertainment (OBE):  OBE is an underwriting facility that includes the managing general agency, Entertainment Brokers International Insurance Services (EBI), which we acquired in July 2008. OBE’s primary focus is providing specialized commercial insurance products, including professional liability coverages, for the entertainment, sports, and leisure industries, through a network of independent agents and brokers.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Specialty Industries

 

Our Specialty Industries underwriting unit includes:

 

·                  International Marine Underwriters (IMU):  IMU traces its roots to the early 1900s. This group offers a full range of ocean marine insurance products including, but not limited to, commercial hull and marine liabilities at both the primary and excess levels; ocean and air cargo with coverage extensions such as inland transit, warehousing, and processing; yachts; and several marine “package” products with comprehensive property, auto and liability coverage.

 

·                  OneBeacon Technology Insurance (OBTI):  OBTI has the focus and expertise to deliver targeted insurance solutions for specific Technology segments including: InfoTech, MedTech, Telecommunications, Electronic Manufacturing, Integration Contractors, Instrument Manufacturers and Clean Tech/Solar. Our tailored products and coverages include property, general liability, business auto, commercial umbrella, workers compensation, international, technology errors or omissions, data privacy and communications liability. We deliver specialized expertise, innovation and service through dedicated underwriting, risk control and claims staff.

 

·                  OneBeacon Accident Group (OBA):  OBA focuses on analyzing and developing unique accident solutions for the transportation, non-subscription and corporate accident marketplace, while also developing specialized accident insurance programs. OBA continually canvases the marketplace for niches that could benefit from accident solutions. OBA’s product suite includes accidental death and dismemberment, occupational accident, sports accident, non-truckers liability, vehicle physical damage and other accident coverages. OBA also manages OneBeacon Services, which provides employers and affinity groups with access to unique services including a discounted prescription drug program, identity theft management services and travel assistance services.

 

·                  OneBeacon Government Risks (OBGR):  OBGR provides solutions for midsized municipalities and counties, special districts including water and sanitation, non-rail transit authorities and other publicly funded agencies. Products include property, casualty and professional liability comprised of law enforcement, public officials and employment practices liability offered on a fully insured, deductible, self-insured retention or assumed reinsurance basis.

 

·                  OneBeacon Energy Group (OBEG):  OBEG focuses on middle-market upstream and midstream conventional energy businesses, alternative and renewable energy producers, alternative fuel producers and related service and manufacturing enterprises. The business offers a full array of property, inland marine and casualty insurance, including property damage, boiler and machinery breakdown, general liability, auto liability and umbrella liability. OBEG continues to develop and expand product offerings to serve customer needs. OBEG does not offer offshore energy products.

 

Specialty Products

 

Our Specialty Products underwriting unit includes:

 

·                  OneBeacon Professional Insurance (OBPI):  OBPI specializes in professional liability solutions for targeted industries including hospitals, managed care organizations, long-term care facilities, medical facilities, physician groups, media organizations, lawyers, real estate professionals, design professionals, financial services and technology providers. Additionally, OBPI provides employment practices liability, management liability and tailored products for complex organizations including health care provider excess insurance and HMO reinsurance. General liability, property and workers compensation coverages are also available for financial institutions. OBPI’s policies are primarily issued on a “claims made” basis, which generally covers claims that are made against an insured during the time period when a liability policy is in effect.

 

·                  OneBeacon Property and Inland Marine (PIM):  PIM provides monoline property and inland marine products for targeted classes of business. The business focuses on builders’ risks, contractors’ equipment, installation floaters, fine arts, motor truck cargo, transportation, miscellaneous articles floaters, warehousemen’s legal liability, and other inland marine opportunities. For property, the target is nursing homes, assisted living, and independent living as well as cultural institutions and related property to support inland marine accounts, including but not limited to, property for our contracting accounts.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

·                  OneBeacon Specialty Property (OBSP):  OBSP provides excess property and inland marine solutions that augment primary policies or self-insured retentions. Target classes of business include apartments and condominiums, commercial real estate, small-to-medium manufacturing, retail/wholesale, education and public entities. OBSP products are provided primarily through surplus lines wholesalers.

 

·                  OneBeacon Excess and Surplus (OBES):  Our newest business, OBES was established in July 2010 to support our current businesses and write selectively in the excess and surplus market. OBES includes OneBeacon Environmental which offers specialized environmental insurance products designed to address a broad range of exposures faced by businesses. Capabilities include commercial general liability, contractors environmental liability, professional liability, environmental premises liability, products pollution liability and follow-form excess.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, our Specialty Insurance Operations net written premiums by underwriting unit were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

MGA Business

 

$

288.4

 

$

269.2

 

$

256.7

 

Specialty Industries

 

376.9

 

317.6

 

292.3

 

Specialty Products

 

397.4

 

401.2

 

397.2

 

Total Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

1,062.7

 

$

988.0

 

$

946.2

 

 

Geographic Concentration

 

Substantially all of our net written premiums are derived from business produced in the United States. Business from Specialty Insurance Operations was produced in the following states:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

California

 

13.9

%

13.4

%

12.8

%

New York

 

9.3

 

8.8

 

9.0

 

Texas

 

6.8

 

6.7

 

7.0

 

Florida

 

5.0

 

5.6

 

5.5

 

Massachusetts

 

4.5

 

5.0

 

5.5

 

Other(1)

 

60.5

 

60.5

 

60.2

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 


(1)           No individual state was greater than 5% of net written premiums, except as noted above.

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

Our Other Insurance Operations includes run-off business, which consists primarily of non-specialty commercial lines business, the renewal rights to which were sold in 2009 as described below, as well as national accounts, certain specialty programs and regional agency business transferred to Liberty Mutual Insurance Group (Liberty Mutual) effective in 2001. Additionally, our Other Insurance Operations included the traditional personal lines business sold in 2010 as described below and certain purchase accounting adjustments relating to the OneBeacon Acquisition.

 

On December 3, 2009, we sold the renewal rights to our non-specialty commercial lines business to The Hanover Insurance Group (The Hanover). The transaction included small commercial accounts and the non-specialty portion of the middle-market business, beginning with January 1, 2010 effective dates (the Commercial Lines Transaction). We continue to manage claims from our non-specialty commercial lines policies written prior to the Commercial Lines Transaction. Through June 30, 2010, we also managed claims from business fronted by OneBeacon and reinsured to The Hanover. We continue to provide claims system access and first notice of loss service to The Hanover. The Hanover reimburses us for our expenses incurred to provide the claims administration services.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

On July 1, 2010, we completed the sale of our traditional personal lines business to Tower Group, Inc. (Tower) (the Personal Lines Transaction). The Personal Lines Transaction included two insurance companies through which the majority of the traditional personal lines business was written on a direct basis, two attorneys-in-fact managing the reciprocal insurance exchanges (reciprocals) that wrote the traditional personal lines business in New York and New Jersey, the surplus notes issued by the New York and New Jersey reciprocals and the remaining renewal rights to certain other traditional personal lines insurance policies. In addition, the Personal Lines Transaction included the execution of reinsurance agreements with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which we cede, on a 100% quota share basis, traditional personal lines business not directly written by companies included in the sale and assume, on a 100% quota share basis, certain specialty lines business written directly by York Insurance Company of Maine (York). We also entered into a Transition Services Agreement (TSA), pursuant to which we provide certain services to Tower during the three-year term of the TSA. Tower reimburses us for all of our expenses incurred to provide these services. Reimbursement for these services is netted against the expense incurred.

 

Beginning in 2001, national accounts and certain specialty programs were discontinued. On November 1, 2001, we transferred our regional agency business, agents and operations in 42 states and the District of Columbia to Liberty Mutual pursuant to a renewal rights agreement (the Liberty Agreement). We continue to manage claims from the discontinued national accounts and specialty programs business as well as the claims related to the business that was subject to the Liberty Agreement (legacy run-off).

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, our net written premiums from Other Insurance Operations were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,(1)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

$

0.2

 

$

171.0

 

$

871.6

 

 


(1)                                 As a result of entering into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, AutoOne has been presented as discontinued operations in the statements of operations for all periods presented.

 

Marketing and Distribution

 

We offer our products through a network of independent agents, regional and national brokers and wholesalers. Overall, we have approximately 2,700 distribution relationships across the country. In recent years, we have expanded our distribution channels to include select MGAs, either through acquisitions or exclusive relationships. These MGAs focus on a particular customer group with tailored products and services, and related expertise.

 

We protect the integrity of our franchise value by selectively appointing distribution partners that demonstrate business, industry knowledge and geographic profiles that align with our target markets and specialized capabilities. We believe in the added value provided by independent distribution partners as they conduct more complete assessments of their clients’ needs, which result in more appropriate coverages and prudent risk management. We also believe that agencies and brokers will continue to be a significant force in overall industry premium production.

 

Underwriting and Pricing

 

We believe there must be a realistic expectation of attaining an underwriting profit on all the business we write, as well as a demonstrated fulfillment of that expectation over time. Consistent with our “underwriting comes first” operating principle, adequate pricing is a critical component for achieving an underwriting profit. We underwrite our book with a disciplined approach towards pricing our insurance products and are willing to forgo a business opportunity if we believe it is not priced appropriately to the exposure.

 

We actively monitor pricing activity and measure usage of tiers, credits, debits and limits. In addition, we regularly update base rates to achieve targeted returns on capital and attempt to shift writings away from lines and classes where pricing is inadequate. To the extent changes in premium rates, policy forms or other matters are subject to regulatory approval (see “Regulatory Matters—General” and “Risk Factors—Regulation may restrict our ability to operate”), we proactively monitor our pending regulatory filings to facilitate, to the extent possible, their prompt processing and approval. Lastly, we expend considerable effort to measure and verify exposures and insured values.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

Property and casualty insurance is highly competitive. Our businesses each compete against a different subset of companies. In general, we compete to varying degrees in one or more of our businesses with most of the large multi-line insurance companies, such as ACE Limited, Chartis Insurance, Chubb Group of Insurance Companies, CNA Insurance, Liberty Mutual Insurance Group, Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. and Zurich Financial Services Ltd. We also compete with most of the specialty companies, such as Allied World Assurance Company, HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc., Ironshore Inc., Markel Corporation, RLI Corp. and W.R. Berkley Corporation. We also compete in certain of our businesses with various local and regional insurance companies.

 

The more significant competitive factors for most insurance products we offer are price, product terms and conditions, agency and broker relationships, and claims service. Our underwriting principles and dedication to independent distribution partners are unlikely to make us the low-cost provider in most markets. While it is often difficult for insurance companies to differentiate their products, we believe that providing superior specialty products to satisfy well-defined market needs and relying on agents and brokers who value our targeted expertise, superior claims service, and disciplined underwriting, we establish our competitive advantage. The continued existence of carriers operating with lower cost structures places ongoing pressure on our pricing and terms and conditions, which may impact our ability to compete.

 

Claims Management

 

Effective claims management is a critical factor in achieving satisfactory underwriting results. We maintain an experienced staff of appraisers, medical specialists, managers and field adjusters strategically located throughout our operating territories. We also maintain a special investigative unit designed to detect insurance fraud and abuse and support efforts by regulatory bodies and trade associations to curtail fraud.

 

Following the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction, claims operations are now organized into ongoing claims and run-off claims, with specific claims resources supporting the respective operations. This approach allows us to better identify and manage claims handling costs. In addition, a shared claims service unit manages costs related to all claims staff and vendors. We have adopted a total claims cost management approach that gives equal importance to controlling claims handling expenses, legal expenses and claims payments, enabling us to lower the sum of the three. This approach requires the utilization of a considerable number of conventional metrics to monitor the effectiveness of various programs implemented to lower total loss costs. We utilize the metrics to guard against implementation of expense containment programs that will cost us more than we expect to save.

 

Our claims department utilizes a claims workstation to record reserves, payments and adjuster activity and, with support from expert tools, assists each claim handler in identifying recovery potential, estimating property damage, evaluating claims and identifying fraud. Our commitment and performance in fighting insurance fraud has reduced claim costs and aided law enforcement investigations.

 

In connection with the OneBeacon Acquisition, Aviva caused us to purchase a reinsurance contract with National Indemnity Company (NICO) to help protect against potential asbestos and environmental (A&E) claims relating to the pre-acquisition period prior to 2001 (the NICO Cover). See “Business—Catastrophe Management and Reinsurance Protection.” NICO has retained a third-party administrator (TPA), Resolute New England (Resolute) to manage the claims processing for A&E claims reinsured under the NICO Cover. Our claims department personnel are consulted by NICO and Resolute on major claims. As with all TPAs, claims department personnel continually monitor Resolute to ensure its controls, processes and settlements are appropriate. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates—Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Catastrophe Management and Reinsurance Protection

 

In the normal course of our business, we purchase reinsurance from high-quality, highly rated, third-party reinsurers in order to minimize loss from large losses or catastrophic events.

 

The timing and size of catastrophe losses are unpredictable and the level of losses experienced in any year could be material to our operating results and financial position. Examples of catastrophes include losses caused by earthquakes, wildfires, hurricanes and other types of storms and terrorist acts. The extent of losses caused by catastrophes is a function of the amount and type of insured exposure in an area affected by the event as well as the severity of the event. We use models (primarily AIR Worldwide) to estimate the probability of the occurrence of a catastrophic event as well as potential losses under various scenarios. We use this model output in conjunction with other data to manage our exposure to catastrophe losses through individual risk selection and by limiting our concentration of insurance written in catastrophe-prone areas such as coastal regions. In addition, we impose wind deductibles on existing coastal windstorm exposures.

 

We seek to further reduce our potential loss from catastrophe exposures through the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance. Effective May 1, 2011, we renewed our property catastrophe reinsurance program through April 30, 2012. The program provides coverage for our property business for losses resulting from natural catastrophes, as well as certain acts of terrorism. Under the program, the first $50.0 million of losses resulting from any single catastrophe are retained and the next $175.0 million of losses resulting from the catastrophe are reinsured in three layers, although we retain a co-participation of 26% of losses from $50.0 million to $100.0 million and 10% of losses from $100.0 million to $175.0 million. Losses from $175.0 million to $225.0 million are fully reinsured. Any loss above $225.0 million would be retained in full. In the event of a catastrophe, our property catastrophe reinsurance program is reinstated for the remainder of the original contract term by paying a reinstatement premium that is based on the percentage of coverage reinstated and the original property catastrophe coverage premium. We anticipate that the $225.0 million limit is sufficient to cover Northeast windstorm losses with a modeled 0.4%-0.5% probability of occurrence (1-in-250-year event to 1-in-200-year event). This $225.0 million limit was reduced from the $275.0 million limit that our previous catastrophe reinsurance program provided. This reduction was in response to lower exposure as our run-off business winds down.

 

Our property catastrophe reinsurance program does not cover property losses resulting from any nuclear events or biological, chemical or radiological terrorist attacks or losses resulting from acts of terrorism as defined under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the Terrorism Act), as amended, committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest, as well as domestic acts of terrorism. See “Business—Terrorism.”

 

We also purchase property-per-risk reinsurance coverage to reduce large loss volatility. The property-per-risk reinsurance program reinsures losses in excess of $10.0 million up to $100.0 million. Individual risk facultative reinsurance may be purchased above $100.0 million where we deem it appropriate. The property-per-risk treaty also provides one limit of reinsurance protection for losses in excess of $10.0 million up to $100.0 million on an individual risk basis for acts of foreign terrorism. However, any nuclear events, or biological, chemical or radiological terrorist attacks are not covered.

 

We also maintain a casualty reinsurance program that provides protection for individual policies involving workers compensation, general liability, automobile liability, professional liability or umbrella liability in excess of $5.0 million up to $21.0 million ($20.0 million for healthcare professional liability). Casualty losses involving more than one insured are covered by a dedicated treaty up to $40.0 million in excess of a $10.0 million retention.

 

In addition, we have reinsurance contracts with two reinsurance companies rated “A++” (Superior, the highest of fifteen financial strength ratings) by A.M. Best and “AA+” (Very Strong, the second highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings) by Standard & Poor’s. One is the reinsurance cover with NICO which entitles us to recover up to $2.5 billion in ultimate loss and LAE incurred related primarily to A&E claims arising from business written prior to 1992 for asbestos claims and 1987 for environmental claims and certain other exposures. As of December 31, 2011, we have ceded estimated incurred losses of approximately $2.3 billion to the NICO Cover. Net losses paid totaled $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2011. The other contract is a reinsurance cover with General Reinsurance Corporation (GRC) for up to $570 million of additional losses on all claims arising from accident years 2000 and prior (the GRC Cover). Through December 31, 2011, we had ceded estimated incurred losses of $562 million to the GRC Cover. Pursuant to the GRC Cover, we are not entitled to recover losses to the full contract limit if such losses are reimbursed by GRC more quickly than anticipated at the time the contract was signed. We intend to seek reimbursement from GRC only for claims which result in payment patterns similar to those supporting our recoverables recorded pursuant to the GRC Cover. The economic cost of not submitting certain other eligible claims to GRC is primarily the investment spread between the rate credited by GRC and the rate achieved by us on our own investments. This cost, if any, is expected to be nominal. During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we collected $73.5 million and $61.3 million, respectively, under the GRC Cover.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us of our obligations. Therefore, collectibility of balances due from reinsurers is critical to our financial strength. See Note 4—“Reinsurance” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Terrorism

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, we have sought to mitigate the risk associated with any future terrorist attacks by limiting the aggregate insured value of policies in geographic areas with exposure to losses from terrorist attacks. This is accomplished by either limiting the total insured values exposed, or, where applicable, through the use of terrorism exclusions.

 

In December 2007, the U.S. government extended the Terrorism Act until December 31, 2014. The Terrorism Act, originally enacted in 2002, established a federal “back-stop” for commercial property and casualty losses, including workers compensation, resulting from acts of terrorism by or on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest. As extended, the law now also covers domestic acts of terrorism. The law limits the industry’s aggregate liability by requiring the federal government to share 85% of certified losses once a company meets a specific retention or deductible as determined by its prior year’s direct written premiums and limits the aggregate liability to be paid by the government and industry without further action by Congress at $100 billion. In exchange for this “back-stop,” primary insurers are required to make coverage available to commercial insureds for losses from acts of terrorism as specified in the Terrorism Act. The following types of coverage are excluded from the program: commercial automobile, burglary and theft, surety, farmowners multi-peril and all professional liability coverage except directors and officers coverage.

 

We estimate our individual retention level for commercial policies subject to the Terrorism Act to be approximately $100 million in 2012. The federal government will pay 85% of covered terrorism losses that exceed our or the industry’s retention levels in 2012, up to a total of $100 billion.

 

Our current property and casualty catastrophe reinsurance programs provide coverage for both “certified” and “non-certified” events as defined under the Terrorism Act provided such losses are not the result of a nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological terrorist attack, or for “certified” acts committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest. See “Business—Catastrophe Management and Reinsurance Protection.”

 

We closely monitor and manage our concentration of risk by geographic area. Our guideline is to control our exposures so that our total maximum expected loss from a likely terrorism event within any half-mile radius in a metropolitan area or around a target risk will not exceed $200 million, or $300 million in all other areas before considering the Terrorism Act. Reports monitoring our terrorism exposures are generated quarterly, and the exposure of potential new business located in areas of existing concentration or that individually present significant exposure is evaluated during the underwriting process. As a result, we believe that we have taken appropriate actions to limit our exposure to losses from terrorist attacks and will continue to monitor our terrorism exposure in the future. Nonetheless, risks insured by us, including those covered by the Terrorism Act, remain exposed to terrorist attacks and the possibility remains that losses resulting from future terrorist attacks could prove to be material.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Loss and LAE Reserves

 

We establish loss and LAE reserves that are estimates of amounts needed to pay claims and related expenses in the future for insured events that have already occurred. The process of estimating reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

 

The following tables summarize our loss and LAE reserve activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

Other Insurance
Operations(3)

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Gross beginning balance

 

$

841.5

 

$

2,454.0

 

$

3,295.5

 

Less beginning reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

(60.1

)

(1,833.1

)

(1,893.2

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

781.4

 

620.9

 

1,402.3

 

Loss and LAE incurred relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

578.0

 

5.8

 

583.8

 

Prior year losses

 

(29.6

)

26.7

 

(2.9

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from continuing operations

 

548.4

 

32.5

 

580.9

 

Loss and LAE paid relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

(216.9

)

(16.1

)

(233.0

)

Prior year losses

 

(305.9

)

(175.9

)

(481.8

)

Total loss and LAE payments from continuing operations

 

(522.8

)

(192.0

)

(714.8

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from discontinued operations

 

 

56.9

 

56.9

 

Total loss and LAE payments from discontinued operations

 

 

(69.5

)

(69.5

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

807.0

 

448.8

 

1,255.8

 

Net loss and LAE reserves reclassified to held for sale(1)

 

 

(64.7

)

(64.7

)

Net ending balance

 

807.0

 

384.1

 

1,191.1

 

Plus ending reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

61.6

 

2,105.9

 

2,167.5

 

Gross ending balance

 

$

868.6

 

$

2,490.0

 

$

3,358.6

 

 


(1)                                 At December 31, 2011, $64.7 million of net loss and LAE reserves related to the AutoOne Transaction were reclassified to held for sale.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

Other Insurance
Operations(3)

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Gross beginning balance

 

$

704.7

 

$

3,230.1

 

$

3,934.8

 

Less beginning reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

(46.4

)

(2,146.5

)

(2,192.9

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

658.3

 

1,083.6

 

1,741.9

 

Loss and LAE incurred relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

567.6

 

347.7

 

915.3

 

Prior year losses

 

(28.0

)

(29.1

)

(57.1

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from continuing operations

 

539.6

 

318.6

 

858.2

 

Loss and LAE paid relating to(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

(201.1

)

(183.1

)

(384.2

)

Prior year losses

 

(215.4

)

(348.7

)

(564.1

)

Total loss and LAE payments from continuing operations

 

(416.5

)

(531.8

)

(948.3

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from discontinued operations

 

 

72.0

 

72.0

 

Total loss and LAE payments from discontinued operations

 

 

(90.5

)

(90.5

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

781.4

 

851.9

 

1,633.3

 

Net loss and LAE reserves sold as part of the Personal Lines Transaction

 

 

(231.0

)

(231.0

)

Net ending balance

 

781.4

 

620.9

 

1,402.3

 

Plus ending reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

60.1

 

1,833.1

 

1,893.2

 

Gross ending balance

 

$

841.5

 

$

2,454.0

 

$

3,295.5

 

 


(2)                                 Loss and LAE paid for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes $78.2 million of traditional personal lines loss reserves not directly written by York or Massachusetts Homeland Insurance Company ($2.5 million relating to current year losses and $75.7 million relating to prior year losses) ceded to Tower pursuant to the Personal Lines Transaction which closed in July 2010.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

Other Insurance
Operations(3)

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Gross beginning balance

 

$

629.9

 

$

3,664.1

 

$

4,294.0

 

Less beginning reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

(52.4

)

(2,450.9

)

(2,503.3

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

577.5

 

1,213.2

 

1,790.7

 

Loss and LAE incurred relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

487.6

 

634.4

 

1,122.0

 

Prior year losses

 

(84.6

)

(32.1

)

(116.7

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from continuing operations

 

403.0

 

602.3

 

1,005.3

 

Accretion of fair value adjustment to net loss and LAE reserves

 

 

5.4

 

5.4

 

Loss and LAE paid relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

(169.8

)

(286.1

)

(455.9

)

Prior year losses

 

(152.4

)

(445.0

)

(597.4

)

Total loss and LAE payments from continuing operations

 

(322.2

)

(731.1

)

(1,053.3

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from discontinued operations

 

 

116.6

 

116.6

 

Total loss and LAE payments from discontinued operations

 

 

(122.8

)

(122.8

)

Net ending balance

 

658.3

 

1,083.6

 

1,741.9

 

Plus ending reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

46.4

 

2,146.5

 

2,192.9

 

Gross ending balance

 

$

704.7

 

$

3,230.1

 

$

3,934.8

 

 


(3)                                 In connection with purchase accounting for the OneBeacon Acquisition, we were required to adjust to fair value our loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $646.9 million and $346.9 million, respectively, on our acquired balance sheet as of June 1, 2001. This net reduction to loss and LAE reserves of $300.0 million is being accreted through an income statement charge ratably with and over the period the claims are settled. Balances of these purchase accounting adjustments to loss and LAE reserves and related reinsurance recoverables were as follows:

 

 

 

Gross Loss
and LAE
Reserve
Balance

 

Reinsurance
Recoverables
on Unpaid
Losses

 

Net Loss and
LAE Reserve
Balance

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

January 1, 2009

 

$

(210.5

)

$

(205.1

)

$

(5.4

)

December 31, 2009

 

(190.5

)

(190.5

)

 

December 31, 2010

 

(176.5

)

(176.5

)

 

December 31, 2011

 

(163.3

)

(163.3

)

 

 

The following information presents (1) our reserve development over the preceding 10 years and (2) a reconciliation of reserves on a regulatory basis to reserves determined in accordance with GAAP, each as prescribed by Securities Act Industry Guide No. 6.

 

Section I of the 10-year table shows the estimated liability that was recorded at the end of each of the indicated years for all current and prior accident year unpaid loss and LAE. The liability represents the estimated amount of loss and LAE for claims that were unpaid at the balance sheet date, including incurred but not reported, or IBNR, reserves. In accordance with GAAP, the liability for unpaid loss and LAE is recorded in the balance sheet gross of the effects of reinsurance with an estimate of reinsurance recoverables arising from reinsurance contracts reported separately as an asset. The net balance represents the estimated amount of unpaid loss and LAE outstanding as of the balance sheet date, reduced by estimates of amounts recoverable under reinsurance contracts.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Section II shows the cumulative amount of net loss and LAE paid relating to recorded liabilities as of the end of each succeeding year. Section III shows the re-estimated amount of the previously recorded net liability as of the end of each succeeding year. Estimates of the liability for unpaid loss and LAE are increased or decreased as payments are made and more information regarding individual claims and trends, such as overall frequency (the average number of claims submitted per policy during a given period of time) and severity (the average value of claims submitted per policy during a given period of time) patterns, becomes known. Section IV shows the cumulative net (deficiency)/redundancy representing the aggregate change in the liability from original balance sheet dates and the re-estimated liability through December 31, 2011. Section V shows the re-estimated gross liability and re-estimated reinsurance recoverables through December 31, 2011. Section VI shows the cumulative gross (deficiency)/redundancy representing the aggregate change in the liability from original balance sheet dates and the re-estimated liability through December 31, 2011.

 

 

 

Loss and LAE(1)
Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

I. Liability for unpaid loss and LAE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance

 

$

8,319.8

 

$

7,407.9

 

$

5,976.1

 

$

5,160.9

 

$

5,530.7

 

$

4,926.0

 

$

4,587.2

 

$

4,402.4

 

$

4,029.5

 

$

3,394.7

 

$

3,521.9

 

Less reinsurance recoverable on unpaid loss and LAE

 

(3,591.5

)

(3,534.4

)

(2,954.8

)

(2,670.9

)

(3,382.0

)

(3,079.7

)

(2,850.6

)

(2,708.4

)

(2,383.4

)

(2,069.7

)

(2,330.8

)

Net balance

 

$

4,728.3

 

$

3,873.5

 

$

3,021.3

 

$

2,490.0

 

$

2,148.7

 

$

1,846.3

 

$

1,736.6

 

$

1,694.0

 

$

1,646.1

 

$

1,325.0

 

$

1,191.1

 

II. Cumulative amount of net liability paid through:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 year later

 

1,851.5

 

1,570.7

 

1,366.4

 

1,072.2

 

922.7

 

689.1

 

620.2

 

605.7

 

737.4

 

493.4

 

 

 

2 years later

 

3,039.2

 

2,705.2

 

2,187.4

 

1,724.9

 

1,430.4

 

1,098.7

 

990.0

 

1,008.8

 

1,043.8

 

 

 

 

 

3 years later

 

3,963.2

 

3,415.1

 

2,704.3

 

2,136.0

 

1,751.0

 

1,382.6

 

1,232.1

 

1,176.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 years later

 

4,528.6

 

3,858.6

 

3,019.7

 

2,389.6

 

1,965.9

 

1,526.0

 

1,328.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 years later

 

4,874.8

 

4,122.4

 

3,219.5

 

2,555.9

 

2,063.3

 

1,577.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 years later

 

5,091.0

 

4,292.8

 

3,353.2

 

2,643.4

 

2,094.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7 years later

 

5,232.3

 

4,413.2

 

3,387.4

 

2,639.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 years later

 

5,341.5

 

4,432.8

 

3,413.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9 years later

 

5,415.7

 

4,446.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 years later

 

5,378.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III. Net liability re-estimated as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 year later

 

4,780.8

 

4,030.7

 

3,128.6

 

2,596.3

 

2,176.5

 

1,815.2

 

1,663.8

 

1,577.3

 

1,588.9

 

1,322.1

 

 

 

2 years later

 

5,058.9

 

4,143.0

 

3,244.5

 

2,599.5

 

2,219.7

 

1,763.8

 

1,558.5

 

1,509.8

 

1,599.6

 

 

 

 

 

3 years later

 

5,143.3

 

4,249.9

 

3,257.9

 

2,694.2

 

2,182.7

 

1,688.2

 

1,513.1

 

1,517.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 years later

 

5,221.4

 

4,268.6

 

3,386.0

 

2,676.0

 

2,133.4

 

1,642.6

 

1,547.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 years later

 

5,242.8

 

4,401.3

 

3,385.5

 

2,669.4

 

2,123.7

 

1,703.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 years later

 

5,371.2

 

4,405.2

 

3,380.0

 

2,663.6

 

2,175.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7 years later

 

5,371.3

 

4,415.5

 

3,386.4

 

2,704.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 years later

 

5,384.5

 

4,423.5

 

3,429.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9 years later

 

5,391.2

 

4,462.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 years later

 

5,426.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV. Cumulative net (deficiency)/redundancy(2)

 

$

(698.4

)

$

(588.9

)

$

(408.4

)

$

(214.3

)

$

(26.6

)

$

143.1

 

$

189.1

 

$

176.8

 

$

46.5

 

$

2.9

 

 

 

Percent (deficient)/redundant

 

(14.8

)%

(15.2

)%

(13.5

)%

(8.6

)%

(1.2

)%

7.8

%

10.9

%

10.4

%

2.8

%

0.2

%

 

 

V. Reconciliation of net liability re-estimated as of the end of the latest re-estimation period (see III above):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unpaid loss and LAE latest re-estimate

 

$

10,574.8

 

$

9,556.5

 

$

7,842.0

 

$

6,749.5

 

$

6,111.7

 

$

5,302.2

 

$

4,923.5

 

$

4,769.4

 

$

4,508.2

 

$

3,911.2

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable latest re-estimate

 

(5,148.1

)

(5,094.1

)

(4,412.3

)

(4,045.2

)

(3,936.4

)

(3,599.0

)

(3,376.0

)

(3,252.2

)

$

(2,908.6

)

$

(2,589.1

)

 

 

Net unpaid loss and LAE latest re-estimate

 

$

5,426.7

 

$

4,462.4

 

$

3,429.7

 

$

2,704.3

 

$

2,175.3

 

$

1,703.2

 

$

1,547.5

 

$

1,517.2

 

$

1,599.6

 

$

1,322.1

 

 

 

VI. Cumulative gross deficiency(3)

 

$

(2,255.0

)

$

(2,148.6

)

$

(1,865.9

)

$

(1,588.6

)

$

(581.0

)

$

(376.2

)

$

(336.3

)

$

(367.0

)

$

(478.7

)

$

(516.5

)

 

 

Percent deficient

 

(27.1

)%

(29.0

)%

(31.2

)%

(30.8

)%

(10.5

)%

(7.6

)%

(7.3

)%

(8.3

)%

(11.9

)%

(15.2

)%

 

 

 


(1)                   The 10-year table is reflective of activity related to our loss and LAE reserves from Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance Operations and excludes the purchase accounting adjustments for the OneBeacon Acquisition or the effect of any reserve activity from the affiliate quota share agreements. Affiliate quota shares refer to two quota share reinsurance agreements we entered into with subsidiaries of White Mountains primarily for White Mountains’ capital management purposes. These agreements were commuted in the fourth quarter of 2006 in connection with our initial public offering. The 10-year table also excludes AutoOne, which has been presented as discontinued operations in the statements of operations for all periods presented. For purposes of the 10-year table, loss and LAE reserves related to AutoOne have been excluded for all periods presented to conform to the current presentation of assets and liabilities associated with the AutoOne business which are presented as held for sale in the December 31, 2011 balance sheet.

 

(2)                   Our December 31, 2010 net liability for unpaid loss and LAE for Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance Operations re-estimated as of one year later resulted in a net redundancy of $2.9 million.

 

(3)                   This table reflects the effects of the NICO Cover and the GRC Cover as further described below.

 

The cumulative net redundancy/(deficiency) in the table above reflects reinsurance recoverables recorded under the NICO Cover and the GRC Cover. These covers apply to losses incurred in 2000 and prior years. As a result, they have the effect of significantly increasing our reinsurance recoverables. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

 

13



Table of Contents

 

In addition, during 2011, we completed a new study of our legacy A&E exposures. Based on the results of the study, we increased the point estimate of incurred losses ceded to NICO from $2.2 billion to $2.3 billion, an increase of $121.9 million, net of underlying reinsurance. Due to the NICO Cover, there was no impact to income or equity from the change in the estimate. Reasonable estimates of potential adverse scenarios continue to be within the $2.5 billion reinsurance cover issued by NICO. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

 

The following table reconciles loss and LAE reserves for Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance Operations, excluding the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, determined on a statutory basis to loss and LAE reserves determined in accordance with GAAP at December 31, as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Statutory reserves

 

$

2,604.6

 

$

2,681.7

 

$

3,285.4

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses(1)

 

997.2

 

813.1

 

866.9

 

AutoOne(2)

 

(64.7

)

(77.3

)

(95.8

)

Other(3)

 

(15.2

)

(22.8

)

(27.0

)

GAAP reserves

 

$

3,521.9

 

$

3,394.7

 

$

4,029.5

 


(1)                                 Represents adjustments made to add back reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses included with the presentation of reserves under GAAP.

 

(2)                                 Represents loss and LAE reserves related to AutoOne which are presented as liabilities held for sale in the December 31, 2011 balance sheet and have been excluded from this table for the prior periods presented to conform to the current presentation.

 

(3)                                 Represents long-term workers compensation loss and LAE reserve discount in excess of statutorily defined discount.

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations primarily consists of investing and financing activities, as well as other assets and liabilities, and general and administrative expenses incurred at the holding company level.

 

Investing

 

Overview

 

Invested assets are not allocated to Specialty Insurance Operations or Other Insurance Operations since we do not manage our assets by segment. Invested assets, net investment income and net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses) related to our Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance segments are included in the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment since these assets are available for payment of losses and expenses for all segments.

 

Our traditional investment philosophy is to maximize our after tax risk-adjusted return while taking prudent levels of risk and maintaining a diversified portfolio. Under this approach, each dollar of after-tax investment income and realized and unrealized gains and losses is valued equally.

 

In response to significant declines in market levels, heightened market volatility and a lack of market liquidity during late 2008 and early 2009, we temporarily shifted our focus from total return to capital preservation. In particular, we significantly reduced the size of our equity portfolio and managed our fixed income portfolio to avoid realizing losses. During 2010 and 2011, we gradually shifted back from a focus on capital preservation to our traditional total return investment philosophy.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Our investment portfolios are managed under agreements with White Mountains Advisors LLC (WM Advisors), a registered investment advisor that is owned by White Mountains, and Prospector Partners, LLC (Prospector), a registered investment advisor. See Note 15—“Related Party Disclosures” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Our investment portfolio mix as of December 31, 2011 consisted in large part of high quality, short duration fixed maturity investments and short-term investments, as well as equity investments which are comprised of common stock, convertible fixed maturity securities and other investments such as hedge funds and private equity funds. Our management believes that prudent levels of investments in common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity securities and other investments within our investment portfolio are likely to enhance long-term after tax total returns without significantly increasing the risk profile of the portfolio.

 

Fixed Income and Other Investments

 

WM Advisors manages our fixed income portfolio, which includes both fixed maturity and short-term investments, and our other investments portfolio which primarily consists of hedge funds and private equity funds. WM Advisors’ overall fixed maturity investment strategy is to purchase securities that are attractively priced in relation to their investment risks. WM Advisors generally manages the interest rate risk associated with holding fixed maturity investments by actively maintaining the average duration of the portfolio to achieve an adequate after tax total return without subjecting the portfolio to an unreasonable level of interest rate risk.

 

Common Equity Securities and Convertible Fixed Maturity Securities

 

Prospector manages our common equity securities and convertible fixed maturity securities portfolios. Prospector’s investment strategy is to maximize risk-adjusted absolute return through investments in a variety of equity, equity-related and convertible fixed maturity instruments. Prospector invests in the United States and other developed markets. Prospector’s philosophy is to utilize a bottom-up, value investing approach. Preservation of capital is of the utmost importance.

 

Financing

 

Debt and the related interest expense on debt also are not allocated to or managed by segment and are included in the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment.

 

Senior Notes

 

In May 2003, the Company issued $700.0 million face value of senior unsecured debt (the Senior Notes) through a public offering, at an issue price of 99.7%. The Senior Notes bear an annual interest rate of 5.875%, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, until maturity on May 15, 2013.

 

On March 24, 2011, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for up to $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price of $1,045 per $1,000 principal amount. Holders of Senior Notes who tendered on or before April 6, 2011 received an early tender payment of $30 for every $1,000 principal amount. Under the cash tender offer, the Company accepted and retired $150.0 million aggregate principal amount for $161.6 million, which resulted in a $12.0 million pre-tax loss, including transaction fees.

 

On May 3, 2010, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for up to $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price of $1,027.50 per $1,000 principal amount. Holders of Senior Notes who tendered on or before May 14, 2010 received an early tender payment of $30 for every $1,000 principal amount. Under the cash tender offer, the Company accepted and retired $156.4 million aggregate principal amount, of which $155.2 million was tendered by the early tender deadline, for $165.4 million, which resulted in a $9.6 million pre-tax loss, including transaction fees.

 

During 2010, the Company repurchased and retired $29.7 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $30.8 million, which resulted in a $1.2 million loss. During 2010, OneBeacon Insurance Company (OBIC) purchased $1.1 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $1.1 million. During 2009, the Company repurchased and retired $10.6 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $8.1 million, which resulted in a $2.5 million gain. During 2009, OBIC purchased $58.3 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $55.0 million, which resulted in a $2.9 million gain. As of December 31, 2011, $269.9 million face value of Senior Notes remained outstanding.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

White Mountains provides an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee as to the payment of principal and interest (the Guarantee) on the Senior Notes. In consideration of this Guarantee, we have agreed to pay White Mountains a specified fee in the amount of 25 basis points per annum on the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes. We have further agreed that if White Mountains’ voting interest in OBIG ceases to represent more than 50% of OBIG’s voting securities, we are obligated to seek to redeem, exchange or otherwise modify the Senior Notes in order to fully and permanently eliminate White Mountains’ obligations under the Guarantee.

 

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing”.

 

Capital Lease

 

In December 2011, OBIC sold the majority of its fixed assets and capitalized software to OneBeacon Services LLC (OB Services), another indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The fixed assets and capitalized software were sold at a cost equal to book value with no gain or loss recorded on the sale. Subsequent to purchasing the fixed assets and capitalized software from OBIC, OB Services entered into lease financing arrangements with US Bancorp Equipment Finance, Inc. (US Bancorp) and Fifth Third Equipment Finance Company (Fifth Third) whereby OB Services sold its furniture and equipment and its capitalized software, respectively, to US Bancorp and Fifth Third. The assets were sold at a cost equal to net book value. OB Services then leased the assets back from US Bancorp for a lease term of five years and leased the capitalized software back from Fifth Third for a lease term of four years. In accordance with GAAP, OBIC recorded the sale of the assets with no gain or loss recognized while OB Services has recorded a capital lease obligation. See Note 16—“Commitments and Contingencies” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Other Debt of Operating Subsidiaries

 

In connection with the acquisition of Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company (ASIC) on March 31, 2004, we issued a $20.0 million ten-year note to the seller (the Atlantic Specialty Note). We were required to repay $2.0 million of principal on the Atlantic Specialty Note each year, commencing in January 2007. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, we repaid $2.0 million on the Atlantic Specialty Note. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, we repaid $14.0 million on the Atlantic Specialty Note, representing the outstanding principal on the note.

 

Mortgage Note on Real Estate Owned

 

In connection with our December 2005 purchase of land and an office building in Canton, Massachusetts, we entered into a $40.8 million, 18-year mortgage note which had a variable interest rate based upon the lender’s 30-day LIBOR rate. Concurrent with entering into the mortgage note, we also entered into an interest rate swap to hedge our exposure to the variability in the interest rate on the mortgage note. Repayment on the mortgage note commenced in January 2009. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, we repaid $0.2 million of principal in accordance with the terms of the mortgage note. On May 7, 2009, we repaid $40.6 million, representing the outstanding principal on the mortgage note. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

Corporate Operations

 

Corporate Operations consists of the activities of our holding company, OBH.

 

Regulatory Matters

 

General

 

Our insurance operations are subject to regulation and supervision in each of the jurisdictions where they are domiciled and licensed to conduct business. Generally, state regulatory authorities have broad supervisory and administrative powers over such matters as licenses, standards of solvency, premium rates, policy forms, investments, security deposits, methods of accounting, form and content of the consolidated financial statements, reserves for unpaid loss and LAE, reinsurance, minimum capital and surplus requirements, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, periodic examinations and annual and other report filings. In general, such regulation is for the protection of policyholders rather than shareholders.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

State Accreditation and Monitoring

 

Most states have laws that establish standards for current, as well as continued, state accreditation. In addition, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) has risk-based capital (RBC) standards for property and casualty companies, which are designed to determine minimum capital requirements and to raise the level of protection that statutory surplus provides for policyholder obligations. The RBC formula for property and casualty insurance companies measures three major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers: underwriting, which encompasses the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing; declines in asset values arising from market and/or credit risk; and off-balance sheet risk arising from adverse experience from non-controlled assets, guarantees for affiliates or other contingent liabilities and excessive premium growth. Under laws adopted by individual states, insurers having less total adjusted capital than that required by the RBC calculation will be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, depending on the level of capital inadequacy. Our current RBC ratios are satisfactory.

 

The NAIC has a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or action by insurance regulatory authorities. Insurance companies generally submit data annually to the NAIC, which in turn analyzes the data using prescribed financial data ratios, each with defined “usual ranges.” Generally, regulators will begin to investigate or monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If an insurance company has insufficient capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of insurance it can issue. We are not aware that any of our insurance companies are currently subject to regulatory investigation based on these ratios.

 

State insurance laws require us to analyze the adequacy of our reserves annually. Our actuaries must submit an opinion that our reserves, when considered in light of the assets we hold with respect to those reserves, make adequate provision for our contractual obligations and related expenses.

 

The NAIC’s Annual Financial Reporting Model Regulation, or the Model Audit Rule (MAR), includes provisions that are similar to Sarbanes-Oxley requirements for public companies and requires certain insurance companies to appoint audit committees to oversee accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit of the financial statements of the insurer. Audit committees also are required to appoint independent auditors, among other things. The designated audit committee must receive reports regarding significant deficiencies, material weaknesses and solvency concerns at the insurance company level. Certain insurance companies, including OneBeacon, are also required to file an annual management report on internal control over financial reporting.

 

Many states have laws and regulations that limit an insurer’s ability to exit a market. For example, certain states limit a private passenger automobile insurer’s ability to cancel or renew policies. Furthermore, certain states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing from one or more lines of insurance business in the state without the state regulator’s approval. State regulators may refuse to approve withdrawal plans on the grounds that they could lead to market disruption.

 

Mandatory Shared Market Mechanisms

 

As a condition of our license to do business in certain states, we are required to participate in mandatory shared market mechanisms. Each state dictates the types of insurance and the level of coverage that must be provided. The most common type of shared market mechanism in which we are required to participate is an assigned risk plan. Many states operate assigned risk plans. These plans require insurers licensed within the applicable state to accept the applications for insurance policies of customers who are unable to obtain insurance in the voluntary market. The total number of such policies an insurer is required to accept is based on its market share of voluntary business in the state. Underwriting results related to assigned risk plans are typically adverse. Accordingly, we may be required to underwrite policies with a higher risk of loss than we would otherwise accept.

 

Reinsurance facilities are another type of shared market mechanism. Reinsurance facilities require an insurance company to accept all applications submitted by certain state designated agents. The reinsurance facility then allows the insurer to cede some of its business to the reinsurance facility so that the facility will reimburse the insurer for claims paid on ceded business. Typically, however, reinsurance facilities operate at a deficit, which is funded through assessments against the same insurers. As a result, we could be required to underwrite policies with a higher risk of loss than we would otherwise voluntarily accept.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Guaranty Associations

 

The insurance laws of many states generally provide that property and casualty insurers doing business in those states belong to a statutory property and casualty guaranty association. The purpose of these guaranty associations is to protect policyholders by requiring that solvent property and casualty insurers pay certain insurance claims of insolvent insurers. These guaranty associations generally pay these claims by assessing solvent insurers proportionately based on the insurer’s share of voluntary written premiums in the state. While most guaranty associations provide for recovery of assessments through rate increases, surcharges or premium tax credits, there is no assurance that insurers will ultimately recover these assessments. At December 31, 2011, our aggregate reserve for such assessments totaled $16.0 million.

 

Pricing, Investment and Dividends

 

Nearly all states have insurance laws requiring property and casualty insurance companies to file price schedules, policy or coverage forms, and other information with the state’s regulatory authority. In most cases, such price schedules and/or policy forms must be approved prior to use. While pricing laws vary from state to state, their objectives are generally to ensure that prices are adequate, not excessive and not discriminatory.

 

We are subject to state laws and regulations that require investment portfolio diversification and that limit the amount of investment in certain categories. Non-compliance may cause non-conforming investments to be non-admitted in measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, may require divestiture. Our investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 complied with such laws and regulations in all material respects.

 

One of the primary sources of cash inflows for us is dividends received from our operating subsidiaries. Under the insurance laws of the jurisdictions under which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, an insurer is restricted with respect to the timing or the amount of dividends it may pay without prior approval by regulatory authorities. During the year ended December 31, 2011, our top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $150.0 million of extraordinary dividends to OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC (OneBeacon LLC). Our first tier insurance subsidiaries have the ability to pay dividends of approximately $103 million to their parent in 2012 without the prior approval of regulatory authorities.

 

Holding Company Structure

 

We are subject to regulation under certain state insurance holding company acts. These regulations contain reporting requirements relating to our capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations. These regulations also contain special reporting and prior approval requirements with respect to certain transactions among affiliates. Since we are an insurance holding company, the domiciliary states of our insurance subsidiaries impose regulatory application and approval requirements on acquisitions of common shares which may be deemed to confer control over those subsidiaries, as that concept is defined under the applicable state laws. Acquisition of as little as 10% of our common shares may be deemed to confer control under the insurance laws of some jurisdictions, and the application process for approval can be extensive and time consuming.

 

Legislation

 

The insurance industry is highly regulated at the state level. While the federal government does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal legislation and administrative policies affect the insurance industry. In addition, legislation has been introduced from time to time in recent years that, if enacted, could result in the federal government assuming a more direct role in the regulation of the insurance industry. For example, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) created the Federal Insurance Office (FIO) within the Treasury Department, which is responsible for gathering information and monitoring the insurance industry to identify gaps in the regulation of insurers that could contribute to a systemic crisis in the insurance industry or U.S. financial system. In addition, the FIO can recommend changes to state insurance laws and regulations. The FIO is expected to issue its first report on modernizing and improving insurance regulation in 2012. We cannot predict whether the FIO will recommend any changes or whether states will adopt any such changes.

 

In addition, the Terrorism Act established a federal “backstop” for commercial property and casualty losses, including workers compensation, resulting from acts of terrorism by or on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest. As extended in December 2007, the law also covers domestic acts of terrorism. See “Business—Catastrophe Management and Reinsurance Protection” and “—Terrorism”. We are actively complying with the requirements of the Terrorism Act in order to ensure our ability to be reimbursed by the federal government for any losses we may incur as a result of future terrorist acts.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

The NAIC’s 2010 amendment to the Model Insurance Company Holding Company System Regulatory Act (the “Model Law”) enhances the authority of state insurance regulators in the adopting state to regulate insurers as well as their affiliated entities, on an enterprise risk basis. The amendment to the Model Law requires the ultimate controlling person in an insurer’s holding company structure to identify and report to state insurance regulators material risks within the structure that could pose enterprise risk to the insurer. The amendment to the Model Law will need to be adopted by individual state legislatures before they become binding on any given state. States may also deviate from these Model Law revisions as states differ in their approaches on several requirements. We cannot predict whether states will adopt the amendment to the Model Law, or if adopted, whether the amendment will differ from the Model Law.

 

Environmental

 

Environmental cleanup of polluted waste sites is subject to both federal and state regulations. Superfund and comparable state statutes govern the cleanup and restoration of waste sites by potentially responsible parties (PRPs).  These laws can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup upon any PRP, regardless of fault. The insurance industry in general is involved in extensive litigation regarding coverage issues arising out of the cleanup of such sites by insured PRPs and as a result has disputed many such claims. From time to time, comprehensive Superfund reform proposals are introduced in Congress, but none has yet been enacted. At this time, it remains unclear as to whether Superfund reform legislation will be enacted or that any such legislation will provide for a fair, effective and cost-efficient system for settlement of Superfund related claims. The NICO Cover includes coverage for such exposures at our company, however, there can be no assurance that the coverage provided under the NICO Cover will ultimately prove to be adequate for our incurred environmental losses.

 

Ratings

 

Insurance companies are evaluated by various rating agencies in order to measure each company’s financial strength. Higher ratings generally indicate financial stability and a stronger ability to pay claims. We believe that strong ratings are an important factor in the marketing of insurance products and services to distribution partners and customers. These financial strength ratings do not refer to our ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by us or to buy, hold, or sell our securities.

 

The following table presents the financial strength ratings assigned to our principal insurance operating subsidiaries as of March 16, 2012.

 

 

 

A.M. Best(1)

 

Standard & Poor’s(2)

 

Moody’s(3)

 

Fitch(4)

 

Rating

 

“A” (Excellent)

 

“A-” (Strong)

 

“A2” (Good)

 

“A” (Strong)

 

Outlook

 

Stable

 

Stable

 

Stable

 

Stable

 

 


(1)                                 “A” is the third highest of fifteen financial strength ratings.

 

(2)                                 “A-” is the seventh highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings.

 

(3)                                 “A2” is the sixth highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings.

 

(4)                                 “A” is the sixth highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 1,300 persons. We believe that we have satisfactory relations with our employees.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

In May 2003, OBH issued $700 million of public notes pursuant to a Form S-3 filing made jointly by White Mountains and OBH. Prior to OBIG’s initial public offering, OBH was exempt from filing its own annual and quarterly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Condensed consolidating financial information for OBH was included in White Mountains’ Form 10-K and Form 10-Q filings. Subsequent to OBIG’s initial public offering, OBH is subject to the informational reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance therewith, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These documents are available free of charge at www.onebeacon.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, the Code of Business Conduct as well as the charters of the Board Committees of our ultimate parent, OBIG, are available free of charge at www.onebeacon.com.

 

We will provide, upon request and without charge, copies of these documents (excluding any applicable exhibits unless specifically requested). Written or telephone requests should be directed to Investor Relations, OneBeacon Insurance Group, Ltd., 150 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021, (877) 248-8765. Additionally, all such documents are physically available at 150 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

The information contained in this report may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. See “FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS”  (page 80) for specific important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements. The Company’s actual future results and trends may differ materially depending on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties discussed below.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves may be inadequate to cover our ultimate liability for losses and as a result our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

We are required to maintain adequate reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liabilities for loss and LAE. Loss and LAE reserves are typically comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported and (2) reserves for losses that have occurred but for which claims have not yet been reported, referred to as IBNR reserves, which include a provision for expected future development on case reserves. These reserves are estimates based on actuarial, claims and underwriting assessments of what we believe the settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known to us. Because of the uncertainties that surround estimating loss and LAE reserves, we cannot be certain that our reserves are adequate and actual claims and claim expenses paid might exceed our reserves due to the uncertainties that surround estimating loss and LAE reserves. For example, we have a large number of workers’ compensation permanent disability claims. These claims involve medical payments that will be made far into the future and therefore the impact of medical inflation including increased utilization could have a material adverse impact on the ultimate amount of losses paid.

 

We had established gross loss and LAE reserves of $3,358.6 million and $3,295.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded favorable loss reserve development of $2.9 million, $57.1 million and $116.7 million, respectively, net of reinsurance, related to the re-estimation of previously established reserves.

 

With the sales of personal lines, commercial lines and AutoOne, our reserve volatility will be more heavily influenced by less frequent, larger claims. During 2011, we had some adverse development in long-tailed businesses. With the change in our mix of business, the average duration of the reserves will gradually increase. A longer average claim line will make our reserves more sensitive to inflation. We have modeled the impact of future inflation on our reserve portfolio, and we estimate that our current reserves would be sufficient, if released, to cover adverse development to the 99th percentile of all inflation scenarios. Our principal risk management tools for reserve volatility are to 1) maintain a conservative provision for the loss and loss expense liabilities, 2) test reserve adequacy on a quarterly basis, and 3) purchase excess of loss reinsurance annually to limit potential adverse development on individual claims to our retentions.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

If in the future we determine that our reserves are insufficient to cover our actual loss and LAE, we would have to strengthen our reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

For additional information relating to loss and LAE reserve requirements, see “Regulatory Matters.” For further discussion of our loss and LAE reserves, including our A&E reserves, see “Business—Loss and LAE Reserves” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.”

 

Exposure to asbestos or environmental claims could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We have exposure to A&E claims which may be difficult to estimate. To help protect against potential A&E claims relating to the period prior to 2001, we have a reinsurance contract from NICO, rated “A++” (Superior, the highest of fifteen financial strength ratings) by A.M. Best and “AA+” (Very Strong, the second highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings) by Standard & Poor’s. We refer to this reinsurance contract as the NICO Cover. Under the NICO Cover we are entitled to recover up to $2.5 billion from NICO for (1) all asbestos claims arising from business written by us in 1992 and prior, (2) all environmental claims arising from business written by us in 1987 and prior, and (3) certain other latent exposures.

 

In September 2011, we completed a study of our A&E exposures based on experience through 2010. Reasonable estimates of potential adverse scenarios continue to be within the $2.5 billion reinsurance cover issued by NICO. Based on the study, we increased the point estimate of incurred losses ceded to NICO, net of underlying reinsurance, by $121.9 million to $2.3 billion. As of December 31, 2011, we have ceded estimated incurred losses of approximately $2.3 billion to the NICO Cover, leaving remaining protection under the NICO Cover of $198.3 million. Net losses paid totaled $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2011. Due to exclusions in policy language and changes in coverages provided, we do not believe that we have significant exposure to asbestos claims arising from business we wrote after 1992 or to environmental claims arising from business we wrote after 1987.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had established gross loss and LAE reserves for asbestos claims of $1,074.3 million. Approximately 99% of these loss and LAE reserves are covered under reinsurance arrangements. Our net loss and LAE reserves for asbestos claims after giving effect to third-party reinsurance other than the NICO Cover were $681.2 million at December 31, 2011. Our net loss and LAE reserves for asbestos claims after giving effect to both third-party reinsurance and the NICO Cover were $2.2 million at December 31, 2011.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had established gross loss and LAE reserves for environmental claims of $279.8 million. Approximately 97% of these loss and LAE reserves are covered under reinsurance arrangements. Our net loss and LAE reserves for environmental claims after giving effect to third-party reinsurance other than the NICO Cover were $151.6 million at December 31, 2011. Our net loss and LAE reserves for environmental claims after giving effect to both third-party reinsurance and the NICO Cover were $9.0 million as of December 31, 2011.

 

Estimating our exposure to A&E claims is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and could exceed the coverage available under our reinsurance arrangements or our net loss and LAE reserves. Policyholders continue to assert new theories of recovery. From time to time, there is proposed state and federal legislation regarding A&E liability, which would also affect our exposure. Although the number of our A&E related claims has been decreasing since 2004, there is no assurance that these or other factors may not impact our liability and increase our claims. If we do not have adequate reinsurance protection and if we have not established adequate loss and LAE reserves to cover future claims, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to successfully alleviate risk through reinsurance arrangements. Additionally, we may be unable to collect all amounts due from our reinsurers under our existing reinsurance arrangements.

 

We attempt to limit our risk of loss through reinsurance arrangements. The availability and cost of reinsurance protection is subject to market conditions, which are outside of our control. In addition, the coverage under our reinsurance contracts may be inadequate to cover our future liabilities. As a result, we may not be able to successfully alleviate risk through these arrangements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are not relieved of our obligations to our policyholders by purchasing reinsurance. We may be unable to recover amounts due under our reinsurance arrangements if our reinsurers choose to withhold payment due to a dispute or other factors beyond our control. We are also subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurance in the event that a reinsurer is unable to pay amounts owed to us as a result of a deterioration in its financial condition. A number of reinsurers experienced such deterioration in the aftermath of the 2001 terrorist attacks and the active 2005 hurricane season. To mitigate this risk, we annually review and periodically monitor our reinsurers’ financial condition and require at the time of purchase of reinsurance that each of our reinsurers holds a rating of at least “A-” (Excellent, the fourth highest of fifteen financial strength ratings) by A.M. Best or the equivalent. While we believe that our reinsurers’ financial condition is strong, it is possible that one or more of our reinsurers will be significantly adversely affected by future significant loss events, causing them to be unable to pay amounts owed to us.

 

Many of our reinsurers are non-U.S. companies and as such are subject to foreign regulations, including Solvency II which will be effective January 1, 2013 and will regulate insurance firms that operate in the European Union. Solvency II was enacted to reduce the risk that insurers would not be able to pay claims to policyholders as well as promote financial stability through minimum capital and other requirements for the governance, risk management and supervision of insurers. We cannot predict what regulations will be adopted to implement Solvency II nor the impact of such regulation upon our non-U.S. reinsurers, which could affect our ability to obtain reinsurance on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

Unpredictable catastrophic events could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We write insurance policies that cover catastrophic events. Our policies cover unpredictable natural and other disasters, such as hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, fires, explosions and severe winter weather. Recent event frequency, particularly severe storms, has been high relative to historic standards. Our exposure to catastrophic windstorm is the largest natural catastrophe risk to our business, although our probable maximum loss, or PML, estimates decreased significantly during 2010 and 2011 as a result of the Commercial Lines Transaction and Personal Lines Transaction. In particular, while windstorm damage remains the largest natural catastrophe exposure for us, our PML balance is more evenly distributed across the United States as a result of the Commercial Lines Transaction and Personal Lines Transaction and the resulting shift in our business by geographic region. We continue to have some exposure to windstorm damage in the United States Atlantic Coast (i.e., Massachusetts to Florida) and the United States Gulf Coast region (i.e., Florida to Texas). We also continue to have exposure to a major earthquake in California, although our PML estimates have declined as a result of the Commercial Lines Transaction. In addition, we are exposed to losses from terrorist attacks, such as attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001.

 

The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. Increases in the value and concentrations of insured property, the effects of inflation and changes in cyclical weather patterns may increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future. Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year and adversely affect our financial condition. Our ability to write new insurance policies could also be impacted as a result of corresponding reductions in our surplus levels.

 

We manage our exposure to catastrophic losses by limiting the aggregate insured value of policies in geographic areas with exposure to catastrophic events, by estimating our PML for many different catastrophe scenarios and by buying reinsurance. To manage and analyze aggregate insured values and PML, we use a variety of tools, including catastrophe modeling software packages. Our estimates of PML are dependent on many variables, including assumptions about the demand surge and storm surge, loss adjustment expenses, insurance-to-value and storm intensity in the aftermath of weather-related catastrophes utilized to model the event and the relationship of the actual event to the modeled event. Accordingly, if our assumptions about these variables are incorrect, the losses we might incur from an actual catastrophe could be materially higher than our expectation of losses generated from modeled catastrophe scenarios, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. We also purchase reinsurance to hedge our risk of loss from catastrophes.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

In December 2009, we completed the Commercial Lines Transaction. In July 2010, we completed the Personal Lines Transaction. The Commercial Lines Transaction reduced our exposure to catastrophic events and our PML during 2010 and 2011 as policy terms expired, while the Personal Lines Transaction generally reduced our exposure immediately upon closing. In particular, at each of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we estimated our 1-in-250 year loss from hurricanes to be approximately $152 million, $222 million and $750 million, respectively, on a gross basis.

 

Future insurance and reinsurance coverage for terrorist acts is uncertain, and we may in the future have substantial exposure to such acts.

 

We are unable to predict the extent to which our future insurance contracts will cover terrorist acts. We also are unsure how terrorist acts will be defined in our future contracts. The Terrorism Act, which has been modified and extended through the end of 2014, requires primary commercial insurers to make terrorism coverage available and provides Federal protection for certain losses above both individual company retention and industry retention levels. While we know of no reason that the Terrorism Act will not be extended for an additional period of time, there is no assurance that it will be extended or of the terms of any such extension. The following types of coverage are excluded from the program: commercial automobile, burglary and theft, surety, farmowners multi-peril and all professional liability coverages except directors and officers coverage. We manage our exposure to losses resulting from acts of terrorism by limiting our concentration of risk by geographic area. We estimate our PML for different scenarios using computer models in conjunction with other data. We also manage our terrorism exposures by purchasing reinsurance. Our current property and casualty catastrophe reinsurance programs provide coverage for us for “non-certified” events as defined under the Terrorism Act, provided such losses are not the result of a nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological terrorist attack. Nonetheless, risks insured by us, including those covered by the Terrorism Act, remain exposed to terrorist attacks and the possibility remains that losses resulting from future terrorist attacks could prove to be material to our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our investment portfolio may suffer reduced returns or losses which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Adverse changes in interest rates, equity markets, debt markets or market volatility could result in significant losses to the fair value of our investment portfolio.

 

Our investment portfolio consists of fixed maturity securities, convertible fixed maturity securities, short-term investments, common equity securities and other investments such as hedge funds and private equity funds. We invest to maximize after tax total risk-adjusted return over the long term subject to our investment guidelines and various regulatory restrictions. However, investing entails substantial risks. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our investment objectives, and our investment performance may vary substantially over time. Investment returns are an important part of our strategy to grow book value, and fluctuations in the fixed income or equity markets could impair our results of operations and financial condition. Investments generate both income, consisting primarily of interest earned on fixed maturity investments and dividends earned on equity securities, and realized and unrealized investment gains or losses.

 

Both the investment income we generate and the fair market value of our investment portfolio are affected by general economic and market conditions, including fluctuations in interest rates, debt market levels, equity market levels and market volatility. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Although we attempt to manage the risks of changes in interest rates, we may not be able to do so. In particular, a significant increase in interest rates could result in significant losses in the fair value of our investment portfolio, and consequently, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We are exposed to changes in equity markets. We are also exposed to changes in the volatility levels of various investment markets. The underlying conditions are outside of our control and could adversely affect the value of our investments and our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are highly dependent on WM Advisors, which is owned by White Mountains, and Prospector, in connection with the management of our investment portfolio. WM Advisors supervises and directs the fixed income and other investments portion of our investment portfolio, and Prospector supervises and directs the publicly-traded common equity securities and convertible fixed maturity securities portion of our investment portfolio. We entered into a new investment management agreement with WM Advisors effective October 1, 2010 which replaced the November 2006 agreement and remains in full force and effect until terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice. We entered into a new investment management agreement with Prospector effective March 1, 2011 which replaced the 2006 agreement with substantially the same terms and conditions as the 2006 agreement, including an initial fixed term of three years which may be extended for an additional two year term. If we lose our investment relationship with either of WM Advisors or Prospector, we may not be able to secure an investment advisor or advisors who will produce returns on our investments similar to these produced by WM Advisors and Prospector in the past, or any positive returns at all.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

We may not maintain favorable financial strength or creditworthiness ratings, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct business.

 

Third-party rating agencies assess and rate the financial strength, including claims-paying ability, of insurers and reinsurers. These ratings are based upon criteria established by the rating agencies and are subject to revision at any time at the sole discretion of the agencies. Some of the criteria relate to general economic conditions and other circumstances outside the rated company’s control. These financial strength ratings are used by policyholders, agents and brokers as an important means of assessing the suitability of insurers as business counterparties and have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. These financial strength ratings do not refer to our ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by us or to buy, hold or sell our securities. General creditworthiness ratings are used by existing or potential investors to assess the likelihood of repayment on a particular debt issue. We believe that strong creditworthiness ratings are important factors that provide better financial flexibility when issuing new debt or restructuring existing debt.

 

Rating agencies periodically evaluate us to confirm that we continue to meet the criteria of the ratings previously assigned to us. Our current financial strength ratings are “A” (Excellent, third highest of fifteen ratings) by A. M. Best, “A-” (Strong, seventh highest of twenty-one ratings) by Standard & Poor’s, “A2” (Good, sixth highest of twenty-one ratings) by Moody’s and “A” (Strong, sixth highest of twenty-one ratings) by Fitch. We currently have a “Stable” outlook from A.M. Best, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch and Moody’s. A downgrade, withdrawal or negative watch/outlook of our financial strength ratings could severely limit or prevent our insurance subsidiaries from writing new insurance policies or renewing existing insurance policies, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. A downgrade, withdrawal or negative watch/outlook of White Mountains’ or our creditworthiness ratings could limit our ability to raise new debt or make new debt more costly and/or have more restrictive conditions.

 

Our debt and related service obligations could adversely affect our business.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $269.9 million face value of indebtedness. During 2011, we decreased our indebtedness by $150.0 million through a tender offer in April 2011. See “Business—Investing, Financing and Other Corporate Operations”. Our ability to meet our debt and related service obligations, as well as our ability to pay dividends, will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, White Mountains is subject to restrictive financial covenants contained in its revolving credit facility that require White Mountains to pay the principal and interest on its debt and maintain specified financial ratios and to satisfy financial condition tests. A breach of these covenants could result in an event of default under White Mountains’ revolving credit facility which would allow lenders to declare all amounts owed under the revolving credit facility to be immediately due and payable. A failure to pay principal and interest on White Mountains’ revolving credit facility could trigger cross acceleration provisions contained in the indenture of our Senior Notes. In addition, if we or White Mountains defaults under a credit agreement, mortgage or similar debt agreement with a principal amount greater than $25 million, and such default results in the acceleration of such debt, there is a default under the Senior Notes which would permit the holders of 25% or more of the Senior Notes to declare an event of default under the indenture documents resulting in a required repayment of the Senior Notes. We cannot be certain that our earnings will be sufficient to allow us to pay the principal and interest on our debt and meet our other obligations, or to repay any accelerated indebtedness as a result of the trigger of the cross acceleration provisions in the indentures of the Senior Notes. If we do not have enough cash, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more cash or sell equity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to accomplish any of these alternatives on terms acceptable to us, if at all. See the risk factor concerning our Senior Notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing” and Note 15—“Related Party Disclosures” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

We could incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock in the future. To the extent new debt, preferred stock and other obligations are added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the risks described in the previous paragraph would increase.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

We are a holding company with no direct operations, and our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us is restricted by law.

 

As a holding company with no direct operations, we rely on net investment income and dividends and other permitted payments from our subsidiaries to pay our expenses. Our subsidiaries may not be able to generate cash flow sufficient to pay a dividend or distribute funds to us. In addition, under the insurance laws of the jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, an insurer is restricted with respect to the timing or the amount of dividends it may pay without the prior approval of regulatory authorities. Generally, our regulated operating subsidiaries have the ability to pay dividends during any 12-month period without the prior approval of regulatory authorities in an amount set by formula based on the greater of prior year statutory net income or 10% of prior year statutory surplus, subject to the availability of unassigned funds. Our top tier regulated operating subsidiaries have the ability to pay approximately $103 million of dividends during 2012, subject to the availability of unassigned funds. At December 31, 2011, our top tier regulated operating subsidiaries had $0.7 billion of unassigned funds available for dividend distribution. Management believes that our cash balances, cash flows from operations and cash flows from investments are adequate to meet expected cash requirements for the foreseeable future on both a holding company and operating subsidiary level. However, if our insurance subsidiaries cannot pay dividends in future periods, we may have difficulty servicing our debt, paying dividends on our common shares and meeting our holding company expenses. For additional information relating to insurance regulations governing our operations, see “Regulatory Matters.”

 

The property and casualty insurance industry is highly competitive and cyclical, and we may not be able to compete effectively in the future.

 

The property and casualty insurance industry is highly competitive and has historically been cyclical, experiencing periods of severe price competition and less selective underwriting standards (soft markets) followed by periods of relatively high prices and more selective underwriting standards (hard markets). Our businesses each compete against a different subset of companies. In general terms, we compete to varying degrees in one or more of our businesses with most of the large multi-line insurance companies, such as ACE Limited, Chartis Insurance, Chubb Group of Insurance Companies, CNA Insurance, Liberty Mutual Insurance Group, Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. and Zurich Financial Services Ltd. We also compete with most of the specialty companies, such as Allied World Assurance Company, HCC Insurance Holdings, Inc., Ironshore Inc., Markel Corporation, RLI Corp. and W.R. Berkley Corporation. Lastly, we compete in certain of our businesses with various local and regional insurance companies. Many of our competitors have greater resources than we do and have established long-term and continuing business relationships throughout the insurance industry, which can be a significant competitive advantage for them.

 

We offer our products through a network of independent agents, regional and national brokers, wholesalers and MGAs. We selectively appoint our distribution partners based upon their knowledge of our target markets, and our specialized capabilities as well as their geographic profiles. We sometimes pay higher commissions and incur higher expenses to align with these distribution partners, however, we believe that they add value to our business with their specialized knowledge. These agents, brokers, MGAs and wholesalers are sometimes able to offer substantial discounts in pricing through their other markets as compared to our insurance products. If our distribution partners experience increased competition from other writers of insurance, we in turn could be adversely affected if they are unable to maintain our competitive position in their respective markets. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position throughout soft and hard market cycles, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

The current pricing market is highly competitive and soft, however, we have maintained underwriting and pricing discipline. Any significant decrease in the rates we can charge for property and casualty insurance would adversely affect our results. We expect to continue to experience the effects of this cyclicality which, during down periods, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

We may suffer losses from unfavorable outcomes from litigation and other legal proceedings.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to litigation and other legal proceedings as part of the claims process, the outcomes of which are uncertain. We maintain reserves for these legal proceedings as part of our loss and LAE reserves. We do not believe that the ultimate outcome of such matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, adverse outcomes are possible and could negatively impact our financial condition. In addition, we also maintain separate reserves for legal proceedings that are not related to the claims process. In the event of an unfavorable outcome in one or more legal matters, our ultimate liability may be in excess of amounts we have currently reserved for and such additional amounts may be material to our results of operations and financial condition. Except as disclosed in “Legal Proceedings” and Note 16 to our financial statements, as of December 31, 2011, we had no material pending non-claims legal proceedings.

 

As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number and size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes.

 

Our profitability may be adversely impacted by inflation, legislative actions and judicial decisions.

 

The effects of inflation could cause claim costs to rise in the future. In addition, legislative actions and judicial decisions continue to broaden liability and policy definitions and to increase the severity of claim payments, such as described above with respect to A&E claims. To the extent inflation and these legislative actions and judicial decisions cause claim costs to increase above reserves established for these claims, we will be required to increase our loss and LAE reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified.

 

Regulation may restrict our ability to operate.

 

The insurance industry is subject to extensive regulation under U.S. and state laws. Governmental agencies have broad administrative power to regulate many aspects of the insurance business, which include premium rates, marketing practices, advertising, policy forms and capital adequacy. These governmental agencies are concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders rather than shareholders. Insurance laws and regulations impose restrictions on the amount and type of investments, prescribe solvency standards that must be met and maintained and require the maintenance of reserves. Premium rate regulation may make it difficult for us to increase premiums to adequately reflect the cost of providing insurance coverage to our policyholders. In our underwriting, we rely heavily upon information gathered from third parties such as credit report agencies and other data aggregators. The use of this information is also highly regulated and any changes to the current regulatory structure could materially affect how we underwrite and price premiums.

 

Changes in federal or state laws and regulations may restrict our ability to operate and/or have an adverse effect upon the profitability of our business within a given jurisdiction, and could have an effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted in 2010, created the FIO within the Treasury Department. The FIO is responsible for gathering information and monitoring the insurance industry to identify gaps in the regulation of insurers that could contribute to a systemic crisis in the insurance industry or U.S. financial system. The FIO also has the authority to recommend changes to state insurance laws and regulations. The FIO is expected to issue its first report on modernizing and improving insurance regulation in 2012. We cannot predict whether the FIO will recommend any such changes, whether any states will adopt any such changes, or what effect such changes may have on our insurance operations. As another example, it is possible that the NAIC could adopt part or all of Solvency II including minimum capital requirements that could be in excess of our current minimum capital requirements established by state regulations. If the NAIC adopted Solvency II including additional capital requirements, our business and results of operations could be materially impacted.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Mandated market mechanisms may require us to underwrite policies with a higher risk of loss, and assessments and other surcharges for guaranty funds and second-injury funds may reduce our profitability.

 

We are often required to participate directly or indirectly in mandatory shared market mechanisms as a condition of our licenses to do business in certain states. These markets, which are commonly referred to as “residual” or “involuntary” markets, generally consist of risks considered to be undesirable from a standard or routine underwriting perspective. Underwriting performance related to assigned risk plans, a form of mandated market mechanism, is typically adverse and, as a result, we are required to underwrite some policies with a higher risk of loss than we would normally accept. Our participation in assigned risk plans may result in greater liabilities than we anticipate and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

In addition, virtually all states require insurers licensed to do business in their state to bear a portion of the loss suffered by some insureds as the result of impaired or insolvent insurance companies. These guaranty funds are funded by assessments that are expected to increase in the future as a result of recent insolvencies. Many states also have laws that established second-injury funds to provide compensation to injured employees for aggravation of a prior condition or injury which are funded by either assessments based on paid losses or premium surcharge mechanisms. The effect of these assessments and surcharges or changes in them could reduce our profitability in any given period or limit our ability to grow our business.

 

We depend on our key personnel to manage our business effectively and they may be difficult to replace.

 

Our performance substantially depends on the efforts and abilities of our management team and other executive officers and key employees, including our experienced teams of specialty underwriters. Furthermore, much of our competitive advantage is based on the expertise, experience and know-how of our key management personnel and underwriting teams. We do not have fixed term employment agreements with any of our key employees nor key man life insurance, and the loss of one or more of these key employees could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our success also depends on the ability to hire and retain additional key personnel including underwriting teams. Difficulty in hiring or retaining key personnel could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.

 

We may not be successful in developing our specialty businesses which could cause us to underestimate reserves, incur additional expenses, and fail to fully realize our investments in these businesses, which could materially affect our business and results of operations.

 

We have recently entered into new specialty business lines, including energy and excess and surplus lines.  We intend to continue to look for appropriate opportunities to diversify our business portfolio by adding new specialty lines of insurance coverage.  We also intend to continue to grow our existing specialty business lines. Due to our limited history in new business lines, there could be limited financial information available to us to help us estimate sufficient loss reserves for these lines and to help evaluate whether we will be able to successfully develop these lines or the likely ultimate losses and expenses associated with these lines. Also, we may have less experience than some of our competitors in managing certain of these business lines. We may also incur expenses related to these business lines that may be difficult to manage in addition to our existing expense structure. Accordingly, we may fail to fully realize the benefits and profits from some or all of our new specialty lines businesses relative to the resources that we invest in them. Also, these business lines may fail to perform at the levels we anticipate. Although we have a conservative approach to adding new businesses to our portfolio, including stringent management oversight of, among other areas, underwriting, product and pricing development, and financial performance, there is no assurance that we will be able to realize profitability from some or all of these new specialty businesses, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

We may need additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us or available to us on favorable terms.

 

We may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings in order to:

 

·                  fund liquidity needs;

 

·                  replace capital lost in the event of a catastrophe or adverse reserve development or investment losses;

 

·                  repay $269.9 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes;

 

·                  satisfy letter of credit or guarantee bond requirements that may be imposed by our clients or by regulators;

 

·                  acquire new businesses or invest in existing businesses;

 

·                  expand our business into new regions and countries; or

 

·                  otherwise respond to competitive pressures.

 

Any additional financing we may need may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.

 

We may be unable to adequately maintain our systems and safeguard the security of our data which may adversely impact our ability to operate our business and cause reputational harm and financial loss.

 

Our business and operations rely on secure and efficient processing, storage and transmission of customer and company data, including personally identifiable information such as a name together with a social security number, bank account number, driver’s license number, passport number or birthday (PII). Our ability to effectively operate our business depends upon our ability and the ability of certain third parties including vendors and business partners to access our computer systems to perform necessary business functions such as providing quotes and product pricing, billing and processing premiums, administering claims, and reporting our financial results. Our business and operations also depend upon our ability to safeguard PII and other confidential and proprietary information belonging to us, our employees, our policyholders and our business partners as well as Tower’s policyholders as a result of the TSA entered into in connection with the Personal Lines Transaction. Our systems may be vulnerable to unauthorized access and hackers, computer viruses, and other scenarios in which our data may be vulnerable to a breach. Specifically, we could be exposed to data breach risk from lost or stolen laptops, other portable media or misdirected mailings containing PII.

 

Data incidents could result in reputational harm to us, which could affect our business and results of operations. Nearly every state has enacted data breach laws and regulations that require, among other things, notification to affected persons and state regulatory agencies of a data breach that involves PII. Some U.S. state and federal laws also require us to implement measures to safeguard PII. For example, new Massachusetts regulations require our employees to encrypt information stored on laptops and other portable devices and transmitted through electronic media, and take reasonable steps to verify that our third-party vendors utilize security procedures to protect PII.

 

We have taken a number of steps to mitigate our risk. We have a Data Privacy Committee and a Chief Information Security Officer. We have implemented policies, procedures, training and education of employees, as well as technology solutions to safeguard our information. Although we have taken measures to safeguard our information and that of policyholders and other third parties, and we continually monitor the security of our systems and information, we could be exposed to data loss. As a result, our ability to conduct our business may be affected, and impact our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Risks Relating to Our Relationship with White Mountains

 

Transitional and other arrangements with White Mountains may not be on arm’s length terms.

 

In connection with OBIG’s initial public offering, OBIG and certain subsidiaries of OBIG entered into certain contractual arrangements with White Mountains and its affiliates. These agreements were made in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship. For example, some of our investments are managed pursuant to an investment management agreement on a discretionary basis by a registered investment advisor which is owned by White Mountains. We have a multi-year investment management contract with this advisor. While we are satisfied with the terms of such arrangement, we cannot confirm that such terms are as favorable to us as they might have been had we contracted with an independent advisor. On the other hand, after the expiration of this agreement, we may not be able to replace these investment services in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including cost, that are comparable to those we receive from White Mountains, and we may have to pay higher prices for similar services from unaffiliated third parties. For more information on these and other arrangements with White Mountains, see Note 15—“Related Party Disclosures” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Refinancing of our Senior Notes may occur on unfavorable terms.

 

In connection with OBIG’s initial public offering, OBIG entered into an agreement with White Mountains pursuant to which White Mountains guarantees the Senior Notes of OBH for a specified fee in the amount of 25 basis points per annum on the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes. We further agreed that if White Mountains’ voting interest in OBIG’s common shares ceases to represent more than 50% of OBIG’s voting securities, we will seek to redeem, exchange or otherwise modify the Senior Notes in order to fully and permanently eliminate White Mountains’ obligations under its guarantee. White Mountains and its subsidiaries beneficially own all of OBIG’s outstanding Class B common shares, representing 96.9% of the voting power of OBIG’s voting securities. If we have not successfully eliminated the guarantee within 180 days upon notice of the triggering of the voting interest condition, the guarantee fee will increase by 200 basis points. The guarantee fee will further increase by 100 basis points for each subsequent 90 day period thereafter, up to a maximum guarantee fee of 425 basis points, until White Mountains’ obligations under its guarantee have been extinguished. This arrangement could require us to devote significant time and expense trying to refinance the Senior Notes and we may not be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

White Mountains has a revolving credit facility which provides for borrowing up to a maximum of $375 million and which contains restrictive financial covenants. The indenture documents governing the Senior Notes provide that if White Mountains as guarantor of the Senior Notes defaults under a credit agreement, mortgage or similar debt agreement with a principal amount greater than $25 million, and such default results in the accelerations of such debt, there is a default under the Senior Notes (commonly referred to as a “cross default”). Such a default would result in a trigger of the cross default provisions in the indenture documents governing the Senior Notes which would permit the holders of 25% or more of the Senior Notes to declare an event of default under the indenture document resulting in a required repayment of the Senior Notes. While we believe that White Mountains is able to meet its obligations under its revolving credit facility, there is the potential that adverse market or other conditions which cannot be controlled could adversely impact White Mountains’ ability to meet its obligations as well as our ability to refinance the Senior Notes in the event of a cross default. As of December 31, 2011, the credit facility was undrawn. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing” and Note 15—“Related Party Disclosures” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

As of the date of this report, we had no unresolved written comments from the Commission staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act.

 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

 

Our corporate headquarters are located at 601 Carlson Parkway, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305. We also maintain branch offices in various cities throughout the United States. Our corporate headquarters and our branch offices are leased. We also own a building in Canton, Massachusetts that houses certain corporate functions, as well as field and business operations personnel. In November 2011, we entered into a lease for most of our Canton building. The lease begins in June 2012. We will retain a portion of the building to house certain of our corporate functions, as well as field and business operations personnel. Management considers our office facilities suitable and adequate for our current level of operations.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company from time to time is involved in various routine legal proceedings. We believe that the outcome of these proceedings, even if determined adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In June 2011, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Law Debenture Company of New York and Wilmington Trust Company (collectively referred to as “Plaintiffs”), in their capacity as trustees for certain senior notes issued by the Tribune Company (“Tribune”), filed lawsuits in various jurisdictions against numerous defendants including OB Holdings, OBIC-sponsored benefit plans and other affiliates of White Mountains in their capacity as former shareholders of Tribune seeking recovery of the proceeds from the sale of common stock of Tribune in connection with Tribune’s leveraged buyout in 2007 (the “LBO”). Tribune filed for bankruptcy in 2008, and the bankruptcy proceedings are currently pending in the Delaware bankruptcy court (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Bankruptcy Court granted Plaintiffs permission to commence these LBO-related actions. Plaintiffs seek recovery of the proceeds received by the former Tribune shareholders on the basis that Tribune purchased or repurchased its common shares without receiving fair consideration at a time when it was, or as a result of the purchases of shares, was rendered, insolvent. OB Holdings has entered into a joint defense agreement with other affiliates of White Mountains that are defendants in the action. OB Holdings and OBIC-sponsored benefit plans received approximately $32 million for Tribune common stock it tendered in connection with the leveraged buyout.

 

In December 2011, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation granted a motion to consolidate all of the lawsuits brought by Plaintiffs for pretrial matters and transfer all such proceedings to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The consolidated cases are currently stayed pending further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

In addition, OB Holdings, OBIC-sponsored benefit plans and other affiliates of White Mountains in their capacity as former shareholders of Tribune, along with thousands of former Tribune shareholders, have been named as defendants in an adversary proceeding brought by the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of the Tribune Company, on behalf of the Tribune Company, which seeks to avoid the repurchase of shares by Tribune in the LBO on a theory of intentional fraudulent transfer. The adversary proceeding is currently pending in Bankruptcy Court.  That case is also stayed pending further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

All of the Company’s outstanding shares are owned by OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc. (OBEH), the Company’s parent and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of OBIG. As of March 16, 2012, the Company had 505 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, issued and outstanding. There is no established public trading market for the Company’s common stock.

 

For a discussion regarding the Company’s payment of dividends, and the restrictions related thereto, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Dividend Capacity”.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion contains “forward-looking statements.” Statements that are not historical in nature are forward-looking statements. OB Holdings cannot promise that its expectations in such forward-looking statements will turn out to be correct. OB Holdings’ actual results could be materially different from and worse than its expectations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 80 for specific important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We consist of a group of operating companies which are U.S.-based property and casualty insurance writers, most of which operate in a multi-company pool. Pooling arrangements permit the participating companies to rely on the capacity of the entire pool’s capital and surplus rather than just on its own capital and surplus. Under such arrangements, the members share substantially all insurance business that is written, and allocate the combined premiums, losses and expenses. We provide a wide range of specialty insurance products and services through independent agencies, regional and national brokers, wholesalers and managing general agencies. In the year ended December 31, 2011, our net written premiums totaled $1.1 billion and we had total assets of approximately $5.7 billion and total OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity of $0.9 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

Our Segments

 

Our reportable segments are Specialty Insurance Operations, Other Insurance Operations and Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations.

 

Specialty Insurance Operations. Our Specialty Insurance Operations segment is comprised of twelve underwriting units that are aggregated into three major underwriting units:  MGA Business, which includes those businesses that are distributed through MGAs, Specialty Industries, which includes those businesses that are targeted to specific industries, and Specialty Products, which includes those businesses that offer targeted products. See “Business—Specialty Insurance Operations”.

 

Other Insurance Operations. Our Other Insurance Operations segment includes the results of the non-specialty commercial lines business and the traditional personal lines business, other run-off business and certain purchase accounting adjustments relating to the OneBeacon Acquisition. See “Business—Other Insurance Operations”.

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations. Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations includes the investing and financing activities for OB Holdings on a consolidated basis, and certain other activities conducted through our holding company, OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc.

 

Significant Transactions

 

Historically, we have offered a range of specialty, commercial and personal products and services, however, in the wake of recent transactions we are now focused exclusively on specialty business. In addition, the transactions freed up significant capital, increased our financial flexibility and substantially reduced our catastrophe exposure.

 

AutoOne.  On August 30, 2011, OBIG and certain of its subsidiaries entered into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement to sell AutoOne to Interboro. The AutoOne Transaction, which was subject to regulatory approvals, closed in February 2012. AutoOne has offered products and services to assigned risk markets primarily in New York and New Jersey. AutoOne had been included within the Other Insurance Operations segment, however, as a result of entering into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, AutoOne has been presented as discontinued operations in the statements of operations with the prior periods reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Pursuant to the terms of the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, at closing OneBeacon transferred to Interboro all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of AOIC and AOSIC, through which substantially all of the AutoOne business was written on a direct basis. At closing, OneBeacon also transferred the assets, liabilities (including loss reserves and unearned premiums) and capital of the business as well as substantially all of the AutoOne infrastructure including systems and office space as well as certain staff. The AutoOne Transaction also included the execution of a reinsurance agreement with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which OneBeacon cedes, on a 100% quota share basis, AutoOne business not directly written by AOIC and AOSIC. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded an after tax net charge of approximately $19.2 million reflecting the estimated loss on sale of the AutoOne business.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Personal lines. On July 1, 2010, we completed the sale of our traditional personal lines business to Tower. The Personal Lines Transaction included two insurance companies through which the majority of the traditional personal lines business was written on a direct basis, two attorneys-in-fact managing the reciprocals that wrote the traditional personal lines business in New York and New Jersey, the surplus notes issued by the New York and New Jersey reciprocals and the remaining renewal rights to certain other traditional personal lines insurance policies. In addition, the Personal Lines Transaction included the execution of reinsurance agreements with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which we cede, on a 100% quota share basis, traditional personal lines business not directly written by companies included in the sale and assume, on a 100% quota share basis, certain specialty lines business written directly by York. OneBeacon and Tower also entered into a TSA, pursuant to which we provide certain services to Tower during the three-year term of the TSA. Tower reimburses us for all of our expenses incurred to provide these services. Reimbursement for these services is netted against the expense incurred.

 

As consideration, based upon the carrying value of the traditional personal lines business as of July 1, 2010, we received $166.6 million. The consideration represented the statutory surplus in the reciprocals (as consideration for surplus notes issued by the reciprocals), the combined GAAP equity in the insurance companies and attorneys-in-fact being sold, plus $32.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a total after tax net gain on the sale of $24.6 million that is comprised of $8.5 million included in net other revenues and $16.1 million included in the tax provision. During the second quarter of 2011, OneBeacon and Tower reached agreement on post-closing adjustments resulting in no material change to the $24.6 million after tax net gain on sale that OB Holdings had recorded during 2010.

 

Commercial lines. On December 3, 2009, we sold the renewal rights to our non-specialty commercial lines business to The Hanover. The transaction included small commercial accounts and the non-specialty portion of the middle-market business, beginning with January 1, 2010 effective dates. As consideration for the Commercial Lines Transaction we received $23.2 million and recorded a pre-tax gain of the same amount, reflected in net other revenues in the year ended December 31, 2009. We continue to manage claims from business written prior to the Commercial Lines Transaction. Through June 30, 2010, we also managed claims from business fronted by OneBeacon and reinsured to The Hanover. We continue to provide claims system access and first notice of loss service to The Hanover. The Hanover reimburses us for our expenses incurred to provide the claims administration services. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded $0.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively, in additional consideration for aggregate premium renewals exceeding $200 million.

 

Revenues

 

We account for insurance policies that we write in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 944. Premiums written are recognized as revenues and are earned ratably over the term of the related policy. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written that are applicable to future insurance coverage provided by policies.

 

Deferred Acquisition Costs

 

Deferred acquisition costs represent commissions, premium taxes, brokerage expenses and other costs that are directly attributable to and vary with the production of business. These costs are deferred and amortized over the applicable premium recognition period. Deferred acquisition costs are limited to the amount expected to be recovered from future earned premiums and anticipated investment income. This limitation is referred to as a premium deficiency. A premium deficiency is recognized if the sum of expected loss and LAE, unamortized acquisition costs, and maintenance costs exceeds related unearned premiums and anticipated investment income. A premium deficiency is recognized by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expense to the extent required in order to eliminate the deficiency. On January 1, 2012, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-26, Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts, codified within ASC 944. ASU 2010-26 is effective for interim periods and annual fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We have elected to adopt ASU 2010-26 on a prospective basis. Under the new guidance, deferrable acquisition costs are limited to costs related to successful contract acquisitions. Acquisition costs that are not eligible for deferral are to be charged to expense in the period incurred. See Note 1—“Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

Loss and LAE are charged against income as incurred. Unpaid loss and LAE reserves are based on estimates (generally determined by claims adjusters, legal counsel and actuarial staff) of the ultimate costs of settling claims, including the effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. Unpaid loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of ultimate loss and LAE, net of estimated salvage and subrogation recoveries, if applicable. Such estimates are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis and any adjustments resulting therefrom are reflected in current operations. The process of estimating loss and LAE involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and the ultimate amount of expense to be incurred could be considerably greater than or less than the amounts currently reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Reinsurance

 

Our insurance subsidiaries enter into ceded reinsurance contracts from time to time to protect their businesses from losses due to concentration of risk and to limit losses arising from catastrophic events. The majority of such reinsurance contracts are executed through excess-of-loss treaties and catastrophe contracts under which a third-party reinsurer indemnifies our insurance subsidiaries for a specified part or all of certain types of losses over stipulated amounts arising from any one occurrence or event. We also have entered into quota share treaties with reinsurers under which all risks meeting prescribed criteria are ceded to third-party reinsurers on a pro rata basis. The amount of each risk ceded by us is subject to maximum limits that vary by line of business and type of coverage. Amounts related to reinsurance contracts are recorded in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 944, as applicable.

 

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies. Our ability to collect our reinsurance recoverables is subject to the solvency of the reinsurers with whom we have entered into reinsurance contracts. We are selective in regard to our reinsurers, principally placing reinsurance with those reinsurers with strong financial condition, industry ratings and underwriting ability. Management monitors the financial condition and ratings of our reinsurers on an ongoing basis.

 

Reinsurance premiums, commissions, expense reimbursements and reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums ceded to other companies are reported as a reduction of premiums written. Expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been accounted for as a reduction of the related policy acquisition costs.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Compensation Philosophy

 

Our executive compensation policies are designed with one goal in mind, namely, the maximization of shareholder value over long periods of time. We believe that this goal is best pursued by utilizing a pay-for-performance program that serves to attract and retain superior executive talent and provide management with performance-based incentives to maximize shareholder value. Through this compensation program, we seek to maximize shareholder value by aligning closely the financial interests of management with those of our shareholder and ultimately OBIG’s shareholders.

 

Compensation of our senior management team, including our named executive officers, consists primarily of three components: base salary, annual bonus and long-term incentive awards. Base salaries have been capped at $500,000. Annual bonus targets for all senior executives are 50%, with the exception of the Chief Executive Officer at 75%, of base salary. Long-term incentives for senior executives have in the past been comprised of performance shares and/or performance units. Under these instruments, payouts are explicitly tied to White Mountains’, OBIG’s or OneBeacon’s performance over a three-year period and are highly variable (the actual number of shares/units paid out at the end of the cycle will range from 0% to 200% of target depending on performance against established goals). See Note 9—“Employee Share-Based Incentive Compensation Plans” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Additionally, in recognition that the 2007-2009 and 2008-2010 performance share cycles, as described below, were projected to payout at or close to zero, creating a significant retention risk over the next years the OneBeacon Compensation Committee of the Board (the Compensation Committee) in February 2009 approved cash retention awards for the executive officers and certain members of senior management. The Compensation Committee also approved a pool of money for senior management to make retention awards to certain other key personnel.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Share-Based Compensation Recognition

 

Our share-based compensation plans consist of performance shares which are typically settled in cash. We account for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718. Compensation cost is measured and recognized based on the current market price of the underlying OBIG common shares and on the number of shares that are expected to vest.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

2006-2008 performance cycles

 

OneBeacon revised the design of its long-term incentive plans from prior plan designs principally to use OneBeacon performance units instead of White Mountains performance shares, with performance targets primarily tied to OneBeacon’s adjusted combined ratio. Each unit was initially valued at $100 and compounded in value over the performance period by the underwriting return on capital achieved by OneBeacon. In the case of certain senior officers, a portion of their long-term incentive compensation in these periods had been denominated in White Mountains performance shares. As a result of the shift from White Mountains performance shares to OneBeacon performance units, OneBeacon’s incentive compensation expense associated with these performance cycles is no longer significantly impacted by changes in the market price of White Mountains common shares. Prior to February 2007, the value of OneBeacon’s performance shares was based upon the market price of an underlying White Mountains common share (WTM Performance Shares). In February 2007, the Compensation Committee canceled all of OneBeacon’s WTM Performance Shares outstanding and replaced the awards with a two-year 2007-2008 performance cycle, whose value was based upon the market price of an underlying OBIG common share. In the 2007-2008 performance cycle, a total of 137,400 performance shares were earned based upon a performance factor of 1.4%.

 

2007-2009 performance cycle

 

In February 2007, the Compensation Committee approved the principal performance share goal of the OneBeacon Long-Term Incentive Plan to be growth in its intrinsic business value per share (GIBVPS). GIBVPS was defined by the Compensation Committee with respect to each award cycle. For the 2007-2009 performance cycle, the Compensation Committee defined GIBVPS to be a weighted measure comprised of growth in OBIG’s adjusted book value per share, underwriting return on equity and growth in OBIG’s price per common share. In the 2007-2009 performance cycle, a total of 682,344 performance shares were earned based upon a performance factor of 14.2%.

 

2008-2010 performance cycle

 

In February 2008, the Compensation Committee defined GIBVPS for the 2008-2010 performance cycle to be a weighted measure comprised of growth in OBIG’s adjusted book value per share and underwriting return on equity. In the 2008-2010 performance cycle, a total of 929,849 performance shares were earned based upon a performance factor of 68.5%.

 

2009-2011 through 2011-2013 performance cycles

 

In February 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Compensation Committee granted performance shares with a goal of growth in OBIG’s book value per share for the 2009-2011 performance cycle, the 2010-2012 performance cycle and the 2011-2013 performance cycle, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, 256,751 performance shares, 244,248 performance shares and 151,563 performance shares, respectively, were outstanding with respect to the 2009-2011, 2010-2012 and 2011-2013 performance cycles.

 

As a result of the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction, payments were made to certain former employees of OneBeacon prior to the end of the performance cycle on a pro rata basis. Performance shares earned and paid for the 2008-2010, 2009-2011 and 2010-2012 performance cycles were based upon a performance factor of 100%.

 

Purchase Accounting

 

In connection with purchase accounting for the OneBeacon Acquisition, we were required to adjust to fair value our loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $646.9 million and $346.9 million, respectively, on our balance sheet as of June 1, 2001. This net change to loss and LAE reserves of $300.0 million is being accreted through an income statement charge ratably with and over the period the claims are settled. Accordingly, we recognized $5.4 million of such charges, recorded as loss and LAE, in the year ended December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding pre-tax unaccreted adjustment was $0.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Income taxes

 

The income tax expense related to pre-tax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 represented effective tax rates of 34.5%, 28.4% and 33.6%, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to tax exempt interest and dividend received deduction, partially offset by state income taxes and an increase in the valuation allowance for the insurance reciprocal. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to recognition of a deferred tax asset for a higher tax basis and deconsolidation of the companies sold as part of the Personal Lines Transaction, partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowance for insurance reciprocals. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to the receipt of nontaxable interest and dividend income, tax reserve adjustments and a decrease in the valuation allowance.

 

Results of Operations

 

Review of Consolidated Results

 

A summary of our consolidated financial results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net written premiums

 

$

1,062.9

 

$

1,159.0

 

$

1,817.8

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,015.5

 

$

1,403.9

 

$

1,858.8

 

Net investment income

 

67.3

 

96.3

 

125.3

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

8.7

 

76.8

 

248.6

 

Net other (expenses) revenues

 

(10.7

)

9.9

 

23.1

 

Total revenues

 

1,080.8

 

1,586.9

 

2,255.8

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

580.9

 

858.2

 

1,005.3

 

Policy acquisition expenses

 

219.0

 

311.6

 

376.3

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

173.3

 

233.1

 

308.5

 

General and administrative expenses

 

4.0

 

6.4

 

5.0

 

Interest expense on debt

 

20.7

 

29.6

 

39.7

 

Accretion of fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves

 

 

 

5.4

 

Total expenses

 

997.9

 

1,438.9

 

1,740.2

 

Pre-tax income from continuing operations

 

82.9

 

148.0

 

515.6

 

Income tax expense

 

(28.6

)

(42.0

)

(173.1

)

Net income from continuing operations

 

54.3

 

106.0

 

342.5

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(5.9

)

(6.9

)

(33.0

)

Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(19.2

)

 

 

Net income including noncontrolling interests

 

29.2

 

99.1

 

309.5

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(1.0

)

(1.6

)

(2.1

)

Net income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

28.2

 

97.5

 

307.4

 

Change in foreign currency translation

 

 

0.7

 

(0.1

)

Change in other comprehensive income and loss items

 

(11.2

)

5.8

 

18.9

 

Comprehensive income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

$

17.0

 

$

104.0

 

$

326.2

 

 

36



Table of Contents

 

The following table provides ratios of our consolidated underwriting results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Ratios:(1)(2)(3)(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

57.2

%

61.1

%

54.1

%

Expense

 

38.6

 

38.8

 

36.8

 

Total GAAP combined

 

95.8

%

99.9

%

90.9

%

 


(1)                                 Certain amounts in the prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

(2)                                 Includes our long-term incentive compensation expense. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, long-term incentive compensation expense increased our total GAAP combined ratio by 0.7 points, 1.8 points and 2.2 points, respectively.

 

(3)                                 Includes loss and LAE relating to catastrophes. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, total calendar year incurred loss and LAE relating to catastrophes increased our loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 4.0 points, 3.2 points and 0.8 points, respectively, including development on prior accident year catastrophes which increased (decreased) our loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 0.4 points, (0.7) points and (0.5) points, respectively.

 

(4)                                 Prior accident year development, including development on catastrophes, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 decreased our loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 0.3 points, 4.1 points and 6.3 points, respectively.

 

Consolidated Results—Year ended December 31, 2011 versus year ended December 31, 2010

 

Our comprehensive income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder was $17.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $104.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. Change in other comprehensive income and loss items in the year ended December 31, 2011 included the impact of an $11.2 million after tax decrease in our pension plans primarily related to a decrease in the over-funded status of our qualified pension plan driven by a decline in the value of the investment results, as compared to a $5.8 million after tax increase in our pension plans in the prior year also driven by investment assets in the plan. Net income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder was $28.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $97.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Our total revenues decreased 31.9% to $1,080.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1,586.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was mainly due to a 27.7% decrease in earned premiums primarily due to the Personal Lines Transaction and Commercial Lines Transaction. Net realized and unrealized investment gains decreased 88.7% to $8.7 million, compared to $76.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. Net investment income decreased 30.1% to $67.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to a 22.2% decline in average invested assets, including invested assets of $111.8 million reclassified to assets held for sale as part of the AutoOne Transaction. The decline in average invested assets since December 31, 2010 was driven by the Personal Lines Transaction, repurchases of debt and the Commercial Lines Transaction, including the impact of claim payments related to non-specialty commercial lines reserves. Net other (expenses) revenues decreased $20.6 million to $(10.7) million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $9.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The year ended December 31, 2011 included a $12.0 million loss related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes.  The year ended December 31, 2010 included the $8.5 million net gain on the Personal Lines Transaction and $10.2 million of additional consideration related to the Commercial Lines Transaction, both described above, partially offset by a $10.8 million loss related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Our total expenses decreased 30.6% in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $997.9 million, compared to $1,438.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. Loss and LAE decreased 32.3% to $580.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, reflective of the decrease in our book of business resulting from the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction, partially offset by a strengthening of our run-off reserves, principally for unallocated loss adjustment expenses, the impact of which was mitigated by favorable loss reserve development in our specialty businesses. Policy acquisition expenses decreased 29.7% to $219.0 million and other underwriting expenses decreased 25.7% to $173.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, reflective of the shrink in our book of business resulting from the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction. Interest expense decreased 30.1% to $20.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, reflective of actions taken to reduce outstanding debt.

 

Our income tax expense related to pre-tax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented net effective tax rates of 34.5% and 28.4%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to tax exempt interest and dividend received deduction, partially offset by state income taxes and an increase in the valuation allowance for the insurance reciprocal. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to recognition of a deferred tax asset for a higher tax basis and deconsolidation of the companies sold as part of the Personal Lines Transaction, partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowance for insurance reciprocals. See Note 7 — “Income Taxes” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Our GAAP combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased to 95.8% from 99.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The loss and LAE ratio decreased by 3.9 points to 57.2% while the expense ratio decreased by 0.2 points to 38.6%. The decrease in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to a decrease in current accident year non-catastrophe losses. We experienced a number of large losses in our property and inland marine business within Specialty Insurance Operations and in our non-specialty commercial lines business within Other Insurance Operations during the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in current accident year losses was partially offset by a decrease in favorable loss reserve development. The year ended December 31, 2011 included $2.9 million or 0.3 points of favorable loss reserve development, as compared to $57.1 million or 4.1 points of favorable loss reserve development in the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we completed a detailed review of run-off expenses and, as a result, increased our run-off loss and LAE reserves. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized $26.7 million of adverse loss reserve development, which includes the impact of the expense reserve strengthening, in Other Insurance Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the favorable loss reserve development in Specialty Insurance Operations was primarily related to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. Current accident year catastrophe losses were 0.3 points lower than the prior year. The year ended December 31, 2011 included $36.9 million or 3.6 points of current accident year catastrophe losses, as compared to $55.3 million or 3.9 points of current accident year catastrophe losses in the year ended December 31, 2010. The slight decrease in the expense ratio reflects lower acquisition costs, primarily related to the Commercial Lines Transaction and Personal Lines Transaction, essentially offset by other underwriting expenses that have not decreased proportionately with the reduction in earned premium associated with the exited businesses.

 

Consolidated Results—Year ended December 31, 2010 versus year ended December 31, 2009

 

Our comprehensive income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder was $104.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $326.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Change in other comprehensive income and loss items in the year ended December 31, 2010 included the impact of a $5.8 million after tax increase in our pension plans primarily related to an increase in the over-funded status of our qualified pension plan driven by investment results, as compared to a $12.1 million after tax increase in our pension plans in the prior year also driven by investment results. Change in other comprehensive income and loss items in the year ended December 31, 2009 also included a $7.4 million pre-tax ($4.8 million after tax) increase resulting from the settlement of our interest rate swap relating to the mortgage note. The impact was offset by a $7.4 million realized loss related to the settlement of the interest rate swap reflected in net other revenues. Net income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder was $97.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $307.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Our total revenues decreased 29.7% to $1,586.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $2,255.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was mainly due to a 24.5% decrease in earned premiums primarily due to the sale of our personal lines and our non-specialty commercial lines. Net realized and unrealized investment gains decreased 69.1% to $76.8 million, compared to $248.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Net investment income decreased 23.1% to $96.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to lower fixed maturity investment yields, a reduction in invested assets as a result of the Personal Lines Transaction, repurchases of our Senior Notes and an increased allocation to lower yielding short-term investments during the first six months of 2010 in preparation for the closing of the Personal Lines Transaction. These were partially offset by a $1.7 million inflation adjustment related to our inflation indexed treasury securities as compared to a $(1.1) million inflation adjustment related to these securities for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net other revenues decreased 57.1% to $9.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $23.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The year ended December 31, 2010 included the $8.5 million net gain on the Personal Lines Transaction and $10.2 million of additional consideration related to the Commercial Lines Transaction, partially offset by a $10.8 million loss related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes. The year ended December 31, 2009 included pre-tax proceeds of $23.2 million from the Commercial Lines Transaction and a $5.4 million gain related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes, partially offset by a $7.4 million realized loss related to the settlement of the interest rate swap.

 

Our total expenses decreased 17.3% in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,438.9 million, compared to $1,740.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Loss and LAE decreased 14.6% to $858.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, reflective of the shrink in our book of business resulting from the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction, partially offset by higher current accident year catastrophe losses and a number of large losses experienced earlier in the year, particularly in businesses we have exited. Current accident year catastrophe losses were $55.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $23.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Other underwriting expenses decreased 24.4% to $233.1 million and policy acquisition expenses decreased 17.2% to $311.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting the change in our book of business resulting from the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction. Interest expense decreased 25.4% to $29.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, reflective of actions taken to reduce outstanding debt. General and administrative expenses were essentially flat as compared to the prior year.

 

Our income tax expense related to pre-tax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 represented effective tax rates of 28.4% and 33.6%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to recognition of a deferred tax asset for a higher tax basis and deconsolidation of the companies sold as part of the Personal Lines Transaction, partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowance for insurance reciprocals. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to the receipt of nontaxable interest and dividend income, tax reserve adjustments and a decrease in the valuation allowance.

 

Our GAAP combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to 99.9% from 90.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The loss and LAE ratio increased by 7.0 points to 61.1% while the expense ratio increased by 2.0 points to 38.8%. The increase in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to an increase in current accident year catastrophe and non-catastrophe losses. The year ended December 31, 2010 included $55.3 million or 3.9 points of current accident year catastrophe losses, as compared to $23.8 million or 1.3 points of current accident year catastrophe losses in the year ended December 31, 2009. We also experienced a number of large losses in our property and inland marine business within Specialty Insurance Operations and in our non-specialty commercial lines business within Other Insurance Operations. The year ended December 31, 2010 included $57.1 million or 4.1 points of favorable loss reserve development, as compared to $116.7 million or 6.3 points of favorable loss reserve development in the year ended December 31, 2009. The favorable loss reserve development was primarily related to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. The favorable development also included a $7.5 million release of commercial catastrophe reserves associated with storms occurring in 2004 and 2005. The expense ratio increased primarily due to higher acquisition costs in our specialty businesses as compared to the exited businesses and other underwriting expenses that have not decreased proportionately with the reduction in earned premium associated with the exited businesses.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Summary of Operations By Segment

 

Specialty Insurance Operations is comprised of twelve underwriting units that are aggregated into three major underwriting units: MGA Business, Specialty Industries and Specialty Products. Other Insurance Operations includes the non-specialty commercial lines business and traditional personal lines business, other run-off business and certain purchase accounting adjustments relating to the OneBeacon Acquisition. Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations includes the investing and financing activities for OB Holdings on a consolidated basis, and certain other activities conducted through our holding companies. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Our segment information is presented in Note 12—“Segment Information” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

Financial results for our Specialty Insurance Operations segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net written premiums

 

$

1,062.7

 

$

988.0

 

$

946.2

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,012.1

 

$

979.2

 

$

917.9

 

Loss and LAE

 

(548.4

)

(539.6

)

(403.0

)

Policy acquisition expenses

 

(221.0

)

(212.7

)

(204.1

)

Other underwriting expenses

 

(162.2

)

(163.6

)

(151.4

)

Total underwriting income

 

80.5

 

63.3

 

159.4

 

Net other revenues

 

0.6

 

2.7

 

3.5

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(1.7

)

(2.3

)

(2.6

)

Pre-tax income from continuing operations

 

$

79.4

 

$

63.7

 

$

160.3

 

 

40



Table of Contents

 

The following table provides net written premiums, earned premiums and underwriting ratios by major underwriting unit and Specialty Insurance Operations in total for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

($ in millions)

 

MGA
Business

 

Specialty
Industries

 

Specialty
Products

 

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

288.4

 

$

376.9

 

$

397.4

 

 

$

1,062.7

 

Earned premiums

 

276.6

 

349.3

 

386.2

 

 

1,012.1

 

Ratios:(1)(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

48.0

%

51.7

%

60.8

%

 

54.2

%

Expense

 

42.4

 

38.2

 

34.3

 

 

37.9

 

Total GAAP combined

 

90.4

%

89.9

%

95.1

%

 

92.1

%

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

269.2

 

$

317.6

 

$

401.2

 

 

$

988.0

 

Earned premiums

 

266.0

 

302.2

 

411.0

 

 

979.2

 

Ratios:(1)(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

49.8

%

54.0

%

59.2

%

 

55.1

%

Expense

 

41.4

 

41.8

 

33.9

 

 

38.4

 

Total GAAP combined

 

91.2

%

95.8

%

93.1

%

 

93.5

%

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

256.7

 

$

292.3

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

946.2

 

Earned premiums

 

236.9

 

288.5

 

392.5

 

 

917.9

 

Ratios:(1)(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

49.7

%

48.0

%

37.3

%

 

43.9

%

Expense

 

42.1

 

41.5

 

34.8

 

 

38.7

 

Total GAAP combined

 

91.8

%

89.5

%

72.1

%

 

82.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                                 Includes our long-term incentive compensation expense. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, long-term incentive compensation expense increased our Specialty Insurance Operations combined ratio by 0.6 points, 1.7 points and 2.5 points, respectively.

 

(2)                                 Includes loss and LAE relating to catastrophes. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, total calendar year incurred loss and LAE relating to catastrophes increased our Specialty Insurance Operations loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 3.8 points, 1.5 points and 1.0 points, respectively, including development on prior accident year catastrophes which increased (decreased) our Specialty Insurance Operations loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 0.2 points, (0.7) points and (0.6) points, respectively.

 

(3)                                 Prior accident year development, including development on catastrophes, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 decreased our Specialty Insurance Operations loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 2.9 points, 2.8 points and 9.2 points, respectively.

 

Specialty Insurance Operations—Year ended December 31, 2011 versus year ended December 31, 2010

 

Overview.  We reported a GAAP combined ratio of 92.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 93.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in our combined ratio was primarily due to lower current accident year non-catastrophe losses and other underwriting expenses, partially offset by higher catastrophe losses.

 

MGA Business.  Net written premiums for MGA Business increased 7.1% to $288.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 from $269.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase compared to the prior year period was primarily due to a $13.3 million increase in net written premiums from our collector cars and boats business driven by growth in new business as well as retention and a $5.0 million increase in net written premiums from OBE related to growth in new business. Net written premiums for Dewar were essentially flat as compared to the prior year period.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

The MGA Business combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased slightly to 90.4% from 91.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The loss and LAE ratio decreased by 1.8 points to 48.0% while the expense ratio increased by 1.0 point to 42.4%. The decrease in the loss and LAE ratio is primarily due to a 2.1 point decrease in current accident year non-catastrophe losses primarily related to OBE and Dewar, compared with the year ended December 31, 2010. The year ended December 31, 2011 also reflects the impact of 0.4 points of adverse loss reserve development, compared to 0.6 points of adverse loss reserve development primarily related to OBE in the prior year period. These were partially offset by a 0.5 point increase in catastrophe losses. The year ended December 31, 2011 included 1.8 points of current accident year catastrophe losses primarily related to hurricane Irene and tornados in the southeastern and Midwestern United States which impacted our collector cars and boats business as well as OBE, as compared to 1.3 points in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in the expense ratio was driven by higher other underwriting expenses, partially offset by a decrease in policy acquisition expenses related to OBE.

 

Specialty Industries.  Net written premiums for Specialty Industries increased 18.7% to $376.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 from $317.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase compared to the prior year was due to a $19.9 million increase in net written premiums from OBA, a $19.0 million increase in net written premiums from OBTI, a $17.5 million increase in net written premiums from OBGR and a $7.8 million increase in net written premiums from OBEG. These increases were primarily due to new business as well as solid retention levels despite competition in the marketplace. These increases were partially offset by a $4.9 million decrease in net written premiums from IMU which reflects the competitive marketplace.

 

The Specialty Industries combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased to 89.9% from 95.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The loss and LAE ratio decreased by 2.3 points to 51.7% while the expense ratio decreased by 3.6 points to 38.2%. The decrease in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to the impact of favorable loss reserve development. The year ended December 31, 2011 included 5.8 points of favorable loss reserve development primarily related to OBTI and IMU, compared to 0.4 points of adverse loss reserve development primarily related to OBA in the prior year period. This was partially offset by a 3.9 increase in current accident year losses, compared with the year ended December 31, 2010. The year ended December 31, 2011 included 4.4 points of catastrophe losses, primarily related to hurricane Irene, storms and freezing weather in the northeastern and southwestern United States impacting IMU and tornados in the southeastern and Midwestern United States impacting OBTI as well as OBGR and IMU, as compared to 1.3 points of catastrophe losses, primarily related to severe wind and rainstorms in the northeastern United States impacting IMU in the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in the expense ratio was due to a decrease in other underwriting expenses, as well as a small decrease in policy acquisition expenses primarily related to IMU.

 

Specialty Products.  Net written premiums for Specialty Products decreased 0.9% to $397.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 from $401.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a $5.8 million decrease in net written premiums from OBPI primarily related to the medical excess line and a $4.0 million decrease in net written premiums from PIM reflecting a revised underwriting strategy, partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in net written premiums from OBES which we began writing in 2011 and a $2.5 million increase in net written premiums from OBSP.

 

The Specialty Products combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to 95.1% from 93.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The loss and LAE ratio increased by 1.6 points to 60.8% while the expense ratio increased by 0.4 points to 34.3%. The increase in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to lower favorable loss reserve development as well as higher current accident year catastrophe losses. The year ended December 31, 2011 included 2.7 points of favorable loss reserve development related to professional liability, compared to 7.5 points of favorable loss reserve development related to professional liability in the prior year period. The year ended December 31, 2011 included 4.2 points of current accident year catastrophe losses, primarily related to tornados in the southeastern and Midwestern United States, storms and freezing weather in the northeastern and southwestern United States and hurricane Irene impacting PIM and to a lesser extent within the financial services business of OBPI, compared to 3.3 points of current accident year catastrophe losses, primarily related to severe wind and rainstorms in the northeastern United States experienced in the first quarter of 2010 and elsewhere in the United States in the second quarter of 2010. The increases were partially offset by a 4.1 point decrease in current accident year non-catastrophe losses, compared with the year ended December 31, 2010. The year ended December 31, 2010 included the impact of a number of large losses experienced at PIM. The increase in the expense ratio was primarily due to an increase in policy acquisition expenses mainly due to OBPI, partially offset by a decrease in other underwriting expenses primarily related to PIM.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Reinsurance protection.  We purchase reinsurance in order to minimize loss from large risks or catastrophic events. We also purchase individual property reinsurance coverage for certain risks to reduce large loss volatility through property-per-risk excess of loss reinsurance programs and individual risk facultative reinsurance. We also maintain excess of loss casualty reinsurance programs that provide protection for individual risk or catastrophe losses involving workers compensation, general liability, automobile liability, professional liability or umbrella liability. The availability and cost of reinsurance protection is subject to market conditions, which are outside of our control. Limiting our risk of loss through reinsurance arrangements serves to mitigate the impact of large losses; however, the cost of this protection in an individual period may exceed the benefit.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our net combined ratio was higher than our gross combined ratio by 3.5 points, primarily due to the impact of the cost of facultative reinsurance and property reinsurance, and also the cost of catastrophe reinsurance and marine reinsurance. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net combined ratio was higher than our gross combined ratio by 3.8 points, primarily due to the impact of the cost of catastrophe reinsurance and facultative reinsurance.

 

Specialty Insurance Operations—Year ended December 31, 2010 versus year ended December 31, 2009

 

Overview.  We reported a GAAP combined ratio of 93.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 82.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in our combined ratio was primarily due to higher current accident year non-catastrophe losses and lower favorable loss reserve development, as expenses were essentially flat.

 

MGA Business.  Net written premiums for MGA Business increased by 4.9% to $269.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from $256.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase compared to the prior year period was primarily due to an $8.5 million increase in net written premiums from our collector cars and boats business as well as a $4.3 million increase in net written premiums from OBE. Net written premiums for Dewar were essentially flat as compared to the prior year period.

 

The MGA Business combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased slightly to 91.2% from 91.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The loss and LAE ratio increased by 0.1 point to 49.8% while the expense ratio decreased by 0.7 points to 41.4%. The slight increase in the loss and LAE ratio reflects the impact of adverse loss reserve development substantially offset by lower current accident year losses. The year ended December 31, 2010 included 0.6 points of adverse loss reserve development primarily related to OBE, compared to 0.1 point of favorable loss reserve development related to our collector cars and boats business in the prior year period. This was essentially offset by a 0.6 point decrease in current accident year losses primarily related to non-catastrophe losses, compared with the year ended December 31, 2009. The year ended December 31, 2010 included 1.3 points of current accident year catastrophe losses, as compared to 0.9 points in the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in the expense ratio was driven by lower other underwriting expenses.

 

Specialty Industries.  Net written premiums for Specialty Industries increased by 8.7% to $317.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from $292.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due to solid retention levels for many of the businesses and growth in some of our newer businesses. The increase compared to the prior year period was due to a $15.5 million increase in net written premiums from A&H, an $8.3 million increase in net written premiums from OBEG, which began writing business in July 2009, and a $6.2 million increase in net written premiums from OBGR, partially offset by a $4.1 million decrease in net written premiums from IMU and a $0.6 million decrease in net written premiums from OBTI.

 

The Specialty Industries combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to 95.8% from 89.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The loss and LAE ratio increased by 6.0 points to 54.0% while the expense ratio increased by 0.3 points to 41.8%. The increase in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to loss reserve development. The year ended December 31, 2010 included 0.4 points of adverse loss reserve development primarily related to A&H, compared to 5.1 points of favorable loss reserve development primarily related to OBTI in the prior year period. Further, the year ended December 31, 2010 included a 0.5 point increase in current accident year losses, compared with the year ended December 31, 2009. The year ended December 31, 2010 included 1.3 points of catastrophe losses, primarily related to severe wind and rainstorms in the northeastern United States experienced in the first quarter. The year ended December 31, 2009 included 0.7 points of current accident year catastrophe losses. The expense ratio was essentially flat.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Specialty Products.  Net written premiums for Specialty Products increased by 1.0% to $401.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from $397.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $20.2 million increase in net written premiums from OBPI, partially offset by a $10.2 million decrease in net written premiums from PIM reflecting a revised underwriting strategy and a $6.0 million decrease in net written premiums from OBSP, reflecting competition in the marketplace.

 

The Specialty Products combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to 93.1% from 72.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The loss and LAE ratio increased by 21.9 points to 59.2% while the expense ratio decreased by 0.9 points to 33.9%. The increase in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to an 11.7 point increase in current accident year losses, compared with the year ended December 31, 2009. The year ended December 31, 2010 included the impact of a number of large losses experienced at PIM. The year ended December 31, 2010 also included 3.3 points of current accident year catastrophe losses, primarily related to severe wind and rainstorms in the northeastern United States experienced in the first quarter and elsewhere in the U.S. in the second quarter. The year ended December 31, 2009 included 2.7 points of current accident year catastrophe losses. Further, the year ended December 31, 2010 included 7.5 points of favorable loss reserve development primarily related to professional liability, compared to 17.7 points of favorable loss reserve development related to professional liability in the prior year period. The decrease in the expense ratio was primarily due to a decrease in policy acquisition expenses partially offset by an increase in other underwriting expenses.

 

Reinsurance protection.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net combined ratio was higher than our gross combined ratio by 3.8 points, primarily due to the impact of the cost of catastrophe reinsurance and facultative reinsurance. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net combined ratio was higher than our gross combined ratio by 3.6 points, primarily due to the cost of catastrophe, facultative and property reinsurance.

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

Financial results for our Other Insurance Operations segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net written premiums

 

$

0.2

 

$

171.0

 

$

871.6

 

Earned premiums

 

$

3.4

 

$

424.7

 

$

940.9

 

Loss and LAE

 

(32.5

)

(318.6

)

(602.3

)

Policy acquisition expenses

 

2.0

 

(98.9

)

(172.2

)

Other underwriting expenses

 

(11.1

)

(69.5

)

(157.1

)

Total underwriting (loss) income

 

(38.2

)

(62.3

)

9.3

 

Net other revenues

 

1.6

 

18.7

 

23.2

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Accretion of fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves

 

 

 

(5.4

)

Pre-tax (loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(36.6

)

$

(43.7

)

$

27.1

 

 

44



Table of Contents

 

As Other Insurance Operations consists of business in run-off, GAAP ratios are not meaningful for the 2011 period. The following table provides underwriting ratios for Other Insurance Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Ratios:(1)(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

75.0

%

64.0

%

Expense

 

39.7

 

35.0

 

Total GAAP combined

 

114.7

%

99.0

%

 


(1)                                 Includes our long-term incentive compensation expense. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, long-term incentive compensation expense increased our Other Insurance Operations combined ratio by 1.8 points and 1.9 points, respectively.

 

(2)                                 Includes loss and LAE relating to catastrophes. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, total calendar year incurred loss and LAE relating to catastrophes increased our Other Insurance Operations loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 7.3 points and 0.6 points, respectively, including development on prior accident year catastrophes which decreased our loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 0.7 points and 0.3 points, respectively.

 

(3)                                 Prior accident year development, including development on catastrophes, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 decreased our Other Insurance Operations loss and LAE and total combined ratios by 6.9 points and 3.4 points, respectively.

 

Other Insurance Operations—Year ended December 31, 2011 versus year ended December 31, 2010

 

Underwriting results for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the impact of exiting businesses as a result of the Personal Lines Transaction which closed in July 2010 and the Commercial Lines Transaction. Net written premiums for Other Insurance Operations were $0.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $171.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. Other Insurance Operations generated an underwriting loss of $38.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to an underwriting loss of $62.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we completed a detailed review of run-off expenses and, as a result, increased our run-off loss and LAE reserves. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized $26.7 million of adverse loss reserve development, which includes the impact of the expense reserve strengthening. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized $29.1 million of favorable loss reserve development principally related to multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. The year ended December 31, 2010 included significant catastrophe activity, primarily related to severe wind and rainstorms in the northeastern United States, and higher-than-average levels of large losses in the non-specialty commercial businesses and in the automobile line. The year ended December 31, 2011 included $0.8 million of additional consideration related to the Commercial Lines Transaction. The year ended December 31, 2010 included the $8.5 million net gain on the Personal Lines Transaction and the $10.2 million of additional consideration related to the Commercial Lines Transaction. In furtherance of our strategy to focus on our core specialty lines businesses, we are exploring various strategic alternatives with respect to the business within our Other Insurance Operations segment.

 

Asbestos and Environmental Exposures

 

As described in “Critical Accounting Estimates”, we have a reinsurance contract with NICO for up to $2.5 billion in old A&E claims and certain other exposures. Under the terms of the NICO Cover, NICO receives the economic benefit of reinsurance recoverables from certain of our third party reinsurers in existence at the time the NICO Cover was executed (Third Party Recoverables). As a result, the Third Party Recoverables serve to protect the $2.5 billion limit of NICO coverage for our benefit.

 

In September 2011, we completed a study of our legacy A&E exposures based on experience through 2010. The previous study was based on experience through 2007. Reasonable estimates of potential adverse scenarios continue to be within the $2.5 billion reinsurance cover issued by NICO. Based on the results of the study, we increased the point estimate of incurred losses ceded to NICO from $2.2 billion to $2.3 billion, an increase of $121.9 million, net of underlying reinsurance. Due to the NICO Cover, there was no impact to income or equity from the change in the estimate. Approximately $1.4 billion of the estimated $2.3 billion of incurred losses have been paid by NICO through December 31, 2011.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The ratio of reserves net of Third Party Recoverables for A&E losses at December 31, 2011 to trailing three year average paid loss and allocated LAE (known in the industry as the “survival ratio”) is 13.3 years including the remaining available protection under the NICO Cover.

 

Our reserves for A&E losses at December 31, 2011 represent management’s best estimate of our ultimate liability based on information currently available. However, significant uncertainties, including but not limited to case law developments, medical and clean-up cost increases and industry settlement practices, limit our ability to accurately estimate ultimate liability and we may be subject to A&E losses beyond currently estimated amounts. In addition, we remain liable for risks reinsured in the event that a reinsurer does not honor its obligations under reinsurance contracts. To the extent that actual experience differs from our estimate of incurred A&E losses and Third Party Recoverables, future losses could exceed the $198.3 million of protection remaining under the NICO Cover.

 

Other Insurance Operations—Year ended December 31, 2010 versus year ended December 31, 2009

 

Underwriting results for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 reflect the impact of exiting businesses as a result of completing the Personal Lines Transaction which closed in July 2010 and the Commercial Lines Transaction. Net written premiums for Other Insurance Operations were $171.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $871.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Other Insurance Operations generated an underwriting loss of $62.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to underwriting income of $9.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The year ended December 31, 2010 included significant catastrophe activity, primarily related to severe wind and rainstorms in the northeastern United States, and higher-than-average levels of large losses in the non-specialty commercial businesses and in the automobile line. The year ended December 31, 2010 included the $8.5 million net gain on the Personal Lines Transaction and the $10.2 million of additional consideration related to the Commercial Lines Transaction. The year ended December 31, 2009 included pre-tax proceeds of $23.2 million from the Commercial Lines Transaction.

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations

 

A summary of results from our Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net investment income

 

$

67.3

 

$

96.3

 

$

125.3

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

8.7

 

76.8

 

248.6

 

Net other expenses

 

(12.9

)

(11.5

)

(3.6

)

General and administrative expenses

 

(2.3

)

(4.0

)

(2.4

)

Interest expense on debt

 

(20.7

)

(29.6

)

(39.7

)

Pre-tax income from continuing operations

 

$

40.1

 

$

128.0

 

$

328.2

 

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations—Year ended December 31, 2011 versus year ended December 31, 2010

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations reported pre-tax income from continuing operations of $40.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $128.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily related to a decrease in net realized and unrealized investment gains and net investment income. As further described below, net realized and unrealized investment gains decreased to $8.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $76.8 million in the prior year period, and net investment income decreased to $67.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $96.3 million in the prior year period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Investment Results”. The decrease in interest expense reflects actions taken to reduce outstanding debt. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing”. Further, net other expenses increased mainly due to a $12.0 million loss related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a $10.8 million loss in the prior year period. General and administrative expenses decreased 23.6% as compared with the prior year period.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations—Year ended December 31, 2010 versus year ended December 31, 2009

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations reported pre-tax income from continuing operations of $128.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $328.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily related to a decrease in net investment income and net realized and unrealized investment gains. As further described below, net realized and unrealized investment gains decreased to $76.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $248.6 million in the prior year period and net investment income decreased to $96.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $125.3 million in the prior year period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Investment Results”. The decrease in interest expense reflects actions taken to reduce outstanding debt. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing”. Further, net other expenses increased mainly due to a $10.8 million loss related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with a $5.4 million gain related to the purchase of a portion of our Senior Notes, partially offset by a $7.4 million realized loss related to the settlement of the interest rate swap in the prior year period. General and administrative expenses were essentially flat as compared with the prior year period.

 

Summary of Investment Results

 

Investment Returns

 

A summary of our consolidated pre-tax investment results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net investment income

 

$

67.3

 

$

96.3

 

$

125.3

 

Net realized investment gains (losses)

 

60.4

 

83.5

 

(20.5

)

Change in net unrealized investment gains and losses

 

(51.7

)

(6.7

)

269.1

 

Total GAAP pre-tax investment results

 

$

76.0

 

$

173.1

 

$

373.9

 

 

Gross investment returns versus typical benchmarks for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,(1)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

3.9

%

4.6

%

12.3

%

Short-term investments

 

0.1

 

(0.1

)

0.6

 

Total fixed income

 

3.5

 

3.7

 

10.0

 

Barclays U.S. Intermediate Aggregate Index

 

6.0

 

6.1

 

6.5

 

Common equity securities

 

(0.9

)

18.5

 

(7.4

)

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

(6.9

)

12.4

 

22.7

 

Total common equity securities and convertible fixed maturity investments

 

(2.3

)

16.4

 

10.8

 

Other investments

 

7.0

 

6.0

 

10.8

 

Total common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity investments and other investments

 

0.6

 

13.2

 

10.8

 

S&P 500 Index (total return)

 

2.1

 

15.1

 

26.5

 

Total consolidated portfolio

 

3.0

%

5.1

%

10.1

%

 


(1)                                 Gross investment returns exclude investment expenses of $6.5 million, $8.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Investment Returns—Year ended December 31, 2011 versus year ended December 31, 2010

 

Overview

 

Our total pre-tax investment results were $76.0 million, a return of 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $173.1 million, a return of 5.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net investment income in the year ended December 31, 2011 was $67.3 million, a decrease of $29.0 million, compared to $96.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was principally due to lower investment yields, a reduction in invested assets as a result of the Personal Lines Transaction, repurchases of debt and the Commercial Lines Transaction, including the impact of claim payments related to non-specialty commercial lines reserves. Net realized investment gains were $60.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $23.1 million compared to $83.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The change in net unrealized investment gains and losses was a decrease of $51.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a decrease of $6.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Fixed income

 

Our fixed income portfolio, which includes fixed maturity and short-term investments, returned 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011, underperforming the Barclays U.S. Intermediate Aggregate Index returns of 6.0%. We maintained a high quality fixed maturity portfolio with a relatively short duration of approximately 2.5 years excluding short-term investments and approximately 2.2 years including short-term investments at December 31, 2011 which trailed the longer-duration benchmark as rates declined during 2011.

 

Common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity and other investments

 

Our total common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity and other investments portfolio returned 0.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 13.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our total common equity securities and convertible fixed maturity investments portfolio returned (2.3)% and 16.4% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, or 440 basis points worse and 130 basis points better, respectively, than the S&P 500 Index benchmark. Our total common equity securities and convertible fixed maturity investments portfolio has overweight positions in the gold mining sector compared to the S&P 500 Index and also contains convertible fixed maturity investments whose returns were hurt by rising credit spreads on the fixed maturity component of the instrument. In addition, other investments, which are composed principally of hedge funds and private equities, outperformed the S&P 500 Index by 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and underperformed by 9.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Investment Returns—Year ended December 31, 2010 versus year ended December 31, 2009

 

Overview

 

Our total pre-tax investment results were $173.1 million, a return of 5.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $373.9 million, a return of 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net investment income in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $96.3 million, a decrease of $29.0 million, compared to $125.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was principally due to lower investment yields, a reduction in invested assets as a result of the Personal Lines Transaction, repurchases of our Senior Notes, and an increased allocation to lower yielding short-term investments during the first six months of 2010 in preparation for the closing of the Personal Lines Transaction. The decrease was partially offset by a $1.7 million inflation adjustment related to our inflation indexed treasury securities for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to a $(1.1) million inflation adjustment related to these securities for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net realized investment gains (losses) were $83.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $104.0 million compared to $(20.5) million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was principally due to $57.8 million of realized gains on the sales of fixed maturity securities in the year ended December 31, 2010 mainly in preparation for the close of the Personal Lines Transaction and $31.5 million of realized losses on the sales of common equity investments resulting from the reduction in the size of the equity portfolio in the year ended December 31, 2009. The change in net unrealized investment gains and losses was a decrease of $6.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to an increase of $269.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Fixed income

 

Our fixed income portfolio, which includes fixed maturity and short-term investments, returned 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 10.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The fixed maturity portfolio, in particular the corporate bond portfolio, performed well during the year ended December 31, 2009, driven by spread tightening. We recorded $57.8 million in net realized gains in the year ended December 31, 2010, mainly due to sales of fixed maturity investments during the first six months of 2010 in preparation of the close of the Personal Lines Transaction. We maintained a high quality fixed maturity portfolio with a relatively short duration of approximately 2.8 years excluding short-term investments, and approximately 2.7 years including short-term investments at December 31, 2010. Our fixed maturity portfolio performed consistently with its characteristics and below the Barclays U.S. Intermediate Aggregate Index benchmark for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity and other investments

 

Our total common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity and other investments portfolio returned 13.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 10.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our total common equity securities and convertible fixed maturity portfolio returned 16.4% and 10.8% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, or 130 basis points better and 1,570 basis points worse, respectively, than the S&P 500 Index. The S&P 500 rebounded during 2009; as a result of the timing of sales of common equity securities in 2009 in order to reduce our equity exposure discussed previously and given that we were more heavily weighted in convertible fixed maturity investments than in common equity securities, our portfolio underperformed the S&P 500 Index benchmark. We recorded $20.4 million in net realized gains in the year ended December 31, 2010. Our other investments portfolio returned 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 10.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Portfolio Composition

 

The following table presents the composition of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2011(2)

 

2010

 

Type of Investment

 

$ in millions

 

% of total

 

$ in millions

 

% of total

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

1,857.6

 

70.9

%

$

2,240.4

 

75.8

%

Short-term investments

 

291.8

 

11.1

 

166.8

 

5.6

 

Common equity securities

 

243.5

 

9.3

 

285.3

 

9.6

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

72.5

 

2.8

 

93.8

 

3.2

 

Other investments(1)

 

155.1

 

5.9

 

171.4

 

5.8

 

Total

 

$

2,620.5

 

100.0

%

$

2,957.7

 

100.0

%

 


(1)                                 Includes investments such as hedge funds and private equity funds.

 

(2)                                 Includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

The breakdown of our fixed maturity portfolio, including convertible fixed maturity investments, at December 31, 2011 by credit class, based upon issue credit ratings provided by Standard & Poor’s, or if unrated by Standard & Poor’s, long-term obligation ratings provided by Moody’s, is as follows:

 

Ratings

 

Amortized Cost

 

% of Total

 

Carrying value

 

% of Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

U.S. government and agency obligations

 

$

213.6

 

11.3

%

$

215.4

 

11.2

%

AAA/Aaa

 

65.9

 

3.5

 

66.2

 

3.4

 

AA/Aa

 

836.6

 

44.3

 

848.3

 

44.0

 

A/A

 

295.0

 

15.6

 

307.6

 

15.9

 

BBB/Baa

 

336.6

 

17.9

 

356.4

 

18.4

 

Other/not rated

 

140.2

 

7.4

 

136.2

 

7.1

 

Total

 

$

1,887.9

 

100.0

%

1,930.1

 

100.0

%

 


(1)                                 Includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

The weighted average duration of our fixed maturity portfolio, including convertible fixed maturity investments, at December 31, 2011 is approximately 2.5 years. The maturity distribution for fixed maturity investments, including convertible fixed maturity investments, held at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Maturity

 

Amortized Cost

 

Carrying Value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Due within one year

 

$

107.2

 

$

108.9

 

Due after one through five years

 

676.8

 

700.2

 

Due after five through ten years

 

147.4

 

157.2

 

Due after ten years

 

16.1

 

17.4

 

Asset-backed securities

 

862.1

 

871.1

 

Preferred stocks

 

78.3

 

75.3

 

Total

 

$

1,887.9

 

$

1,930.1

 

 


(1)                                 Includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

Asset-backed Securities

 

We purchase commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities to maximize our risk adjusted returns in the context of a diversified portfolio. Our non-agency commercial mortgage-backed portfolio (CMBS) is generally short tenor and structurally senior, with more than 20 points of subordination on average for fixed rate CMBS and approximately 50 points of subordination on average for floating rate CMBS as of December 31, 2011. In general, subordination represents the percentage of principal loss on the underlying collateral that would have to occur before the security incurs a loss. These collateral losses, instead, are first absorbed by other securities lower in the capital structure. We believe this structural protection mitigates the risk of loss tied to refinancing challenges facing the commercial real estate market. As of December 31, 2011, on average approximately 2% of the underlying loans were reported as non-performing for all CMBS held by us. We are not an originator of residential mortgage loans and did not hold any residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) categorized as sub-prime as of December 31, 2011. Our investments in hedge funds and private equity funds contain negligible amounts of sub-prime mortgage-backed securities as of December 31, 2011. We consider sub-prime mortgage-backed securities to be those that have underlying loan pools that exhibit weak credit characteristics or are issued from dedicated sub-prime shelves or dedicated second-lien shelf registrations (i.e., we consider investments backed primarily by second-liens to be a sub-prime risk regardless of credit scores or other metrics).

 

There are also mortgage-backed securities that we categorize as “non-prime” (also called “Alt A” or “A-”) that are backed by collateral that has overall credit quality between prime and sub-prime, as determined based on our review of the characteristics of their underlying mortgage loan pools, such as credit scores and financial ratios. As of December 31, 2011, we held $2.3 million of mortgage-backed securities that were classified as non-prime. Our non-agency residential mortgage-backed portfolio is generally of moderate average life, fixed rate and structurally senior. We do not own any collateralized debt obligations, including residential mortgage-backed collateralized debt obligations.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the carrying value of our asset-backed securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Fair Value

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA

 

$

588.4

 

$

588.4

 

$

 

$

657.6

 

$

636.3

 

$

21.3

 

FNMA

 

156.4

 

156.4

 

 

134.3

 

134.3

 

 

FHLMC

 

4.9

 

4.9

 

 

19.0

 

19.0

 

 

Total agency(1)

 

749.7

 

749.7

 

 

810.9

 

789.6

 

21.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-agency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

13.7

 

11.4

 

2.3

 

6.4

 

 

6.4

 

Commercial

 

58.4

 

58.4

 

 

36.3

 

36.3

 

 

Total Non-agency

 

72.1

 

69.8

 

2.3

 

42.7

 

36.3

 

6.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

 

821.8

 

819.5

 

2.3

 

853.6

 

825.9

 

27.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit card receivables

 

46.0

 

46.0

 

 

67.8

 

67.8

 

 

Vehicle receivables

 

3.3

 

3.3

 

 

107.6

 

107.6

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other asset-backed securities

 

49.3

 

49.3

 

 

175.4

 

175.4

 

 

Total asset-backed securities

 

$

871.1

 

$

868.8

 

$

2.3

 

$

1,029.0

 

$

1,001.3

 

$

27.7

 

 


(1)                                 Represents publicly traded mortgage-backed securities which carry the full faith and credit guaranty of the U.S. government (i.e., GNMA) or are guaranteed by a government sponsored entity (i.e., FNMA, FHLMC).

 

Non-agency Mortgage-backed Securities

 

The security issuance years of our investments in non-agency RMBS and non-agency CMBS securities as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Security Issuance Year

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

2007

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Non-agency RMBS

 

$

13.7

 

$

2.3

 

$

 

$

8.2

 

$

3.2

 

Non-agency CMBS

 

58.4

 

4.4

 

3.9

 

 

50.1

 

Total

 

$

72.1

 

$

6.7

 

$

3.9

 

$

8.2

 

$

53.3

 

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Non-agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities

 

The classification of the underlying collateral quality and the tranche levels of our non-agency RMBS securities are as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Super Senior(1)

 

Senior(2)

 

Subordinate(3)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Prime

 

$

11.4

 

$

 

$

11.4

 

$

 

Non-prime

 

2.3

 

2.3

 

 

 

Total

 

$

13.7

 

$

2.3

 

$

11.4

 

$

 

 


(1)                                 At issuance, Super Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to other AAA or Aaa bonds.

 

(2)                                 At issuance, Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to non-AAA or non-Aaa bonds.

 

(3)                                 At issuance, Subordinate were not rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were junior to other bonds.

 

Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities

 

The amount of fixed and floating rate securities and their tranche levels are as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Super Senior(1)

 

Senior(2)

 

Subordinate(3)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed rate CMBS

 

$

54.0

 

$

9.9

 

$

44.1

 

$

 

Floating rate CMBS

 

4.4

 

4.4

 

 

 

Total

 

$

58.4

 

$

14.3

 

$

44.1

 

$

 

 


(1)                                 At issuance, Super Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s, Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by Fitch and were senior to other AAA or Aaa bonds.

 

(2)                                 At issuance, Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to non-AAA or non-Aaa bonds.

 

(3)                                 At issuance, Subordinate were not rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to other bonds.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Operating cash and short-term investments

 

Our sources and uses of cash are as follows:

 

Holding company level.  The primary sources of cash for OBH are expected to be distributions and tax sharing payments received from our insurance operating subsidiaries, financing activities and net investment income and proceeds from sales and maturities of holding company investments. The primary uses of cash are expected to be interest payments on our debt obligations, repurchases and retirements of our debt obligations, purchases of investments, tax payments, contributions to our operating subsidiaries, and holding company operating expenses.

 

Operating subsidiary level.  The primary sources of cash for our operating subsidiaries are expected to be premium collections, financing activities, net investment income, contributions from our holding companies and proceeds from sales and maturities of investments. The primary uses of cash are expected to be claim payments, policy acquisition costs, interest payments on our debt obligations, repurchases and retirements of our debt obligations, operating expenses, purchases of investments, and distributions and tax sharing payments made to parent holding companies.

 

Insurance companies typically collect premiums on policies that they write prior to paying claims made under those policies. During periods of premium growth, insurance companies typically experience positive cash flow from operations, as premium receipts typically exceed claim payments. When this happens, positive cash flow from operations is usually offset by negative cash flow from investing activities, as the positive operating cash flow is used to purchase investments. Conversely, during periods of premium decline, insurance companies typically experience negative cash flow from operations, even during periods in which they report GAAP net income, as the claims that they pay exceed the premiums that they collect. When this happens, negative cash flow from operations is typically offset by positive cash flow from investing activities, as invested assets are sold to fund current claim payments.

 

Both internal and external forces influence our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Claim settlements, premium levels and investment returns may be impacted by changing rates of inflation and other economic conditions. In many cases, significant periods of time, ranging up to several years or more, may lapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to us and the settlement of the liability for that loss. The exact timing of the payment of claims and benefits cannot be predicted with certainty. Our operating subsidiaries maintain portfolios of invested assets with varying maturities and a substantial amount of cash and short-term investments to provide adequate liquidity for the payment of claims.

 

Management believes that our cash balances, cash flows from operations and cash flows from investments are adequate to meet expected cash requirements for the foreseeable future on both a holding company and operating subsidiary level.

 

Dividend Capacity

 

Under the insurance laws of the states and jurisdictions under which our operating subsidiaries are domiciled, an insurer is restricted with respect to the timing or the amount of dividends it may pay without prior approval by regulatory authorities. Accordingly, there can be no assurance regarding the amount of such dividends that may be paid by such subsidiaries in the future.

 

Generally, our regulated insurance operating subsidiaries have the ability to pay dividends during any 12-month period without the prior approval of regulatory authorities in an amount set by formula based on the greater of prior year statutory net income or 10% of prior year end statutory surplus, subject to the availability of unassigned funds. Our top tier regulated insurance operating subsidiaries have the ability to pay $103 million of dividends during 2012 without the prior approval of regulatory authorities, subject to the availability of unassigned funds. At December 31, 2011, OB Holdings’ top tier regulated insurance operating subsidiaries had $0.7 billion of unassigned funds and statutory surplus of $1.0 billion. At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $24 million of net unrestricted cash, short-term investments and fixed maturity investments outside of our regulated insurance operating subsidiaries.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, our top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $150.0 million of extraordinary dividends to OneBeacon LLC. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $776.0 million of dividends, including $71.0 million of ordinary dividends, $535.0 million of extraordinary dividends and $170.0 million representing return of capital to OneBeacon LLC. During the year ended December 31, 2009, our top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $80.0 million of ordinary dividends to OneBeacon LLC. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, our unregulated operating subsidiaries paid $4.3 million, $8.3 million and $11.9 million, respectively, of dividends to their immediate parent.

 

Insurance Float

 

Insurance float is an important aspect of our insurance operations. Insurance float represents funds that an insurance company holds for a limited time. In an insurance operation, float arises because premiums are collected before losses are paid. This interval can extend over many years. During that time, the insurer invests the funds. When the premiums that an insurer collects do not cover the losses and expenses it eventually must pay, the result is an underwriting loss, which is considered to be the cost of insurance float. We calculate our insurance float by taking our net invested assets and subtracting our total capital. Although insurance float can be calculated using numbers determined under GAAP, insurance float is not a GAAP concept and, therefore, there is no comparable GAAP measure.

 

Insurance float can increase in a number of ways, including through acquisitions of insurance operations, organic growth in existing insurance operations and recognition of losses that do not cause a corresponding reduction in investment assets. Conversely, insurance float can decrease in a number of other ways, including sales of insurance operations, shrinking or run-off of existing insurance operations, the acquisition of operations that do not have substantial investment assets (e.g., an agency) and the recognition of gains that do not cause a corresponding increase in investment assets. We have historically obtained our insurance float through both acquisitions and organic growth. We intend to generate low-cost float over time through a combination of acquisitions and organic growth in our ongoing insurance operations. However, we will seek to increase our insurance float organically only when market conditions allow for an expectation of generating underwriting profits.

 

Certain operational leverage metrics can be measured with ratios that are calculated using insurance float. There are many activities that do not change the amount of insurance float at an insurance company but can have a significant impact on the company’s operational leverage metrics. For example, investment gains and losses, foreign currency gains and losses, debt issuances and repurchases/repayments, common share issuances and repurchases and dividends paid to shareholders are all activities that do not change insurance float but that can meaningfully impact operational leverage metrics.

 

The following table illustrates our consolidated insurance float position and four operational leverage ratios based on insurance float and net invested assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Total investments

 

$

2,508.7

 

$

2,957.7

 

Cash

 

49.0

 

33.2

 

Cash and investments classified within assets held for sale

 

117.3

 

 

Accounts receivable on unsettled investment sales

 

0.4

 

5.4

 

Accounts payable on unsettled investment purchases

 

(22.7

)

(14.1

)

Net invested assets

 

$

2,652.7

 

$

2,982.2

 

OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

$

932.5

 

$

960.5

 

Debt

 

269.7

 

419.6

 

Total capital

 

$

1,202.2

 

$

1,380.1

 

Insurance float

 

$

1,450.5

 

$

1,602.1

 

Insurance float as a multiple of total capital

 

1.2

x

1.2

x

Net invested assets as a multiple of total capital

 

2.2

x

2.2

x

Insurance float as a multiple of OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

1.6

x

1.7

x

Net invested assets as a multiple of OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

2.8

x

3.1

x

 

Based on December 31, 2011 balances, insurance float is expected to decrease by approximately $117.3 million as a result of the AutoOne Transaction. During the year ended December 31, 2010, insurance float decreased by $433.8 million, primarily due to the Personal Lines Transaction, which reduced insurance float by approximately $390 million.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Financing

 

Debt

 

The following table summarizes our debt to capital ratio at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Senior Notes, carrying value

 

$

269.7

 

$

419.6

 

OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

932.5

 

960.5

 

Total capital

 

$

1,202.2

 

$

1,380.1

 

Ratio of debt to total capital

 

22.4

%

30.4

%

 

We believe that we have the flexibility and capacity to obtain funds externally as needed through debt or equity financing on both a short-term and long-term basis. However, we can provide no assurance that, if needed, we would be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on satisfactory terms, if at all.

 

On March 24, 2011, we commenced a cash tender offer for up to $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price of $1,045 per $1,000 principal amount. The cash tender offer, which was not subject to the tender of any minimum principal amount of Senior Notes, expired on April 20, 2011. Holders of Senior Notes who tendered on or before April 6, 2011 received an early tender payment of $30 for every $1,000 principal amount of Senior Notes validly tendered. Payment for the Senior Notes included accrued and unpaid interest up to the settlement date. OBH accepted and retired $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes for $161.6 million, which resulted in a $12.0 million pre-tax loss, including transaction fees.

 

On May 3, 2010, we commenced a cash tender offer for up to $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price of $1,027.50 per $1,000 principal amount. The cash tender offer, which was not subject to the tender of any minimum principal amount of Senior Notes, expired on May 28, 2010. Holders of Senior Notes who tendered on or before May 14, 2010 received an early tender payment of $30 for every $1,000 principal amount of Senior Notes validly tendered. Payment for the Senior Notes included accrued and unpaid interest up to the settlement date. OBH accepted and retired $156.4 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes, of which $155.2 million was tendered by the early tender deadline, for purchase for $165.4 million, which resulted in a $9.6 million loss, including transaction fees.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, OBH repurchased and retired $29.7 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $30.8 million, which resulted in a $1.2 million loss. During the year ended December 31, 2010, OBIC purchased $1.1 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $1.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OBH repurchased and retired $10.6 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $8.1 million, which resulted in a $2.5 million gain. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OBIC purchased $58.3 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $55.0 million, which resulted in a $2.9 million gain.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we paid $20.4 million, $29.1 million and $37.4 million of interest on the Senior Notes.

 

White Mountains provides an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee as to the payment of principal and interest on the Senior Notes. In consideration of this Guarantee, we have agreed to pay a specified fee to White Mountains in the amount of 25 basis points per annum on the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes. We have further agreed that if White Mountains’ voting interest in OBIG ceases to represent more than 50% of all its voting securities, we are obligated to seek to redeem, exchange or otherwise modify the Senior Notes in order to fully and permanently eliminate White Mountains’ obligations under the Guarantee (the Guarantee Elimination). White Mountains has agreed to provide written notice to us when its voting interest in OBIG has been reduced below 50%. We will have 180 days from the receipt of such notification to complete the Guarantee Elimination. If the Guarantee Elimination is not completed within the initial 180-day period, the Guarantee fee shall increase by 200 basis points. The Guarantee fee shall further increase by 100 basis points for each subsequent 90-day period thereafter, up to a maximum Guarantee fee of 425 basis points, until the Guarantee Elimination has been completed.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

The Senior Notes were issued under an indenture which contains restrictive covenants. These covenants, among other things, place certain limitations on the ability of White Mountains, OBH and their respective subsidiaries, which includes us, as a subsidiary of White Mountains, to create liens and enter into sale and leaseback transactions and substantially limit the ability of OBH and its respective subsidiaries, which includes us, to consolidate, merge or transfer their properties and assets. The indenture does not contain any financial ratios or specified levels of net worth or liquidity to which White Mountains or OBH must adhere. At December 31, 2011, White Mountains and OBH were in compliance with all of the covenants under the Senior Notes.

 

The indenture documents provide that, if OBH or White Mountains as guarantor of the Senior Notes defaults under a credit agreement, mortgage or similar debt agreement with a principal amount greater than $25 million, and such default results in the acceleration of such debt, there is a default under the Senior Notes. Such a default would permit the trustees or holders of 25% or more of the Senior Notes to declare an event of default under the indenture documents resulting in a required repayment of the Senior Notes. See Note 15—“Related Party Disclosures” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Capital Lease

 

In December 2011, OBIC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sold the majority of its fixed assets and capitalized software to OB Services, another indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The fixed assets and capitalized software were sold at a cost equal to book value with no gain or loss recorded on the sale. Subsequent to purchasing the fixed assets and capitalized software from OBIC, OB Services entered into lease financing arrangements with US Bancorp and Fifth Third whereby OB Services sold its furniture and equipment and its capitalized software, respectively, to US Bancorp and Fifth Third. The assets were sold at a cost equal to net book value. OB Services then leased the fixed assets back from US Bancorp for a lease term of five years and leased the capitalized software back from Fifth Third for a lease term of four years. OB Services received cash proceeds of $23.1 million as a result of entering into the sale-leaseback transactions. At the end of the lease terms, OB Services will have the obligation to purchase the leased assets for a nominal fee, after which all rights, title and interest would transfer to OB Services. In accordance with ASC 840, OBIC recorded the sale of the assets with no gain or loss recognized while OB Services has recorded a capital lease obligation of $23.1 million included within other liabilities and a capital lease asset of $22.9 million included within other assets as of December 31, 2011.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Below is a schedule of our material contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Due in
One Year
or Less

 

Due in
Two to Three
Years

 

Due in
Four to Five
Years

 

Due After
Five
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Debt

 

$

 

$

269.9

 

$

 

$

 

$

269.9

 

Loss and LAE reserves(1)

 

704.4

 

880.5

 

528.3

 

1,408.7

 

3,521.9

 

Interest on debt

 

15.8

 

7.9

 

 

 

23.7

 

Long-term incentive compensation

 

22.0

 

20.8

 

3.9

 

6.2

 

52.9

 

Pension and other benefit plan obligations(2)

 

13.6

 

7.8

 

7.1

 

33.2

 

61.7

 

Capital leases

 

5.3

 

10.6

 

7.2

 

 

23.1

 

Operating leases

 

8.0

 

9.7

 

6.0

 

3.5

 

27.2

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

769.1

 

$

1,207.2

 

$

552.5

 

$

1,451.6

 

$

3,980.4

 

 


(1)                                 Represents expected future cash outflows resulting from loss and LAE payments. The amounts presented are gross of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses of $2,330.8 million and include the discount on our workers compensation loss and LAE reserves of $108.3 million as of December 31, 2011. These balances add back the remaining purchase accounting fair value adjustment of $163.3 million related to the OneBeacon Acquisition as it is a non-cash item.

 

(2)                                 Includes expected future cash outflows under our non-qualified, non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan and our 401(k) savings and employee stock ownership plan. Our pension plans were in 2002. (See Note 8—“Retirement Plans” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.)

 

Our loss and LAE reserves do not have contractual maturity dates. However, based on historical payment patterns, the preceding table includes an estimate of when management expects our loss and LAE reserves to be paid. The timing of claim payments is subject to significant uncertainty. We maintain a portfolio of marketable investments with varying maturities and a substantial amount of short-term investments to provide adequate cash flows for the payment of claims.

 

The balances included in the table above regarding our long-term incentive compensation plans include amounts payable for performance shares and units, as well as deferred compensation balances. Exact amounts to be paid cannot be predicted with certainty as the ultimate amounts of these liabilities are based on future performance. The estimated payments reflected in the table are based on current accrual factors (common share price and pay-out percentage) and assume that all outstanding balances were 100% vested as of December 31, 2011.

 

There are no provisions within our operating lease agreements that would trigger acceleration of future lease payments. As of December 31, 2011, we have accrued $1.4 million net of anticipated sub-lease income for leased space which we have ceased using. The capital lease entered into in conjunction with the sale-leaseback of certain of OB Holdings’ fixed assets and capitalized software contains provisions that could trigger an event of default including a failure to pay when due payments under the capital lease. If an event of default were to occur, the lessor would have a number of remedies available including the acceleration of future lease payments or the possession of the property covered under the lease agreement.

 

We do not finance our operations through the securitization of trade receivables, special purpose entities or synthetic leases. Further, we have not entered into any material arrangement requiring us to guarantee payment of third-party debt, lease payments or to fund losses of an unconsolidated special purpose entity.

 

We also have future binding commitments to fund certain limited partnership investments. These commitments, which total $16.1 million as of December 31, 2011, do not have fixed funding dates and are therefore excluded from the table above. Our future binding commitments to fund an investment in a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund are $7.3 million and $2.8 million for 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows

 

Detailed information concerning our cash flows during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 

Cash flows from operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

Net cash flows (used for) provided from operations were $(144.5) million, $(23.2) million and $177.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Net cash flows for operations in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were adversely impacted by the run-off of reserves related to the Commercial Lines Transaction. Net cash flows for operations in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were adversely impacted by declining net investment income, primarily due to lower overall portfolio yields, shifts in portfolio mix to lower risk, lower yield investments and a decrease in the overall invested asset base. In addition, the decline in cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 reflects the impact of the Personal Lines Transaction.

 

Cash flows from investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011

 

Financing and Other Capital Activities

 

During 2011, we paid $45.0 million of cash distributions to OBEH, including $34.4 million of dividends and $10.6 million representing a return of capital.

 

During 2011, OneBeacon Services LLC received cash proceeds of $23.1 million as a result of entering into two sale-leaseback transactions.

 

During 2011, OBH repurchased and retired a portion of the Senior Notes for $161.6 million in a cash tender offer, including transaction fees.

 

Other Liquidity and Capital Resource Activities

 

During 2011, we made payments in cash with respect to our long-term incentive compensation plans totaling $16.8 million, in cash or by deferral into certain of our non-qualified compensation plans. These payments were made primarily with respect to 929,849 performance shares for the 2008-2010 performance cycle.

 

Cash flows from investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010

 

Financing and Other Capital Activities

 

During 2010, we paid $535.0 million of cash distributions to OBEH, including $526.0 million of dividends and $9.0 million representing a return of capital.

 

During 2010, OBIC purchased a portion of the Senior Notes for $1.1 million.

 

During 2010, OBH repurchased and retired a portion of the Senior Notes for $30.8 million.

 

During 2010, OBH repurchased and retired a portion of the Senior Notes for $165.4 million in a cash tender offer, including transaction fees.

 

During 2010, we repaid the $14.0 million outstanding balance on the note issued in connection with the acquisition of ASIC.

 

Acquisitions and Dispositions

 

During 2010, we completed the Personal Lines Transaction and received $166.6 million as consideration.

 

During 2010, we received $10.2 million of additional consideration related to the Commercial Lines Transaction.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Other Liquidity and Capital Resource Activities

 

During 2010, we reported net decreases in our loss and LAE reserves and reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses, primarily due to the decline of our business exposures related to the businesses we have exited.

 

During 2010, we made payments in cash with respect to our long-term incentive compensation plans totaling $6.8 million. These payments were made primarily with respect to 207,250 performance shares and 38,850 performance units for various performance cycles. As a result of the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction, payments were made to certain former employees of OneBeacon prior to the end of the performance cycle on a pro rata basis.

 

During 2010, we made payments with respect to our long-term incentive compensation plans totaling $21.4 million, in cash or by deferral into certain of our non-qualified compensation plans. These payments were made primarily with respect to 682,344 performance shares for the 2007-2009 performance cycle.

 

Cash flows from investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009

 

Financing and Other Capital Activities

 

During 2009, we paid $68.1 million of cash dividends to OBEH.

 

During 2009, we repaid $2.2 million of principal on our debt obligations.

 

During 2009, OBIC purchased a portion of the Senior Notes for $55.0 million.

 

During 2009, OBH repurchased and retired a portion of the Senior Notes for $8.1 million.

 

During 2009, we repaid the $40.6 million outstanding balance on our mortgage note.

 

Acquisitions and Dispositions

 

During 2009, we sold the renewal rights to our non-specialty commercial lines business for $23.2 million to a third party.

 

Other Liquidity and Capital Resource Activities

 

During 2009, we reported net decreases in our loss and LAE reserves and reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses, primarily due to the decline of our business exposures related to legacy run-off.

 

During 2009, we made payments with respect to our long-term incentive compensation plans totaling $27.3 million, in cash or by deferral into certain of our non-qualified compensation plans. These payments were made primarily with respect to 137,400 performance shares and 148,422 performance units for various performance cycles.

 

Related Party Disclosures

 

See Note 15—“Related Party Disclosures” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The consolidated financial statements presented herein include all adjustments considered necessary by management to fairly present our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the historical consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to fair value measurements of investments, loss and LAE reserves, reinsurance transactions and purchase accounting. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

 

Management believes that certain of these estimates are considered critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability. The descriptions below summarize the more significant estimates used in the preparation of our historical consolidated financial statements.

 

1. Fair Value Considerations

 

We measure certain assets at estimated fair value in our consolidated financial statements, with changes therein recognized in current period earnings. In addition, we disclose estimated fair value for certain assets and liabilities measured at historical or amortized cost. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants (an exit price). Fair value measurements are categorized into a hierarchy that distinguishes between inputs based on market data from independent sources (observable inputs) and a reporting entity’s internal assumptions based upon the best information available when external market data is limited or unavailable (unobservable inputs). Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities have the highest priority (Level 1), followed by observable inputs other than quoted prices, including prices for similar but not identical assets or liabilities (Level 2) and unobservable inputs, including the reporting entity’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use, having the lowest priority (Level 3).

 

Assets carried at fair value include fixed maturity investments, common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity investments and interests in hedge funds and private equity funds. Valuation of assets measured at fair value require us to make estimates and apply judgment to matters that may carry a significant degree of uncertainty. In determining our estimates of fair value, we use a variety of valuation approaches and inputs. Whenever possible, we estimate fair value using valuation methods that maximize the use of observable prices and other inputs.

 

For investments in active markets, we use quoted market prices to determine fair value. In circumstances where quoted market prices are unavailable, we utilize fair value estimates based upon reference to other observable inputs other than quoted prices, including matrix pricing, benchmark interest rates, market comparables, broker quotes and other relevant observable inputs. Where observable inputs are not available, the estimated fair value is based upon internal pricing models using assumptions that include inputs that may not be observable in the marketplace but which reflect our best judgment given the circumstances and consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 92% and 90%, respectively, of the investment portfolio recorded at fair value was priced based upon quoted market prices or other observable inputs. Investments valued using Level 1 inputs include fixed maturity investments, primarily investments in U.S. Treasuries, common equities and short-term investments, which include U.S. Treasury Bills. Investments valued using Level 2 inputs comprise fixed maturity investments including corporate debt, state and other governmental debt, convertible fixed maturity investments and mortgage and asset-backed securities. Fair value estimates for investments that trade infrequently and have few or no observable market prices are classified as Level 3 measurements. Level 3 fair value estimates based upon unobservable inputs include our investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, as well as certain investments in debt and equity securities, including asset-backed securities, where quoted market prices are unavailable.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

We use brokers and outside pricing services to assist in determining fair values. The outside pricing services we use have indicated that they will only provide prices where observable inputs are available. If no observable inputs are available for a security, the pricing services will not provide a price. In those circumstances, we estimate the fair value using industry standard pricing models and observable inputs such as benchmark interest rates, matrix pricing, market comparables, broker quotes, issuer spreads, bids, offers, credit rating prepayment speeds and other relevant inputs.

 

Our process to assess the reasonableness of the market prices obtained from the outside pricing sources covers substantially all of our fixed maturity investments and includes, but is not limited to, evaluation of model pricing methodologies, review of the pricing services’ quality control processes and procedures on at least an annual basis, comparison of market prices to prices obtained from different independent pricing vendors on at least an annual basis, monthly analytical reviews of certain prices and review of assumptions utilized by the pricing service for selected measurements on an ad hoc basis throughout the year. We also perform back-testing of selected purchases and sales activity to determine whether there are any significant differences between the market price used to value the security prior to purchase or sale and the actual purchase or sale price on at least an annual basis. Prices provided by the pricing services that vary by more than 5% and $1.0 million from the expected price based on the procedures are considered outliers. In circumstances where the results of our review process does not appear to support the market price provided by the pricing services, we challenge the price. During the past year, a few securities fell outside of our variance thresholds, thereby triggering the challenge with the pricing services. If we cannot gain satisfactory evidence to support the challenged price, we rely upon our own pricing methodologies to estimate the fair value of the security in question.

 

Other investments, which are primarily comprised of hedge funds and private equity funds for which the fair value option has been elected, are carried at fair value based upon our proportionate interest in the underlying fund’s net asset value, which is deemed to approximate fair value. The fair value of our investments in hedge funds and private equity funds has been estimated using net asset value because it reflects the fair value of the funds’ underlying investments in accordance with ASC 820. We employ a number of procedures to assess the reasonableness of the fair value measurements, including obtaining and reviewing each fund’s audited financial statements and discussing each fund’s pricing with the fund’s manager. The fair values of our investments in hedge funds and private equity funds have been classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy since the fund managers do not provide sufficient information to independently evaluate the pricing inputs and methods for each underlying investment, and therefore the inputs are considered to be unobservable.

 

In circumstances where the underlying investments are publicly traded, such as the investments made by hedge funds, the fair value of the underlying investments is determined using current market prices. In circumstances where the underlying investments are not publicly traded, such as the investments made by private equity funds, the private equity fund managers have considered the need for a liquidity discount on each of the underlying investments when determining the fund’s net asset value in accordance with ASC 820. In circumstances where our portion of a fund’s net asset value is deemed to differ from fair value due to illiquidity or other factors associated with our investment in the fund, including counterparty credit risk, the net asset value is adjusted accordingly. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not record a liquidity adjustment to the net asset value related to our investments in hedge funds or private equity funds.

 

As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, other investments reported at fair value represented approximately 5% of the investment portfolio recorded at fair value. Other investments accounted for at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were comprised of $53.5 million and $63.4 million, respectively, in hedge funds, $65.7 million and $72.7 million, respectively, in private equity funds and $14.1 million for both periods of an investment in a community reinvestment vehicle. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings held investments in 9 and 10 hedge funds, respectively, and 14 and 15 private equity funds, respectively. The largest investment in a single fund was $13.7 million and $24.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, other investments also included $21.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively, of an investment in a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund which is accounted for using the equity method.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

The fair value measurements at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for assets recorded in accordance with ASC 825 and any related Level 3 inputs are as follows:

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2011(1)

 

Level 3
Inputs

 

Level 3
Percentage

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

$

215.4

 

$

 

%

Debt securities issued by corporations

 

685.5

 

 

 

Municipal obligations

 

2.2

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

 

871.1

 

2.3

 

0.3

 

Foreign government obligations

 

8.1

 

 

 

Preferred stocks

 

75.3

 

63.8

 

84.7

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

1,857.6

 

66.1

 

3.6

 

Short-term investments

 

291.8

 

 

 

Common equity securities

 

243.5

 

0.8

 

0.3

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

72.5

 

 

 

Other investments(2)

 

133.3

 

133.3

 

100.0

 

Total(2)

 

$

2,598.7

 

$

200.2

 

7.7

%

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2010

 

Level 3
Inputs

 

Level 3
Percentage

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

Fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

$

250.7

 

$

 

%

Debt securities issued by industrial corporations

 

864.9

 

 

 

Municipal obligations

 

2.1

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

 

1,029.0

 

27.7

 

2.7

 

Foreign government obligations

 

10.3

 

 

 

Preferred stocks

 

83.4

 

71.4

 

85.6

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

2,240.4

 

99.1

 

4.4

 

Short-term investments

 

166.8

 

 

 

Common equity securities

 

285.3

 

39.7

 

13.9

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

93.8

 

 

 

Other investments(2)

 

150.2

 

150.2

 

100.0

 

Total(2)

 

$

2,936.5

 

$

289.0

 

9.8

%

 


(1)                     Includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

(2)                     Excludes the carrying value of $21.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively, associated with a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we held one private preferred stock that represented approximately 85% and 86%, respectively, of our preferred stock portfolio. We used quoted market prices for similar securities that were adjusted to reflect management’s best estimate of fair value; this security is classified as a Level 3 measurement.

 

In addition to the investment portfolio described above, we had $36.9 million and $41.3 million, respectively, of liabilities recorded at fair value and included in other liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. These liabilities relate to securities that have been sold short by a limited partnership in which we invest and are required to consolidate in accordance with GAAP. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, all of the liabilities included in the $36.9 million and $41.3 million, respectively, have been classified as Level 1 measurements.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The changes in Level 3 fair value measurements for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Fixed
maturity
investments

 

Common
equity
securities

 

Convertible
fixed maturity
investments

 

Other
investments(1)

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

99.1

 

$

39.7

 

$

 

$

150.2

 

$

289.0

 

Amortization/accretion

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

 

(8.2

)

(3.4

)

 

11.6

 

 

Purchases

 

83.2

 

3.7

 

 

3.8

 

90.7

 

Sales

 

 

(39.2

)

 

(32.3

)

(71.5

)

Transfers in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out

 

(108.0

)

 

 

 

(108.0

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

66.1

 

$

0.8

 

$

 

$

133.3

 

$

200.2

 

 


(1)                                 Excludes the carrying value of $21.8 million associated with a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund accounted for using the equity method.

 

“Transfers out” of Level 3 fixed maturity investments of $108.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were comprised of securities which had been previously classified as a Level 3 measurement and were recategorized as a Level 2 measurement when quoted market prices for similar securities that were considered reliable and could be validated against an alternative source became available.

 

2.                                      Loss and LAE

 

Reserves other than Asbestos and Environmental Reserves

 

We establish loss and LAE reserves that are estimates of amounts needed to pay claims and related expenses in the future for insured events that have already occurred. The process of estimating reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain.

 

Loss and LAE reserves are typically comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported and (2) reserves for losses that have occurred but for which claims have not yet been reported, referred to as IBNR reserves, which include a provision for expected future development on case reserves. Case reserves are estimated based on the experience and knowledge of claims staff regarding the nature and potential cost of each claim and are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. IBNR reserves are derived by subtracting paid loss and LAE and case reserves from estimates of ultimate loss and LAE. Actuaries estimate ultimate loss and LAE using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made.

 

Ultimate loss and LAE are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate loss and LAE with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. Our own experience, particularly claims development experience, such as trends in case reserves, payments on and closings of claims, as well as changes in business mix and coverage limits, is the most important information for estimating our reserves. External data, available from organizations such as statistical bureaus, consulting firms and reinsurance companies, is sometimes used to supplement or corroborate our own experience, and can be especially useful for estimating costs of new business. For some lines of business, such as “long-tail” coverages discussed below, claims data reported in the most recent accident year is often too limited to provide a meaningful basis for analysis due to the typical delay in reporting of claims. For this type of business, we use a selected loss ratio method for the initial accident year or years. This is a standard and accepted actuarial reserve estimation method in these circumstances in which the loss ratio is selected based upon information used in pricing policies for that line of business, as well as any publicly available industry data, such as industry pricing, experience and trends, for that line of business.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Uncertainties in estimating ultimate loss and LAE are magnified by the time lag between when a claim actually occurs and when it is reported and settled. This time lag is sometimes referred to as the “claim-tail”. The claim-tail for most property coverages is typically short (usually a few days up to a few months). The claim-tail for liability/casualty coverages, such as automobile liability, general liability, products liability, multiple peril coverage, and workers compensation, can be especially long as claims are often reported and ultimately paid or settled years, even decades, after the related loss events occur. During the long claims reporting and settlement period, additional facts regarding coverages written in prior accident years, as well as about actual claims and trends may become known and, as a result, we may adjust our reserves. If management determines that an adjustment is appropriate, the adjustment is booked in the accounting period in which such determination is made in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, should reserves need to be increased or decreased in the future from amounts currently established, future results of operations would be negatively or positively impacted, respectively.

 

In determining ultimate loss and LAE, the cost to indemnify claimants, provide needed legal defense and other services for insureds and administer the investigation and adjustment of claims are considered. These claim costs are influenced by many factors that change over time, such as expanded coverage definitions as a result of new court decisions, inflation in costs to repair or replace damaged property, inflation in the cost of medical services and legislated changes in statutory benefits, as well as by the particular, unique facts that pertain to each claim. As a result, the rate at which claims arose in the past and the costs to settle them may not always be representative of what will occur in the future. The factors influencing changes in claim costs are often difficult to isolate or quantify and developments in paid and incurred losses from historical trends are frequently subject to multiple and conflicting interpretations. Changes in coverage terms or claims handling practices may also cause future experience and/or development patterns to vary from the past. A key objective of actuaries in developing estimates of ultimate loss and LAE, and resulting IBNR reserves, is to identify aberrations and systemic changes occurring within historical experience and accurately adjust for them so that the future can be projected reliably. Because of the factors previously discussed, this process requires the use of informed judgment and is inherently uncertain.

 

Our actuaries use several generally accepted actuarial methods to evaluate our loss and LAE reserves, each of which has its own strengths and weaknesses. We place more or less reliance on a particular method based on the facts and circumstances at the time the reserve estimates are made. These methods generally fall into one of the following categories or are hybrids of one or more of the following categories:

 

·                  Historical paid loss development methods:  These methods use historical loss payments over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical paid loss development methods assume that the ratio of losses paid in one period to losses paid in an earlier period will remain constant. These methods necessarily assume that factors that have affected paid losses in the past, such as inflation or the effects of litigation, will remain constant in the future. Because historical paid loss development methods do not use case reserves to estimate ultimate losses, they can be more reliable than the other methods discussed below that look to case reserves (such as actuarial methods that use incurred losses) in situations where there are significant changes in how case reserves are established by a company’s claims adjusters. However, historical paid loss development methods are more leveraged, meaning that small changes in payments have a larger impact on estimates of ultimate losses, than actuarial methods that use incurred losses because cumulative loss payments take much longer to equal the expected ultimate losses than cumulative incurred amounts. In addition, and for similar reasons, historical paid loss development methods are often slow to react to situations when new or different factors arise than those that have affected paid losses in the past.

 

·                  Historical incurred loss development methods:  These methods, like historical paid loss development methods, assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant in the future. However, instead of using paid losses, these methods use incurred losses (i.e., the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case reserves) over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical incurred loss development methods can be preferable to historical paid loss development methods because they explicitly take into account open cases and the claims adjusters’ evaluations of the cost to settle all known claims. However, historical incurred loss development methods necessarily assume that case reserving practices are consistently applied over time. Therefore, when there have been significant changes in how case reserves are established, using incurred loss data to project ultimate losses can be less reliable than other methods.

 

·                  Expected loss ratio methods:  These methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums. Expected loss ratios are typically developed based upon the information used in pricing, and are multiplied by the total amount of premiums written to calculate ultimate losses. Expected loss ratio methods are useful for estimating ultimate losses in the early years of long-tailed lines of business, when little or no paid or incurred loss information is available.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

·                  Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods:  These methods take traditional historical paid and incurred loss development methods and adjust them for the estimated impact of changes from the past in factors such as inflation, the speed of claim payments or the adequacy of case reserves. Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods are often more reliable methods of predicting ultimate losses in periods of significant change, provided the actuaries can develop methods to reasonably quantify the impact of changes.

 

We perform an actuarial review of our recorded reserves each quarter. Our actuaries compare the previous quarter’s estimates of paid loss and LAE, case reserves and IBNR to amounts indicated by actual experience. Differences between previous estimates and actual experience are evaluated to determine whether a given actuarial method for estimating loss and LAE should be relied upon to a greater or lesser extent than it had been in the past. While some variance is expected each quarter due to the inherent uncertainty in loss and LAE, persistent or large variances would indicate that prior assumptions and/or reliance on certain reserving methods may need to be revised going forward.

 

In its selection of recorded reserves, our management historically gave greater weight to adjusted paid loss development methods, which are not dependent on the consistency of case reserving practices, over methods that rely on incurred losses. In recent years, the amount of weight given to methods based on incurred losses has increased with management’s confidence that our case reserving practices have been more consistently applied.

 

Upon completion of each quarterly review, our actuaries select indicated reserve levels based on the results of the actuarial methods described previously, which are the primary consideration in determining management’s best estimate of required reserves. However, in making its best estimate, management also considers other qualitative factors that may lead to a difference between held reserves and actuarially recommended levels in the future. Typically, these factors exist when management and our actuaries conclude that there is insufficient historical incurred and paid loss information or that trends included in the historical incurred and paid loss information are unlikely to repeat in the future. Such factors include, among others, recent entry into new markets or new products, improvements in the claims department that are expected to lessen future ultimate loss costs and legal and regulatory developments. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, total carried reserves were 10% and 13% above the actuarial point estimate, respectively.

 

Asbestos and Environmental Reserves

 

Our reserves include provisions made for claims that assert damages from A&E related exposures. Asbestos claims relate primarily to injuries asserted by those who allegedly came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up cost obligations, particularly as mandated by Federal and state environmental protection agencies. In addition to the factors described above under “Reserves other than Asbestos and Environmental Reserves” regarding the reserving process, we estimate our A&E reserves based upon, among other factors, facts surrounding reported cases and exposures to claims, such as policy limits and deductibles, current law, past and projected claim activity and past settlement values for similar claims, as well as analysis of industry studies and events, such as recent settlements and asbestos-related bankruptcies. The cost of administering A&E claims, which is an important factor in estimating loss and LAE reserves, tends to be higher than in the case of non-A&E claims due to the higher legal costs typically associated with A&E claims.

 

A large portion of our A&E losses resulted from the operations of the Employers Group, an entity acquired by one of the legacy companies in 1971. These operations, including business of Employers Surplus Lines Insurance Company and Employers Liability Assurance Corporation, provided primary and excess liability insurance for commercial insureds, including Fortune 500-sized accounts, some of whom subsequently experienced claims for A&E losses. We stopped writing such coverage in 1984.

 

Our liabilities for A&E losses from business underwritten in the recent past are substantially limited by the application of exclusionary clauses in the policy language that eliminated coverage for such claims. After 1987 for pollution and 1992 for asbestos, most liability policies contained industry-standard absolute exclusions of such claims. In earlier years, various exclusions were also applied, but the wording of those exclusions was less strict and subsequent court rulings have reduced their effectiveness.

 

We also incurred A&E losses via our participation in industry pools and associations. The most significant of these pools was Excess Casualty Reinsurance Association, or ECRA, which provided excess liability reinsurance to U.S. insurers from 1950 until the early 1980s. ECRA incurred significant liabilities for A&E, of which we bear approximately a 4.7% share at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, or $71.1 million and $31.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, which is fully reflected in our loss and LAE reserves.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

More recently, since the 1990s, we have experienced an influx of claims from commercial insureds, including many non-Fortune 500-sized accounts written during the 1970s and 1980s, who are named as defendants in asbestos lawsuits. As a number of large well-known manufacturers of asbestos and asbestos-containing products have gone into bankruptcy, plaintiffs have sought recoveries from peripheral defendants, such as installers, transporters or sellers of such products, or from owners of premises on which the plaintiffs’ exposure to asbestos allegedly occurred. At December 31, 2011, 449 policyholders had asbestos-related claims against us. In 2011, 94 new insureds with such peripheral involvement presented asbestos claims under prior policies we had written.

 

Historically, most asbestos claims have been asserted as product liability claims. Recently, insureds who have exhausted the available products liability limits of their insurance policies have sought from insurers such as us payment for asbestos claims under the premises and operations coverage of their liability policies, which may not be subject to similar aggregate limits. We expect this trend to continue. However, to date there have been fewer of these premises and operations coverage claims than product liability coverage claims. This may be due to a variety of factors, including that it may be more difficult for underlying plaintiffs to establish losses as stemming from premises and operations exposures, which requires proof of the defendant’s negligence, rather than products liability under which strict legal liability applies. Premises and operations claims may vary significantly and policyholders may seek large amounts, although such claims frequently settle for a fraction of the initial alleged amount. Accordingly, there is a great deal of variation in damages awarded for the actual injuries. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 225 active claims by insureds against us without product liability coverage asserting operations or premises coverage, which may not be subject to aggregate limits under the policies.

 

Immediately preceding the OneBeacon Acquisition, we purchased a reinsurance contract with NICO under which we are entitled to recover from NICO up to $2.5 billion in the future for asbestos claims arising from business written by us in 1992 and prior, environmental claims arising from business written by us in 1987 and prior, and certain other exposures. Under the terms of the NICO Cover, NICO receives the economic benefit of reinsurance recoverables from certain of our third-party reinsurers in existence at the time the NICO Cover was executed, or Third-Party Recoverables. As a result, the Third-Party Recoverables serve to protect the $2.5 billion limit of NICO coverage for the benefit of us. Any amounts uncollectible from third-party reinsurers due to dispute or the reinsurers’ financial inability to pay are covered by NICO under its agreement with us. Third-Party Recoverables are typically for the amount of loss in excess of a stated level each year. Of claim payments from 2001 through 2011, approximately 47% of A&E losses have been recovered under the historical third-party reinsurance.

 

During 2011, we completed a new study of our legacy A&E exposures. Reasonable estimates of potential adverse scenarios continue to be within the $2.5 billion reinsurance cover issued by NICO. Based on the results of the study, we increased the point estimate of incurred losses ceded to NICO from $2.2 billion to $2.3 billion, an increase of $121.9 million, net of underlying reinsurance. Due to the NICO Cover, there was no impact to income or equity from the change in the estimate.

 

As part of our previously described actuarial review process, we review A&E activity each quarter and compare that activity to what was assumed in the most recently completed study. As of December 31, 2011, we noted no change in the range of reasonable outcomes around our best estimate described above.

 

As noted above, we have ceded estimated incurred losses of approximately $2.3 billion to the NICO Cover at December 31, 2011. Since entering into the NICO Cover, approximately 8% of the $2.3 billion of utilized coverage relates to uncollectible Third-Party Recoverables and settlements on Third-Party Recoverables through December 31, 2011. Net losses paid totaled $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2011. Asbestos payments during 2011 reflect payments resulting from intensified efforts by claimants to resolve asbestos claims prior to the potential enactment of U.S. federal asbestos legislation. To the extent that actual experience differs from our estimate of incurred A&E losses and Third-Party Recoverables, future losses could exceed the $198.3 million of protection remaining under the NICO Cover.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Our reserves for A&E losses, net of Third-Party Recoverables but prior to NICO recoveries, were $0.8 billion at December 31, 2011. An industry benchmark of reserve adequacy is the “survival ratio”, computed as a company’s reserves divided by its historical average yearly loss payments. This ratio indicates approximately how many more years of payments the reserves can support, assuming future yearly payments are equal to historical levels. Our survival ratio was 13.3 at December 31, 2011. This was computed as the ratio of A&E reserves, net of Third-Party Recoverables prior to the NICO Cover of $0.8 billion plus the remaining unused portion of the NICO Cover of $198.3 million, to the average A&E loss payments over the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, net of Third-Party Recoverables. Our survival ratio was 10.7 at December 31, 2010. We believe that as a result of the NICO Cover and our historical third-party reinsurance programs, we should not experience material financial loss from A&E exposures under current coverage interpretations and that our survival ratio compares favorably to industry survival ratios. However, the survival ratio is a simplistic measure estimating the number of years it would be before the current ending loss reserves for these claims would be paid using recent annual average payments subject to adjustments for unusual items. Many factors, such as aggressive settlement procedures, mix of business and coverage provided, have a significant effect on the amount of A&E reserves and payments and the resultant survival ratio. Thus, caution should be exercised in attempting to determine reserve adequacy for these claims based simply on this survival ratio.

 

Our reserves for A&E losses at December 31, 2011 represent management’s best estimate of its ultimate liability based on information currently available. However, significant uncertainties, including but not limited to case law developments, medical and clean-up cost increases and industry settlement practices, limit our ability to accurately estimate ultimate liability and we may be subject to A&E losses beyond currently estimated amounts. In addition, we remain liable for risks reinsured in the event that a reinsurer does not honor its obligations under reinsurance contracts. See Note 3—“Reserves for Unpaid Loss and LAE—Asbestos and environmental loss and LAE reserve activity” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our A&E reserves.

 

A&E Claims Activity

 

Our A&E claims activity, which is all in our Other Insurance Operations segment, is illustrated in the table below:

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Asbestos

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts with asbestos claims at the beginning of the year

 

478

 

482

 

Accounts reporting asbestos claims during the year

 

94

 

103

 

Accounts on which asbestos claims were closed during the year

 

(123

)

(107

)

Accounts with asbestos claims at the end of the year

 

449

 

478

 

Environmental

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts with environmental claims at the beginning of the year

 

353

 

384

 

Accounts reporting environmental claims during the year

 

57

 

106

 

Accounts on which environmental claims were closed during the year

 

(89

)

(137

)

Accounts with environmental claims at the end of the year

 

321

 

353

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total accounts with A&E claims at the beginning of the year

 

831

 

866

 

Accounts reporting A&E claims during the year

 

151

 

209

 

Accounts on which A&E claims were closed during the year

 

(212

)

(244

)

Total accounts with A&E claims at the end of the year

 

770

 

831

 

 

Reserve Estimation by Line of Business

 

The process of establishing loss reserves is complex and imprecise as it must consider many variables that are subject to the outcome of future events. As a result, informed subjective estimates and judgments as to our ultimate exposure to losses are an integral component of our loss reserving process. We, like other insurance companies, categorize and track our insurance reserves by “line of business”, such as automobile liability, multiple peril liability and workers compensation. Furthermore, we regularly review the appropriateness of reserve levels at the line of business level, considering the variety of trends that impact the ultimate settlement of claims for the subsets of claims in each particular line of business.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

For loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserves, excluding A&E, the key assumption as of December 31, 2011 was that the impact of the various reserving factors, as described below, on future paid losses would be similar to the impact of those factors on the historical loss data with the exception of severity trends. Severity trends have been relatively stable over the relevant historical period. The actuarial methods use would project losses assuming continued stability in severity trends. Management has considered future increases in loss severity trends including the impact of inflation in making its reserve selections.

 

The major causes of material uncertainty (“reserving factors”) generally will vary for each product line, as well as for each separately analyzed component of the product line. The following section details reserving factors by product line. There could be other reserving factors that may impact ultimate claim costs. Each reserving factor presented will have a different impact on estimated reserves. Also, reserving factors can have offsetting or compounding effects on estimated reserves. For example, in workers compensation, the use of expensive medical procedures that result in medical cost inflation may enable workers to return to work faster, thereby lowering indemnity costs. Thus, in almost all cases, it is impossible to discretely measure the effect of a single reserving factor and construct a meaningful sensitivity expectation. Actual results will likely vary from expectations for each of these assumptions, resulting in an ultimate claim liability that is different from that being estimated currently.

 

Workers compensation

 

Workers compensation covers an employer’s liability for injuries, disability or death of employees, without regard to fault, as prescribed by state workers compensation law and other statutes. Workers compensation is generally considered a long-tail coverage, as it takes a relatively long period of time to finalize claims from a given accident year. While certain payments such as initial medical treatment or temporary wage replacement for the injured worker are made quickly, some other payments are made over the course of several years, such as awards for permanent partial injuries. In addition, some payments can run as long as the injured worker’s life, such as permanent disability benefits and ongoing medical care. Despite the possibility of long payment tails, the reporting lags are generally short, settlements are generally not complex, and most of the liability can be considered high frequency with moderate severity. The largest reserve risk generally comes from the low frequency, high severity claims providing lifetime coverage for medical expense arising from a worker’s injury.

 

Examples of common reserving factors that can change and, thus, affect the estimated workers compensation reserves include:

 

General workers compensation reserving factors

 

·                  Mortality trends of injured workers with lifetime benefits and medical treatment or dependents entitled to survivor benefits

 

·                  Degree of cost shifting between workers compensation and health insurance

 

·                  Changes in claim handling philosophies (e.g., case reserving standards)

 

Indemnity reserving factors

 

·                  Time required to recover from the injury

 

·                  Degree of available transitional jobs

 

·                  Degree of legal involvement

 

·                  Changes in the interpretations and processes of various workers compensation bureaus’ oversight of claims

 

·                  Future wage inflation for states that index benefits

 

·                  Changes in the administrative policies of second injury funds

 

·                  Re-marriage rate for spouse in instances of death

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Medical reserving factors

 

·                  Changes in the cost of medical treatments, including prescription drugs, and underlying fee schedules

 

·                  Frequency of visits to health providers

 

·                  Number of medical procedures given during visits to health providers

 

·                  Types of health providers used

 

·                  Type of medical treatments received

 

·                  Use of preferred provider networks and other medical cost containment practices

 

·                  Availability of new medical processes and equipment

 

·                  Changes in the use of pharmaceutical drugs

 

·                  Degree of patient responsiveness to treatment

 

Workers compensation book of business reserving factors

 

·                  Product mix

 

·                  Injury type mix

 

·                  Changes in underwriting standards

 

Personal automobile liability

 

Automobile covers both physical damage and liability coverage. Automobile physical damage insurance covers loss or damage to vehicles from collision, vandalism, fire, theft or other causes. Automobile liability insurance covers bodily injury of others, damage to their property and costs of legal defense resulting from a collision caused by the insured. The personal automobile product line is a mix of property and liability coverages and, therefore, includes both short- and long-tail coverages. The payments that are made quickly typically pertain to automobile physical damage (property) claims and property damage (liability) claims. The payments that take longer to finalize and are more difficult to estimate relate to bodily injury claims. Personal automobile reserves are typically analyzed in three components: bodily injury liability, property damage liability, and collision/comprehensive claims. This last component has minimum reserve risk and fast payouts and, accordingly, separate factors are not presented. Reporting lags are relatively short and the claim settlement process for personal automobile liability generally is the least complex of the liability products. It is generally viewed as a high frequency, low to moderate severity product line.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Examples of common reserving factors that can change and, thus, affect the estimated personal automobile liability reserves include:

 

Personal automobile liability reserving factors

 

·                  Trends in jury awards

 

·                  Changes in the underlying court system and its philosophy

 

·                  Changes in case law

 

·                  Litigation trends

 

·                  Frequency of claims with payment capped by policy limits

 

·                  Change in average severity of accidents, or proportion of severe accidents

 

·                  Subrogation opportunities

 

·                  Degree of patient responsiveness to treatment

 

·                  Changes in claim handling philosophies (e.g., case reserving standards)

 

Personal automobile liability book of business reserving factors

 

·                  Changes in policy provisions (e.g., deductibles, policy limits, or endorsements)

 

·                  Changes in underwriting standards

 

Multiple peril

 

Multiple peril represents a package policy sold to insureds or to members of trade associations or other groups that include general liability and property insurance. General liability covers businesses for any liability resulting from bodily injury and property damage arising from general business operations, accidents on a premises and the products manufactured or sold. Property covers losses to a business’ premises, inventory and equipment as a result of weather, fire, theft and other causes. Because commercial multiple peril provides a combination of property and liability coverage typically for small businesses, it includes both short- and long-tail coverages. For property coverage, it generally takes a relatively short period of time to close claims, while for the other coverages, generally for the liability coverages, it takes a longer period of time to close claims. The reserving risk for this line is dominated by the liability coverage portion of this product, except occasionally in the event of catastrophic or large single losses.

 

Multiple peril liability reserves here are generally analyzed as two components: bodily injury and property damage. Bodily injury payments reimburse the claimant for damages pertaining to physical injury as a result of the policyholder’s legal obligation arising from non-intentional acts such as negligence, subject to the insurance policy provisions. In some cases the damages can include future wage loss (which is a function of future earnings power and wage inflation) and future medical treatment costs. Property damage payments result from damages to the claimant’s private property arising from the policyholder’s legal obligation for non-intentional acts. In most cases, property damage losses are a function of costs as of the loss date, or soon thereafter. Defense costs are also a part of the insured costs covered by liability policies and can be significant, sometimes greater than the cost of the actual paid claims, though for some products this risk is mitigated by policy language such that the insured portion of defense costs erodes the amount of policy limit available to pay the claim.

 

Multiple peril liability is generally considered a long-tail line, as it takes a relatively long period of time to finalize and settle claims from a given accident year. The speed of claim reporting and claim settlement is a function of the specific coverage provided and the jurisdiction, among other factors. There are numerous components underlying the multiple peril liability product line. Some of these have relatively moderate payment patterns (with most of the claims for a given accident year closed within 5 to 7 years), while others can have extreme lags in both reporting and payment of claims (e.g., a reporting lag of a decade for “construction defect” claims).

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Examples of common reserving factors that can change and, thus, affect the estimated multiple peril liability reserves include:

 

Multiple peril liability reserving factors

 

·                  Changes in claim handling philosophies (e.g., case reserving standards)

 

·                  Changes in policy provisions or court interpretations of such provisions

 

·                  New theories of liability

 

·                  Trends in jury awards

 

·                  Changes in the propensity to sue, in general with specificity to particular issues

 

·                  Changes in statutes of limitations

 

·                  Changes in the underlying court system

 

·                  Distortions from losses resulting from large single accounts or single issues

 

·                  Changes in tort law

 

·                  Shifts in lawsuit mix between federal and state courts

 

·                  Changes in settlement patterns

 

Multiple peril liability book of business reserving factors

 

·                  Changes in policy provisions (e.g., deductibles, policy limits, or endorsements)

 

·                  Changes in underwriting standards

 

·                  Product mix (e.g., size of account, industries insured, or jurisdiction mix)

 

Commercial automobile liability

 

The commercial automobile product line is a mix of property and liability coverages and, therefore, includes both short- and long-tail coverages. The payments that are made quickly typically pertain to automobile physical damage (property) claims and property damage (liability) claims. The payments that take longer to finalize and are more difficult to estimate relate to bodily injury claims. Commercial automobile reserves are typically analyzed in three components; bodily injury liability, property damage liability, and collision/comprehensive claims. This last component has minimum reserve risk and fast payouts and, accordingly, separate reserving factors are not presented. In general, claim reporting lags are minor, claim complexity is not a major issue, and the line is viewed as high frequency, low to moderate severity.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Examples of common reserving factors that can change and, thus, affect the estimated commercial automobile liability reserves include:

 

Bodily injury and property damage liability reserving factors

 

·                  Trends in jury awards

 

·                  Changes in the underlying court system

 

·                  Changes in case law

 

·                  Litigation trends

 

·                  Frequency of claims with payment capped by policy limits

 

·                  Change in average severity of accidents, or proportion of severe accidents

 

·                  Subrogation opportunities

 

·                  Changes in claim handling philosophies (e.g., case reserving standards)

 

·                  Frequency of visits to health providers

 

·                  Number of medical procedures given during visits to health providers

 

·                  Types of health providers used

 

·                  Types of medical treatments received

 

·                  Changes in cost of medical treatments

 

·                  Degree of patient responsiveness to treatment

 

Commercial automobile liability book of business reserving factors

 

·                  Changes in policy provisions (e.g., deductibles, policy limits, or endorsements)

 

·                  Changes in mix of insured vehicles (e.g., long-haul trucks versus local and smaller vehicles, or fleet risks versus non-fleet risks)

 

·                  Changes in underwriting standards

 

General liability

 

See the above discussions under the liability product lines with regard to reserving factors for multiple peril which are similar to the reserving factors used for general liability.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Loss and LAE Development

 

Loss and LAE development—2011

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we experienced $2.9 million of favorable loss and LAE reserve development on prior accident year loss reserves, with $29.6 million of favorable development in Specialty Insurance Operations, substantially offset by $26.7 million of adverse loss reserve development in Other Insurance Operations. The favorable loss reserve development in Specialty Insurance Operations was primarily due to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. The adverse loss reserve development in Other Insurance Operations resulted from a detailed review of run-off expenses, principally unallocated loss adjustment expenses (ULAE), completed during the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

With respect to the favorable loss reserve development in Specialty Insurance Operations, at December 31, 2010, management had revised its expectations downward for future loss emergence in the professional liability business, which had initially been based on market analysis when this business was initiated in 2002 and 2003. However, during the year ended December 31, 2011, losses continued to be lower than these revised expectations. As a result, management lowered its selected reserves on the earliest years which affected more recent years as total loss expectations for those years are based in part on prior years’ results. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to professional liability reserves of $11.5 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

During 2010, management began separately reviewing loss reserves for some Specialty Insurance Operations business which had been previously managed as a part of our former commercial lines underwriting unit. As of December 31, 2010, the reserves for these businesses had been selected based on expected emergence which was based on the historic loss development of the former commercial lines underwriting unit. However, during 2011 the actual emerged experience for these businesses was significantly lower than the expected emergence. As a result of this favorable emergence, management has lowered the loss reserves for these businesses by $14.0 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

With respect to the $26.7 million of adverse loss reserve development in Other Insurance Operations, management completed a detailed review of loss and defense and cost containment expenses (allocated LAE or ALAE) and other adjusting expenses (ULAE) during the fourth quarter of 2011. The analysis considered costs, based on current non-staff expenses and staffing projections for the run-off business, as management continues efforts to segregate its claims operations between ongoing claims and run-off claims. The analysis also factored in the revised definition of run-off operations to include the non-specialty commercial lines business that was exited via the renewal rights sale beginning with January 1, 2010 effective dates.

 

In addition to the development described for the lines of business above, management also recorded a $4.1 million net decrease in reserves in other lines of business as a result of its review of loss reserves at December 31, 2011. The change in reserves for each other line of business was not individually significant.

 

Loss and LAE development—2010

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we experienced $57.1 million of favorable loss and LAE reserve development on prior accident year loss reserves with $28.0 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $29.1 million in Other Insurance Operations. The favorable loss reserve development was primarily due to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. The favorable development also included a $7.5 million release of commercial catastrophe reserves associated with storms occurring in 2004 and 2005.

 

Specifically, at December 31, 2009, management had revised its expectations downward with respect to future loss emergence in the professional liability business, which had initially been based on market analysis when this business was initiated in 2002 and 2003. However, during the year ended December 31, 2010, losses continued to be significantly lower than these revised expectations. As a result, management lowered its selected reserves on the earliest years which affected more recent years as total loss expectations for those years are based in part on prior years’ results. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to professional liability reserves of $19.3 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2009, management had recorded $7.5 million of reserves for certain claims related to catastrophes from accident years 2004 and 2005 related to excess property business. During the year ended December 31, 2010, these claims were resolved for amounts below our policy coverage therefore the reserves were no longer necessary. This development affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2009, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to multiple peril liability was $170.5 million, or approximately 93% of case reserves of $184.1 million for accident years 2004 through 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, case incurred loss and ALAE was $65.8 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2010, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2010, the IBNR was determined to be $86.2 million, or approximately 57% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to multiple peril liability reserves of $18.4 million, with $7.6 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $10.8 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2009, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to general liability occurrence was $107.1 million, or approximately 265% of case reserves of $40.4 million for accident years 2004 through 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, case incurred loss and ALAE was $33.1 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2010, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2010, the IBNR was determined to be $61.7 million, or approximately 164% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to general liability occurrence reserves of $12.3 million, with $1.5 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $10.8 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

In addition to the development described for the lines of business above, management also recorded a $0.4 million net increase in IBNR in other lines of business as a result of its review of loss reserves at December 31, 2010. The change in IBNR for each other line of business was not individually significant.

 

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2010, AutoOne, which is included in discontinued operations, experienced $6.0 million in adverse loss reserve development.

 

Loss and LAE development—2009

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, OneBeacon experienced $116.7 million of favorable loss and LAE reserve development on prior accident year loss reserves, with $84.6 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $32.1 million in Other Insurance Operations. The favorable loss reserve development was primarily related to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses. The favorable non-catastrophe loss reserve development was primarily related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines.

 

Specifically, at December 31, 2008, management had revised its expectations downward with respect to future loss emergence in the professional liability business, which had initially been based on market analysis when this business was initiated in 2002 and 2003. However, during the year ended December 31, 2009, losses continued to be significantly lower than these revised expectations. As a result, management lowered its selected reserves on the earliest years which affected more recent years as total loss expectations for those years are based in part on prior years’ results. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to professional liability reserves of $60.0 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2008, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to multiple peril liability was $173.9 million, or approximately 85% of case reserves of $204.9 million for 2002 and subsequent accident years. During the year ended December 31, 2009, case incurred loss and ALAE was $36.8 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2009, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2009, the IBNR was determined to be $95.4 million, or approximately 73% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to multiple peril liability reserves of $42.6 million with $12.1 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $30.5 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2008, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to general liability occurrence was $93.9 million, or approximately 275% of case reserves of $34.2 million for 2002 and subsequent accident years. During 2009, case incurred loss and ALAE was $15.6 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2009, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2009, the IBNR was determined to be $61.6 million, or approximately 214% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to general liability occurrence reserves of $14.1 million with $5.2 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $8.9 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

In addition to the development described for the lines of business above, management also recorded changes in IBNR in other lines of business as a result of its review of loss reserves at December 31, 2009 that essentially offset. The change in IBNR for each other line of business was not individually significant.

 

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2009, AutoOne, which is included in discontinued operations, experienced $33.3 million in adverse development. At December 31, 2008, management had estimated that future payments from personal injury protection (PIP) litigation from OB Holdings’ AutoOne business would be approximately $7.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the legal expenses related to this litigation were higher than expected. As a result, management increased estimates of all accident years for AutoOne.

 

Case and IBNR Reserves

 

Loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Case

 

IBNR

 

Total

 

Case

 

IBNR

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

296.5

 

$

510.5

 

$

807.0

 

$

283.2

 

$

498.2

 

$

781.4

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

225.4

 

158.7

 

384.1

 

335.1

 

285.8

 

620.9

 

Total

 

$

521.9

 

$

669.2

 

$

1,191.1

 

$

618.3

 

$

784.0

 

$

1,402.3

 

 

Loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, by line of business at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Case

 

IBNR

 

Total

 

Case

 

IBNR

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Workers compensation

 

$

181.7

 

$

89.8

 

$

271.5

 

$

171.0

 

$

102.6

 

$

273.6

 

Personal automobile liability

 

32.1

 

11.1

 

43.2

 

83.2

 

35.4

 

118.6

 

Multiple peril

 

(36.2

)

83.9

 

47.7

 

0.1

 

135.7

 

135.8

 

Commercial automobile liability

 

63.4

 

33.0

 

96.4

 

81.3

 

53.7

 

135.0

 

General liability(1)

 

175.8

 

383.0

 

558.8

 

163.9

 

388.7

 

552.6

 

Other(2)

 

105.1

 

68.4

 

173.5

 

118.8

 

67.9

 

186.7

 

Total

 

$

521.9

 

$

669.2

 

$

1,191.1

 

$

618.3

 

$

784.0

 

$

1,402.3

 

 


(1)                                 Includes loss and LAE reserves related to professional liability.

 

(2)                                 Includes loss and LAE reserves related to marine liability.

 

Range of Reserves

 

Our range of reserve estimates at December 31, 2011 was evaluated to consider the strengths and weaknesses of the actuarial methods applied against our historical claims experience data. The following table shows the recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, and the high and low ends of our range of reasonable loss and LAE reserve estimates at December 31, 2011. The high and low ends of our range of reserve estimates in the table below are based on the results of various actuarial methods described above.

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Low

 

Recorded

 

High

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

645.1

 

$

807.0

 

$

862.0

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

272.4

 

384.1

 

466.8

 

Total

 

$

917.5

 

$

1,191.1

 

$

1,328.8

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the recorded reserves and the high and low ends of our range of reasonable loss and LAE reserve, net of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, estimates by line of business at December 31, 2011.

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Low

 

Recorded

 

High

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Workers compensation

 

$

197.0

 

$

271.5

 

$

313.2

 

Personal automobile liability

 

38.5

 

43.2

 

44.7

 

Multiple peril

 

3.8

 

47.7

 

65.9

 

Commercial automobile liability

 

89.1

 

96.4

 

102.7

 

General liability

 

428.7

 

558.8

 

625.6

 

Other

 

160.4

 

173.5

 

176.7

 

Total

 

$

917.5

 

$

1,191.1

 

$

1,328.8

 

 

The recorded reserves represent management’s best estimate of unpaid loss and LAE by line of business. We use the results of several different actuarial methods to develop our estimate of ultimate reserves. While we have not determined the statistical probability of actual ultimate paid losses falling within the range, management believes that it is reasonably likely that actual ultimate paid losses will fall within the ranges noted above because the ranges were developed by using several different generally accepted actuarial methods.

 

The probability that ultimate losses will fall outside of the ranges of estimates by line of business is higher for each line of business individually than it is for the sum of the estimates for all lines taken together due to the effects of diversification. The diversification effects result from the fact that losses across our different lines of business are not completely correlated. Although management believes our reserves are reasonably stated, ultimate losses may deviate, perhaps materially, from the recorded reserve amounts and could be above the high end of the range of actuarial projections. This is because ranges are developed based on known events as of the valuation date, whereas the ultimate disposition of losses is subject to the outcome of events and circumstances that may be unknown as of the valuation date.

 

The percentages shown in the following table represent the linear interpolation of where our recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, are within the range of reserves estimates by segment at December 31, 2011 and 2010, where the low end of the range equals zero, the middle of the range equals 50% and the high end of the range equals 100%.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(expressed as a
percentage of
the range)

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

75

%

86

%

Other Insurance Operations

 

57

 

79

 

Total

 

67

%

82

%

 

During 2010, emerged loss experience for workers compensation had been lower than had been projected by several of the actuarial methods. As this favorable emerged loss experience coincided with some significant changes in claims staffing, management had selected reserves consistent with previous projections which resulted in our selected reserves being higher in the range at year end 2010. During 2011, the emerged experience was higher than the 2010 emergence, which drove the actuarial range up and management also reduced its estimate of reserves with the net effect being a reserve lower in the range of actuarial estimates. The impact of this primarily affected our Other Insurance Operations segment.

 

Overall, management is concerned about the impact of future increases in inflation, including adverse changes in tort liability. These types of changes would result in deterioration in the loss reserves. During 2011, some increases in inflation began to emerge in the loss data which drove the actuarial range up. As these changes of inflation are now being partially reflected in the actuarial methods, management does not need to select reserves as high in the range of actuarial indications. This has some impact on most lines but has a particular impact on general liability and multiple peril within our Specialty Insurance Operations segment and also our Other Insurance Operations segment.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

The percentages shown in the following table represent the linear interpolation of where our recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses, are within the range of reserves estimates by line of business at December 31, 2011 and 2010, where the low end of the range equals zero, the middle of the range equals 50% and the high end of the range equals 100%.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(expressed as a
percentage of
the range)

 

Workers compensation

 

64

%

80

%

Personal automobile liability

 

76

 

40

 

Multiple peril

 

71

 

93

 

Commercial automobile liability

 

53

 

82

 

General liability

 

66

 

90

 

Other

 

81

 

34

 

Total

 

67

%

82

%

 

Sensitivity Analysis

 

The following discussion includes disclosure of possible variations from current estimates of loss reserves due to a change in certain key assumptions. Each of the impacts described below is estimated individually, without consideration for any correlation among key assumptions or among lines of business. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the amounts described below and add them together in an attempt to estimate volatility for our reserves in total. It is important to note that the variations discussed are not meant to be a worst-case scenario, and therefore, it is possible that future variations may be more than amounts discussed below.

 

·                  Workers compensation:  Recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables, for workers compensation were $271.5 million at December 31, 2011. The two most important assumptions for workers compensation reserves are loss development factors and loss cost trends, particularly medical cost inflation. Loss development patterns are dependent on medical cost inflation. Approximately half of the workers compensation net reserves are related to future medical costs. Across the entire reserve base, a 0.5 point change in calendar year medical inflation would have changed the estimated net reserve by approximately $49 million at December 31, 2011, in either direction.

 

·                  Professional liability:  Recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables, for professional liability were $387.8 million at December 31, 2011. A key assumption for professional liability is the implicit loss cost trend, particularly the severity inflation trend component of loss costs. Across the entire reserve base, a 5.0 point change in assumed annual severity would have changed the estimated net reserve by approximately $64 million at December 31, 2011, in either direction.

 

·                  Multiple peril liability:  Recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables including that provided under the GRC Cover on claims arising from accident years 2000 and prior, for multiple peril were $47.7 million at December 31, 2011. Recorded loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables, for multiple peril for accident years 2002 through 2011 were $232.7 million at December 31, 2011. Reported loss development patterns are a key assumption for these lines of business, particularly for more mature accident years. Historically, assumptions on reported loss development patterns have been impacted by, among other things, emergence of new types of claims (e.g. construction defect claims) or a shift in the mixture between smaller, more routine claims and larger, more complex claims. If case reserve adequacy for non-construction defect claims changed by 10.0 points this would have changed the estimated net reserve by approximately $15 million at December 31, 2011, in either direction.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

3. Reinsurance Transactions

 

Our insurance subsidiaries purchase reinsurance from time to time to protect their businesses from losses due to exposure aggregation, to manage their operating leverage ratios and to limit ultimate losses arising from catastrophic events. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies. Amounts related to reinsurance contracts are recorded in accordance with ASC 944.

 

In connection with the OneBeacon Acquisition, Aviva caused us to purchase reinsurance contracts with two reinsurance companies rated “A++” (“Superior”, the highest of fifteen financial strength ratings) by A.M. Best and “AA+” (“Very Strong”, the second highest of twenty-one financial strength ratings) by Standard & Poor’s. One is a reinsurance cover with NICO which entitles us to recover up to $2.5 billion in ultimate loss and LAE incurred related to asbestos claims arising from business written prior to 1992, environmental claims arising from business written prior to 1987 and certain other latent exposures. As of December 31, 2011, we have ceded estimated incurred losses of approximately $2.3 billion to NICO under the NICO Cover. The other contract is a reinsurance cover with GRC for up to $570 million of additional losses on all claims arising from accident years 2000 and prior. As of December 31, 2011, we have ceded estimated incurred losses of $562.0 million to GRC under the GRC Cover. The NICO Cover and GRC Cover, which were contingent on and occurred contemporaneously with the OneBeacon Acquisition, were put in place in lieu of a seller guarantee of loss and LAE reserves and are therefore accounted for as a seller guarantee under GAAP. NICO and GRC are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.

 

The collectibility of reinsurance recoverables is subject to the solvency and willingness to pay of the reinsurer. We are selective in choosing our reinsurers, placing reinsurance principally with those reinsurers with a strong financial condition, industry ratings and underwriting ability. Management monitors the financial condition and ratings of our reinsurers on an ongoing basis. See Note 4—“Reinsurance” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information on our reinsurance programs.

 

4. Purchase Accounting

 

When we acquire another company, our management must estimate the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired, in accordance with GAAP at the time of the acquisition. Certain assets and liabilities require little judgment to estimate their fair values, particularly those that are quoted on a market exchange, such as publicly-traded investment securities. Other assets and liabilities, however, require a substantial amount of judgment to estimate their fair values. The most significant of these is the estimation required to fair value loss and LAE reserves. We estimate the fair value of loss and LAE reserves obtained in an acquisition following the principles contained within FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 7: “Using Cash Flow Information and Present Value in Accounting Measurements” (CON 7). Under CON 7, the fair value of a particular asset or liability essentially contains five elements: (1) an estimate of the future cash flows; (2) expectations about possible variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows; (3) the time value of money, represented by the risk-free rate of interest; (4) the price for bearing the uncertainty inherent in the asset or liability; and (5) other, sometimes unidentifiable, factors including illiquidity and market imperfections.

 

Our actuaries estimate the fair value of loss and LAE reserves obtained in an acquisition by taking the acquired company’s recorded reserves and discounting them based on expected reserve payout patterns using the current risk-free rate of interest. Then, our actuaries develop additional cash flow scenarios that use different payout and ultimate reserve assumptions deemed to be reasonably possible based upon the inherent uncertainties present in determining the amount and timing of payment of such reserves. In each scenario, the risk-free rate of interest is used to discount future cash flows. These scenarios are put in a statistical model that assigns a probability to each cash flow scenario. Our actuaries then choose the scenario that best represents the price for bearing the uncertainty inherent within the acquired company’s recorded reserves. The “price” for bearing the uncertainty inherent within the acquired company’s reserves is measured as the difference between the selected cash flow scenario and the expected cash flow scenario. The scenario selected has typically been between 1.5 and 2 standard deviations from the expected cash flow outcome. The fair value of the acquired company’s loss and LAE reserves is determined to be the sum of the expected cash flow scenario (i.e., the acquired company’s discounted loss and LAE reserves) and the uncertainty “price.”

 

The difference between an acquired company’s loss and LAE reserves and our best estimate of the fair value of such reserves at the acquisition date is amortized ratably over the payout period of the acquired loss and LAE reserves. Historically, the fair value of an acquired company’s loss and LAE reserves has been less than its nominal reserves at acquisition. Accordingly, the amortization has been and will continue to be recorded as an expense on our income statement until fully amortized.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

In connection with purchase accounting for the OneBeacon Acquisition, we were required to adjust to fair value our loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $646.9 million and $346.9 million, respectively, on OneBeacon’s acquired balance sheet as of June 1, 2001. This net reduction to loss and LAE reserves of $300.0 million is being accreted through an income statement charge ratably with and over the period the claims are settled. As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding pre-tax unaccreted adjustment was $0.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The information contained in this report may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included or referenced in this report that address activities, events or developments which we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. The words “will,” “believe,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “estimate,” “predict” and similar expressions are also intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements with respect to our:

 

·                  change in book value per share or return on equity;

 

·                  business strategy;

 

·                  financial and operating targets or plans;

 

·                  incurred loss and loss adjustment expenses and the adequacy of our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves and related reinsurance;

 

·                  projections of revenues, income (or loss), earnings (or loss) per share, dividends, market share or other financial forecasts;

 

·                  expansion and growth of our business and operations; and

 

·                  future capital expenditures.

 

These statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by us in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors believed to be appropriate in the circumstances. However, whether actual results and developments will conform to our expectations and predictions is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations, including:

 

·                  the risks discussed beginning on page 20 of this Form 10-K;

 

·                  claims arising from catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, floods or terrorist attacks;

 

·                  recorded loss and loss adjustment expense reserves subsequently proving to have been inadequate;

 

·                  the continued availability and cost of reinsurance coverage;

 

·                  the continued availability of capital and financing;

 

·                  general economic, market or business conditions;

 

·                  business opportunities (or lack thereof) that may be presented to us and pursued;

 

·                  competitive forces, including the conduct of other property and casualty insurers and agents;

 

·                  changes in domestic or foreign laws or regulations, or their interpretation, applicable to us, our competitors, our agents or our customers;

 

·                  an economic downturn or other economic conditions adversely affecting our financial position including stock market volatility;

 

·                  actions taken by rating agencies from time to time, such as financial strength or credit rating downgrades or placing ratings on negative watch; and

 

·                  other factors, most of which are beyond our control.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made in this report are qualified by these cautionary statements, and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us or our business or operations. We assume no obligation to update publicly any such forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Our consolidated balance sheet includes a substantial amount of assets and liabilities whose fair values are subject to market risk. The term market risk refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity market prices and other relevant market rates and prices. Due to our sizable investment portfolio, market risk can have a significant effect on OB Holdings’ consolidated financial position.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Fixed Maturity and Convertible Fixed Maturity Portfolios.  In connection with our consolidated insurance subsidiaries, we invest in interest rate sensitive securities, primarily debt securities. Our strategy is to purchase fixed maturity investments and convertible fixed maturity investments that are attractively priced in relation to perceived credit risks. In accordance with ASC 825, our portfolio of fixed maturity investments held for general investment purposes are classified as trading securities which are reported at fair value as of the balance sheet date as determined by quoted market prices when available. Realized and unrealized investment gains and losses on trading securities are reported pre-tax in revenues.

 

In accordance with ASC 825, our convertible fixed maturity investments are carried at fair value with changes therein recorded in revenues as unrealized investment gains or losses.

 

We generally manage the interest rate risk associated with our portfolio of fixed maturity investments and convertible fixed maturity investments by monitoring the average duration of the portfolio. Our fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity portfolios are comprised of primarily investment grade corporate securities, U.S. government and agency securities, municipal obligations and mortgage-backed securities.

 

Increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates generally translate into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity investments, respectively. Additionally, fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected by the creditworthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of alternative investments, the liquidity of the instrument and other market factors.

 

The table below summarizes the estimated effects of hypothetical increases and decreases in market interest rates on our fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity investments and pension fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2011

 

Assumed change
in relevant
interest rate

 

Estimated fair value
after change in
interest rate

 

After tax increase
(decrease) in
carrying value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity investments

 

$

1,930.1

 

100 bp decrease

 

$

1,965.1

 

$

22.8

 

 

 

 

 

50 bp decrease

 

1,952.1

 

14.3

 

 

 

 

 

50 bp increase

 

1,903.0

 

(17.6

)

 

 

 

 

100 bp increase

 

1,875.8

 

(35.3

)

Qualified pension plan fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity investments

 

$

45.2

 

100 bp decrease

 

$

45.9

 

$

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

50 bp decrease

 

45.7

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

50 bp increase

 

44.7

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

100 bp increase

 

44.3

 

(0.6

)

 

Long-term obligations.  As of December 31, 2011, our interest and dividend bearing long-term obligations consisted of the Senior Notes which have a fixed interest rate. As a result, our exposure to interest rate risk resulting from variable interest rate obligations is insignificant.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

The Senior Notes were issued in 2003 and mature on May 15, 2013. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Senior Notes was $277.3 million, which compared to a carrying value of $269.7 million. The fair value of this obligation was estimated by using quoted market prices.

 

Credit Spread Risk

 

Sensitivity analysis of spread risk

 

Our overall fixed maturity investment strategy is to purchase securities that are attractively priced in relation to their investment risks. Widening and tightening of spreads generally translate into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity investments, respectively. The table below summarizes the estimated effects of hypothetical widening and tightening of spreads for different classes of our fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity portfolios. In estimating the impact of hypothetical tightening of spreads, for fixed maturity investments yielding more than the 3 year Constant Maturity Treasury Index (CMT Index) as of December 31, 2011, to the extent their yields would have decreased to levels lower than the 3 year CMT Index as of December 31, 2011, we limited their price appreciation to a level equal to the yield of the 3 year CMT Index. For fixed maturity investments yielding less than the 3 year CMT Index as of December 31, 2011, we assumed no price appreciation.

 

 

 

December 31,
2011
Fair Value

 

Tighten 50

 

Tighten 25

 

Widen 25

 

Widen 50

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

U.S Government and agency obligations

 

$

215.4

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Foreign government obligations

 

8.1

 

0.1

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

Tighten 100

 

Tighten 50

 

Widen 50

 

Widen 100

 

Agency mortgage-backed securities

 

$

749.7

 

$

23.0

 

$

11.6

 

$

(11.5

)

$

(22.6

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

49.3

 

0.9

 

0.4

 

(0.4

)

(0.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

Tighten 200

 

Tighten 100

 

Widen 100

 

Widen 200

 

Debt securities issued by industrial corporations

 

$

685.5

 

$

36.9

 

$

21.1

 

$

(21.1

)

$

(41.1

)

Municipal obligations

 

2.2

 

0.2

 

0.1

 

(0.1

)

(0.2

)

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

72.5

 

1.7

 

0.9

 

(1.4

)

(2.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

Tighten 400

 

Tighten 200

 

Widen 200

 

Widen 400

 

Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

$

58.4

 

$

2.6

 

$

2.2

 

$

(2.7

)

$

(5.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

Tighten 600

 

Tighten 300

 

Widen 300

 

Widen 600

 

Preferred stocks

 

$

75.3

 

$

11.1

 

$

11.0

 

$

(17.0

)

$

(28.1

)

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities

 

13.7

 

0.9

 

0.6

 

(0.7

)

(1.4

)

 

The table below summarizes the estimated effects of hypothetical widening and tightening of spreads on our qualified pension plan fixed maturity investments.

 

 

 

December 31,
2011
Fair Value

 

Tighten 200

 

Tighten 100

 

Widen 100

 

Widen 200

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

$

42.8

 

$

1.1

 

$

0.6

 

$

(0.8

)

$

(1.5

)

Debt securities issued by industrial corporations

 

2.4

 

0.2

 

0.1

 

(0.1

)

(0.2

)

 

82



Table of Contents

 

Equity Price Risk

 

The carrying values of our common equity securities and other long-term equity investments are based on quoted market prices or management’s estimates of fair value as of the balance sheet date. Market prices of common equity securities, in general, are subject to fluctuations. These fluctuations could cause the amount realized upon sale or exercise of these instruments to differ significantly from the current reported value. The fluctuations may result from perceived changes in the underlying economic characteristics of the investment, the relative price of alternative investments, supply and demand imbalances for a particular security or other market factors.

 

Sensitivity analysis of likely changes in fair values of common equity securities, hedge fund and private equity fund investments

 

Our investment portfolio includes investments in common equity securities, hedge funds and private equity funds. The underlying investments of the hedge funds and private equity funds are typically publicly traded and private common equity investments, and, as such, are subject to market risks that are similar to those in our common equity portfolio.

 

The following illustrates the estimated effect on December 31, 2011 fair values resulting from hypothetical changes in market value:

 

 

 

Change in fair value

 

 

 

10% decline

 

10% increase

 

30% decline

 

30% increase

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Common equity securities

 

$

(24.4

)

$

24.4

 

$

(73.1

)

$

73.1

 

Hedge funds

 

(5.4

)

5.4

 

(16.1

)

16.1

 

Private equity funds

 

(6.6

)

6.6

 

(19.7

)

19.7

 

 

Returns on common equity securities are measured against the S&P 500 Index. Hedge funds and private equity funds returns are commonly measured against the benchmark returns of hedge fund indices, such as the HFRX Equal Weighted Strategies Index, and/or the S&P 500 Index. The historical returns for each index in the past 5 full years are listed below:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

HFRX Equal Weighted Strategies Index

 

(6.2

)%

5.3

%

11.4

%

(21.9

)%

4.0

%

S&P 500 Index

 

2.1

 

15.1

 

26.5

 

(37.0

)

5.5

 

 

Foreign Exposure Risk

 

Our investment portfolio consists of financial and non-financial fixed maturity, common equity and convertible fixed maturity investments issued by more than 10 countries worldwide. The United States represents the country of issue for approximately 89% of our fixed maturity, common equity and convertible fixed maturity portfolio and we have minimal sovereign risk exposure to European peripheral countries such as Ireland, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Italy. Our direct exposure to these countries is comprised solely of non-financial common equity securities and represents only 0.2% of our fixed maturity, common equity and convertible fixed maturity investments at December 31, 2011. In addition, we could have indirect exposure to European peripheral countries through securities issued from non-peripheral countries as issuers of those securities could have exposure to European peripheral countries.

 

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The financial statements and supplementary data have been filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules appearing on page F-1 of this report.

 

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure.

 

The CEO and CFO of OB Holdings (the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2011. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that as of December 31, 2011, our disclosure controls and procedures are adequate and effective to provide reasonable assurance that material information required to be included in our periodic SEC reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in rules and forms.

 

The CEO and the CFO have evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is included on page F-62 of this report. This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

There were no significant changes with respect to our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, audit-related services, tax services and all other services for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Audit fees(1)

 

$

1.1

 

$

1.2

 

Audit-related fees(2)

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

Tax fees(3)

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

Total(4)

 

$

1.4

 

$

1.8

 

 


(1)                                 The fees in this category were for professional services rendered in connection with (i) the audits of the Company’s annual financial statements set forth in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, (ii) the review of the Company’s quarterly financial statements as set forth in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, (iii) audits of the Company’s subsidiaries that are required by statute or regulation, and (iv) services that generally only the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm reasonably can provide.

 

(2)                                 The fees in this category were for professional services rendered in connection with (i) employee benefit plans, (ii) agreed upon procedures, and (iii) other regulatory requirements.

 

(3)                                 The fees in this category were for professional services rendered in connection with tax strategy assistance and tax compliance services.

 

(4)                                 These fees are a component of the total accountant fees incurred by OBIG during 2011 and 2010.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

a.                                      Documents Filed as Part of the Report

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules and report of independent auditors have been filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules appearing on page F-1 of this report. A listing of exhibits filed as part of the report appears on page 86 of this report.

 

b.                                      Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

23.1*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

31.1*

 

Certification of T. Michael Miller pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

 

Certification of Paul H. McDonough pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1**

 

Certification of T. Michael Miller pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2**

 

Certification of Paul H. McDonough pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.1**

 

The following financial information from OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholder’s Equity for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 


*                                         Filed Herewith

 

**                                  Furnished Herewith

 

c.                                       Financial Statement Schedules

 

The financial statement schedules and report of independent registered public accounting firm have been filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules appearing on page F-1 of this report.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

 

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ T. MICHAEL MILLER

 

 

T. Michael Miller

Date: March 16, 2012

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ T. MICHAEL MILLER

 

Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive

 

March 16, 2012

 

T. Michael Miller

 

Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ PAUL H. MCDONOUGH

 

Director and Chief Financial Officer

 

March 16, 2012

 

Paul H. McDonough

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ANN MARIE ANDREWS

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

March 16, 2012

 

Ann Marie Andrews

 

 

 

 

 

 

87



Table of Contents

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

Form 10-K
Page(s)

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income:

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholder’s Equity:

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

 

 

Other Financial Information:

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

F-62

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-63

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

F-64

 

 

Financial Statement Schedules:

 

I.

Summary of investments—other than investments in related parties

S-1

II.

Condensed financial information of the Registrant

S-2

III.

Supplementary insurance information

S-4

IV.

Reinsurance

S-5

V.

Valuation and qualifying accounts

S-6

VI.

Supplemental information for property and casualty insurance underwriters

S-7

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(in millions, except
share and per share
amounts)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity investments, at fair value

 

$

1,745.8

 

$

2,240.4

 

Short-term investments, at amortized cost (which approximates fair value)

 

291.8

 

166.8

 

Common equity securities, at fair value

 

243.5

 

285.3

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments, at fair value

 

72.5

 

93.8

 

Other investments

 

155.1

 

171.4

 

Total investments

 

2,508.7

 

2,957.7

 

Cash

 

49.0

 

33.2

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

2,167.5

 

1,893.2

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses

 

16.5

 

44.5

 

Premiums receivable

 

230.9

 

275.0

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

123.5

 

114.5

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

10.7

 

113.9

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

145.0

 

151.5

 

Investment income accrued

 

12.8

 

18.0

 

Accounts receivable on unsettled investment sales

 

0.4

 

5.4

 

Other assets

 

255.2

 

289.3

 

Assets held for sale

 

132.6

 

 

Total assets

 

$

5,652.8

 

$

5,896.2

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE reserves

 

$

3,358.6

 

$

3,295.5

 

Unearned premiums

 

528.0

 

627.5

 

Debt

 

269.7

 

419.6

 

Ceded reinsurance payable

 

23.4

 

149.3

 

Accounts payable on unsettled investment purchases

 

22.7

 

14.1

 

Other liabilities

 

396.2

 

409.8

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

107.6

 

 

Total liabilities

 

4,706.2

 

4,915.8

 

OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity and noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares and paid-in surplus (par value $1, issued and outstanding, 505 shares)

 

950.9

 

961.5

 

Retained deficit

 

(7.5

)

(1.3

)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, after tax:

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income and loss items

 

(10.9

)

0.3

 

Total OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

932.5

 

960.5

 

Total noncontrolling interests

 

14.1

 

19.9

 

Total OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity and noncontrolling interests

 

946.6

 

980.4

 

Total liabilities, OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity and noncontrolling interests

 

$

5,652.8

 

$

5,896.2

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements including Note 16—“Commitments and Contingencies.”

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,015.5

 

$

1,403.9

 

$

1,858.8

 

Net investment income

 

67.3

 

96.3

 

125.3

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

8.7

 

76.8

 

248.6

 

Net other (expenses) revenues

 

(10.7

)

9.9

 

23.1

 

Total revenues

 

1,080.8

 

1,586.9

 

2,255.8

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

580.9

 

858.2

 

1,005.3

 

Policy acquisition expenses

 

219.0

 

311.6

 

376.3

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

173.3

 

233.1

 

308.5

 

General and administrative expenses

 

4.0

 

6.4

 

5.0

 

Interest expense on debt

 

20.7

 

29.6

 

39.7

 

Accretion of fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves

 

 

 

5.4

 

Total expenses

 

997.9

 

1,438.9

 

1,740.2

 

Pre-tax income from continuing operations

 

82.9

 

148.0

 

515.6

 

Income tax expense

 

(28.6

)

(42.0

)

(173.1

)

Net income from continuing operations

 

54.3

 

106.0

 

342.5

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(5.9

)

(6.9

)

(33.0

)

Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(19.2

)

 

 

Net income including noncontrolling interests

 

29.2

 

99.1

 

309.5

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(1.0

)

(1.6

)

(2.1

)

Net income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

28.2

 

97.5

 

307.4

 

Change in foreign currency translation

 

 

0.7

 

(0.1

)

Change in other comprehensive income and loss items

 

(11.2

)

5.8

 

18.9

 

Comprehensive income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

$

17.0

 

$

104.0

 

$

326.2

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

 

 

OB Holdings’ Common Shareholder’s Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Common
shareholder’s
equity

 

Common
shares and
paid-in
surplus

 

Retained
earnings
(deficit)

 

Accum. other
comprehensive
income (loss),
after tax

 

Noncontrolling
interests,

after tax

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Balances at January 1, 2009

 

$

1,133.4

 

$

970.5

 

$

187.9

 

$

(25.0

)

$

17.2

 

Net income

 

307.4

 

 

307.4

 

 

2.1

 

Issuance of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

Dividends to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(68.1

)

 

(68.1

)

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(0.6

)

Contributions

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

(5.0

)

Other comprehensive income and loss items, after tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in foreign currency translation

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Change in interest rate swap

 

6.8

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

Change in pension

 

12.1

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

Other comprehensive income, after tax

 

18.8

 

 

 

18.8

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2009

 

$

1,391.5

 

$

970.5

 

$

427.2

 

$

(6.2

)

$

19.1

 

Net income

 

97.5

 

 

97.5

 

 

1.6

 

Issuance of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

Dividends to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(526.0

)

 

(526.0

)

 

 

Return of capital to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(9.0

)

(9.0

)

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

Contributions

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

(1.0

)

Other comprehensive income and loss items, after tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in foreign currency translation

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

Change in pension

 

5.8

 

 

 

5.8

 

 

Other comprehensive income, after tax

 

6.5

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

 

$

960.5

 

$

961.5

 

$

(1.3

)

$

0.3

 

$

19.9

 

Net income

 

28.2

 

 

28.2

 

 

1.0

 

Issuance of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

Repurchases and retirements of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

Dividends to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(34.4

)

 

(34.4

)

 

 

Return of capital to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(10.6

)

(10.6

)

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(0.9

)

Contributions

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

(5.0

)

Other comprehensive income and loss items, after tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in pension

 

(11.2

)

 

 

(11.2

)

 

Other comprehensive loss, after tax

 

(11.2

)

 

 

(11.2

)

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

 

$

932.5

 

$

950.9

 

$

(7.5

)

$

(10.9

)

$

14.1

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Cash flows from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income including noncontrolling interests

 

$

29.2

 

$

99.1

 

$

309.5

 

Charges (credits) to reconcile net income to cash flows (used for) provided from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

5.9

 

6.9

 

33.0

 

Net loss from sale of discontinued operations

 

19.2

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

(8.7

)

(76.8

)

(248.6

)

Net realized gain on Personal Lines Transaction

 

 

(8.5

)

 

Net realized loss on settlement of interest rate swap

 

 

 

7.4

 

Net other realized losses (gains)

 

11.7

 

10.8

 

(5.4

)

Deferred income tax expense

 

21.0

 

29.6

 

74.7

 

Other operating items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in loss and LAE reserves

 

140.4

 

(371.4

)

(353.0

)

Net change in unearned premiums

 

(55.6

)

(160.1

)

(56.3

)

Net change in ceded reinsurance payable

 

(125.9

)

128.0

 

(45.8

)

Net change in ceded unearned premium

 

103.2

 

(86.0

)

16.6

 

Net change in premiums receivable

 

29.4

 

100.9

 

44.1

 

Net change in reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses

 

(246.3

)

325.4

 

316.2

 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

 

(68.8

)

(21.9

)

84.4

 

Net cash (used for) provided from operations — continuing operations

 

(145.3

)

(24.0

)

176.8

 

Net cash provided from operations — discontinued operations

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

Net cash (used for) provided from operations

 

(144.5

)

(23.2

)

177.2

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net maturities, purchases and sales of short-term investments

 

(124.9

)

(201.1

)

388.2

 

Maturities of fixed maturity investments

 

474.0

 

1,079.8

 

498.1

 

Sales of fixed maturity investments

 

1,185.6

 

1,247.0

 

715.1

 

Sales of common equity securities

 

98.5

 

64.5

 

214.4

 

Sales of convertible fixed maturity investments

 

35.4

 

127.5

 

195.3

 

Distributions and redemptions of other investments

 

38.6

 

33.5

 

68.7

 

Purchases of fixed maturity investments

 

(1,271.3

)

(1,568.6

)

(1,871.1

)

Purchases of common equity securities

 

(64.3

)

(121.3

)

(137.4

)

Purchases of convertible fixed maturity investments

 

(21.4

)

(38.0

)

(91.0

)

Contributions for other investments

 

(10.8

)

(49.3

)

(7.6

)

Proceeds from the Personal Lines Transaction

 

 

166.6

 

 

Net change in unsettled investment purchases and sales

 

13.6

 

25.3

 

25.6

 

Net acquisitions of property and equipment

 

(3.7

)

(6.8

)

(2.0

)

Net cash provided from (used for) investing activities — continuing operations

 

349.3

 

759.1

 

(3.7

)

Net cash provided from investing activities — discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided from (used for) investing activities

 

349.3

 

759.1

 

(3.7

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of debt

 

 

(14.0

)

(42.8

)

Repurchases of debt

 

(161.6

)

(197.3

)

(63.2

)

Cash dividends paid to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(34.4

)

(526.0

)

(68.1

)

Return of capital to OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc.

 

(10.6

)

(9.0

)

 

Capital lease obligation

 

23.1

 

 

 

Settlement of interest rate swap

 

 

 

(7.4

)

Net cash used for financing activities — continuing operations

 

(183.5

)

(746.3

)

(181.5

)

Net cash used for financing activities — discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

 

(183.5

)

(746.3

)

(181.5

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash during year

 

21.3

 

(10.4

)

(8.0

)

Cash reclassified to assets held for sale

 

(5.5

)

 

 

Net increase (decrease) after reclassification of cash to assets held for sale

 

15.8

 

(10.4

)

(8.0

)

Cash balance at beginning of year

 

33.2

 

43.6

 

51.6

 

Cash balance at end of year

 

$

49.0

 

$

33.2

 

$

43.6

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1.  Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “OBH”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “OB Holdings”) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The OB Holdings operating companies are U.S.-based property and casualty insurance writers, most of which operate in a multi-company pool. OB Holdings offers a wide range of specialty insurance products and services through independent agencies, regional and national brokers, wholesalers and managing general agencies.

 

OBH was created in 2000 by White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd. (“White Mountains”) to acquire and subsequently be the holding company for OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC (together with its subsidiaries, “OneBeacon”). On June 1, 2001, OBH acquired OneBeacon from Aviva plc (“Aviva”), (the “OneBeacon Acquisition”). During 2006, White Mountains undertook an internal reorganization and formed OneBeacon Insurance Group, Ltd. (“OBIG”) for the purpose of holding certain of its property and casualty insurance businesses. As part of this reorganization, certain of White Mountains’ businesses that were historically indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of White Mountains, including OBH, became indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of OBIG. During the fourth quarter of 2006, White Mountains sold 27.6 million or 27.6% of OBIG’s common shares in an initial public offering. As of December 31, 2011, White Mountains owned 75.5% of OBIG’s common shares. Within this report, the term “OB Holdings” is used to refer to one or more entities within the consolidated organization, as the context requires. The Company is a U.S.-based company with its corporate headquarters located at 601 Carlson Parkway, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305.

 

OB Holdings’ reportable segments are Specialty Insurance Operations, Other Insurance Operations and Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations. The Specialty Insurance Operations segment is comprised of twelve underwriting units that are aggregated into three major underwriting units for financial reporting: Managing General Agency (“MGA”) Business, Specialty Industries and Specialty Products. OB Holdings’ Other Insurance Operations segment includes the results of the non-specialty commercial lines business, to which OB Holdings sold the renewal rights, and the traditional personal lines business, which OB Holdings sold, both described in Note 2, in addition to other run-off business and certain purchase accounting adjustments relating to the OneBeacon Acquisition. Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations includes the investing and financing activities for OB Holdings on a consolidated basis, and certain other activities conducted through the Company.

 

On August 30, 2011, OBIG and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a definitive agreement (the “AutoOne Purchase Agreement”) to sell its AutoOne Insurance business (“AutoOne”) to Interboro Holdings, Inc. (“Interboro”). The AutoOne Transaction, which was subject to regulatory approvals, closed in February 2012. See Note 2, Note 17 and Note 18. AutoOne has offered products and services to assigned risk markets primarily in New York and New Jersey. AutoOne had been included within the Other Insurance Operations segment, however, as a result of entering into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, AutoOne has been presented as discontinued operations in the statements of operations and cash flows with the prior periods reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The AutoOne disposal group excludes investing and financing activities from amounts classified as discontinued operations. OB Holdings’ investing and financing operations are conducted on an overall consolidated level and accordingly, there are no separately identifiable investing or financing cash flows associated with AutoOne. Pursuant to the terms of the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, at closing the legal entities included in the sale held an agreed upon level of invested assets and capital. The assets and liabilities associated with the AutoOne business as of December 31, 2011 have been presented in the balance sheet as held for sale assuming the investing and financing steps required to effect the sale were completed as of the current balance sheet date. The prior year balance sheet has not been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation because the assets and liabilities associated with AutoOne in the prior year would not provide a meaningful comparison to the assets and liabilities presented as held for sale at December 31, 2011.

 

All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. As described above, certain amounts in the prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

Investment Securities

 

OB Holdings records its investments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 825, which allows companies to make an election, on an individual instrument basis, to report financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The election must be made at the inception of a transaction and may not be reversed. OB Holdings believes that reporting its investment results under ASC 825 is consistent with one of its operating principles, namely to manage investments for total return.

 

OB Holdings classifies its portfolio of fixed maturity investments and common equity securities, including convertible fixed maturity investments, held for general investment purposes as trading securities. Trading securities are reported at fair value as of the balance sheet date as determined by quoted market prices when available. Realized and unrealized investment gains and losses on trading securities are reported in net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses in revenues on a pre-tax basis.

 

Short-term investments consist of money market funds, certificates of deposit and other securities which, at the time of purchase, mature or become available for use within one year. Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximated fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Other investments primarily include hedge funds and private equity funds. OB Holdings measures its investments in hedge funds and private equity funds at fair value with changes therein reported in net realized and unrealized investment gains and losses in revenues on a pre-tax basis. Other investments also includes an investment in a community reinvestment vehicle which is accounted for at fair value and a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund which is accounted for under the equity method.

 

OB Holdings records its investments in accordance with ASC 820 which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and identifies financial statement disclosure requirements for fair value information. Under ASC 820, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants (an “exit price”). Fair value measurements are categorized into a hierarchy that distinguishes between inputs based on market data from independent sources (“observable inputs”) and a reporting entity’s internal assumptions based upon the best information available when external market data is limited or unavailable (“unobservable inputs”).  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities have the highest priority (“Level 1”), followed by observable inputs other than quoted prices, including prices for similar but not identical assets or liabilities (“Level 2”) and unobservable inputs, including the reporting entity’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use, having the lowest priority (“Level 3”).

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 92% and 90%, respectively, of the investment portfolio recorded at fair value was priced based upon observable inputs. Investments valued using Level 1 inputs include fixed maturities, primarily investments in U.S. Treasuries, common equities and short-term investments, which include U.S. Treasury Bills. Investments valued using Level 2 inputs comprise fixed maturity investments including corporate debt, state and other governmental debt, convertible fixed maturity investments and mortgage and asset-backed securities. Fair value estimates for investments that trade infrequently and have few or no observable market prices are classified as Level 3 measurements. Level 3 fair value estimates based upon unobservable inputs include OB Holdings’ investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, as well as certain investments in debt and equity securities, including asset-backed securities, where quoted market prices are unavailable.

 

OB Holdings uses brokers and outside pricing services to assist in determining fair values. For investments in active markets, OB Holdings uses the quoted market prices provided by outside pricing services to determine fair value. The outside pricing services OB Holdings uses have indicated that they will only provide prices where observable inputs are available. In circumstances where quoted market prices are unavailable, OB Holdings estimates the fair value using industry standard pricing models and observable inputs such as benchmark interest rates, matrix pricing, market comparables, broker quotes, issuer spreads, bids, offers, credit rating prepayment speeds and other relevant observable inputs. In circumstances where observable inputs are adjusted to reflect management’s best estimate of fair value, such fair value measurements are considered a lower level measurement in the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

OB Holdings’  process to assess the reasonableness of the market prices obtained from the outside pricing sources covers substantially all of its fixed maturity investments and includes, but is not limited to, evaluation of model pricing methodologies, review of the pricing services’ quality control processes and procedures on at least an annual basis, comparison of market prices to prices obtained from different independent pricing vendors on at least an annual basis, monthly analytical reviews of certain prices and review of assumptions utilized by the pricing services for selected measurements on an ad hoc basis throughout the year. OB Holdings also performs back-testing of selected purchases and sales activity to determine whether there are any significant differences between the market price used to value the security prior to purchase or sale and the actual purchase or sale price on at least an annual basis. Prices provided by the pricing services that vary by more than 5% and $1.0 million from the expected price based on the procedures are considered outliers. In circumstances where the results of OB Holdings’ review process does not appear to support the market price provided by the pricing services, OB Holdings challenges the price. During the past year, a few securities fell outside OB Holdings’ variance thresholds, thereby triggering the challenge with the pricing services. If OB Holdings cannot gain satisfactory evidence to support the challenged price, it relies upon its own pricing methodologies to estimate the fair value of the security in question.

 

OB Holdings’ investments in debt securities, including asset-backed securities, are generally valued using matrix and other pricing models. Key inputs include benchmark yields, benchmark securities, reported trades, issuer spreads, bids, offers, credit ratings and prepayment speeds.  Income on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities is recognized using an effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and the estimated economic life of the securities. When actual prepayments differ significantly from anticipated prepayments, the estimated economic life is recalculated and the remaining unamortized premium or discount is amortized prospectively over the remaining economic life.

 

Other investments, which are primarily comprised of hedge funds and private equity funds for which the fair value option has been elected, are carried at fair value based upon OB Holdings’ proportionate interest in the underlying fund’s net asset value, which is deemed to approximate fair value. The fair value of OB Holdings’ investments in hedge funds and private equity funds has been estimated using net asset value because it reflects the fair value of the funds’ underlying investments in accordance with ASC 820. OB Holdings employs a number of procedures to assess the reasonableness of the fair value measurements, including obtaining and reviewing each fund’s audited financial statements and discussing each fund’s pricing with the fund’s manager.

 

In circumstances where the underlying investments are publicly traded, such as the investments made by hedge funds, the fair value of the underlying investments is determined using current market prices. In circumstances where the underlying investments are not publicly traded, such as the investments made by private equity funds, the private equity fund managers have considered the need for a liquidity discount on each of the underlying investments when determining the fund’s net asset value in accordance with ASC 820. In circumstances where OB Holdings’ portion of a fund’s net asset value is deemed to differ from fair value due to illiquidity or other factors associated with OB Holdings’ investment in the fund, including counterparty credit risk, the net asset value is adjusted accordingly. See Note 5.

 

Cash

 

Cash includes amounts on hand and demand deposits with banks and other financial institutions. Amounts presented in the statements of cash flows are shown net of balances acquired and sold in the purchase or sale of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Insurance Operations

 

OB Holdings accounts for insurance policies that it writes in accordance with ASC 944. Premiums written are recognized as revenues and are earned ratably over the term of the related policy. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written that are applicable to future insurance coverage provided by policies. AutoOne, which is included in discontinued operations, acts as a limited assignment distribution (“LAD”) servicing carrier and enters into contractual arrangements with insurance companies to assume private passenger and commercial automobile assigned risk exposures. AutoOne receives LAD and commercial limited assignment distribution (“CLAD”) servicing fees from these other companies for assuming these risks. LAD and CLAD servicing fees are typically a percentage of the total premiums that AutoOne must write to fulfill the obligation of the transferor company. In addition, LAD servicing carriers may choose to write certain policies voluntarily by taking risks out of the New York Automobile Insurance Plan. These policies generate takeout credits which can be “sold” for fees (“takeout fees”) to other carriers. These other carriers in turn can use such credits to reduce their obligations to write assigned risk business. AutoOne’s LAD and CLAD servicing and takeout fees are recorded as written premium when billed and are earned ratably over the term of the related policy to which the fee relates. Fees charged on installment premiums are recorded as a reduction to other underwriting expenses.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

Deferred acquisition costs represent commissions, premium taxes, brokerage expenses and other costs which are directly attributable to and vary with the production of business. These costs are deferred and amortized over the applicable premium recognition period as policy acquisition expenses. Deferred acquisition costs are limited to the amount expected to be recovered from future earned premiums and anticipated investment income. This limitation is referred to as a premium deficiency. A premium deficiency is recognized if the sum of expected loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), unamortized acquisition costs, and maintenance costs exceeds related unearned premiums and anticipated investment income. A premium deficiency is recognized by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expense to the extent required in order to eliminate the deficiency. If the premium deficiency exceeds unamortized acquisition costs then a liability is accrued for the excess deficiency. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, no deferred acquisition costs were charged to expense based on a premium deficiency. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings recorded a deficiency of $0.8 million related to AutoOne as a reduction to its unamortized deferred acquisition costs asset.

 

Loss and LAE are charged against income as incurred. Unpaid insurance loss and LAE are based on estimates (generally determined by claims adjusters, legal counsel and actuarial staff) of the ultimate costs of settling claims, including the effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. Unpaid reinsurance loss and LAE are based primarily on reports received from ceding companies and actuarial projections. Unpaid loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of ultimate loss and LAE, net of estimated salvage and subrogation recoveries, if applicable. Such estimates are regularly reviewed and updated and any adjustments resulting therefrom are reflected in current operations. The process of estimating loss and LAE involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and the ultimate amount of expense to be incurred could be considerably greater than or less than the amounts currently reflected in the financial statements.

 

OB Holdings discounts certain of its long-term workers compensation loss and LAE reserves when such liabilities constitute unpaid but settled claims under which the payment pattern and ultimate costs are fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. OB Holdings discounts these reserves using an average discount rate which is determined based on various assumptions including consideration of when the claims will be settled (4.5% and 5.0% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively). As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the discount on OB Holdings’ workers’ compensation loss and LAE reserves amounted to $108.3 million and $119.4 million, respectively.

 

In connection with purchase accounting for the OneBeacon Acquisition, OB Holdings was required to adjust to fair value its loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $646.9 million and $346.9 million, respectively, on the acquired balance sheet as of June 1, 2001. This net reduction to loss and LAE reserves of $300.0 million is being accreted through an income statement charge ratably with and over the period the claims are settled. See Note 3.

 

OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries enter into ceded reinsurance contracts from time to time to protect their businesses from losses due to concentration of risk, to manage their operating leverage ratios and to limit losses arising from catastrophic events. The majority of such reinsurance contracts are executed through excess of loss treaties and catastrophe contracts under which the reinsurer indemnifies for a specified part or all of certain types of losses over stipulated amounts arising from any one occurrence or event. OB Holdings has also entered into quota share treaties with reinsurers under which all risks meeting prescribed criteria are covered on a pro rata basis. The amount of each risk ceded by OB Holdings is subject to maximum limits which vary by line of business and type of coverage. Amounts related to reinsurance contracts are recorded in accordance with ASC 944, as applicable.

 

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies. The collectibility of reinsurance recoverables is subject to the solvency of the reinsurers. OB Holdings is selective in regard to its reinsurers, principally placing reinsurance with those reinsurers with strong financial condition, industry ratings and underwriting ability. Management monitors the financial condition and ratings of its reinsurers on an ongoing basis.

 

Reinsurance premiums, commissions, expense reimbursements and reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums ceded to other companies are reported as a reduction of premiums written. Expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been accounted for as a reduction of the related policy acquisition costs and are deferred and amortized accordingly. Funds held by ceding companies represent amounts due to OB Holdings in connection with certain assumed reinsurance agreements in which the ceding company retains a portion of the premium to provide security against future loss payments. The funds held by ceding companies are generally invested by the ceding company and interest is credited to OB Holdings and recognized as investment income. Funds held under reinsurance treaties represent contractual payments due to the reinsurer that OB Holdings has retained to secure obligations of the reinsurer. Such amounts are recorded as liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

Accounting for Mandatory Shared Market Mechanisms

 

As a condition to its licenses to do business in certain states, OB Holdings’ insurance operations are required to participate in various mandatory shared market mechanisms commonly referred to as “residual” or “involuntary” markets. These markets generally consist of risks considered to be undesirable from a standard or routine underwriting perspective. Each state dictates the levels of insurance coverage that are mandatorily assigned to participating insurers within these markets. The total amount of such business an insurer must accept in a particular state is generally based on that insurer’s market share of voluntary business written within that state. In certain cases, OB Holdings is obligated to write business from shared market mechanisms at a future date based on its historical market share of all voluntary policies written within that state. Involuntary business generated from mandatory shared market mechanisms, which may be treated as assumed reinsurance depending on the structure of the mechanism, is accounted for in accordance with ASC 944.

 

OB Holdings’ market assignments are typically required to be written in the current period, although, in certain cases OB Holdings is required to accept policy assignments at a future date. Anticipated losses associated with future market assignments are recognized in accordance with ASC 450 when the amount of such anticipated losses is determined to be probable and can be reasonably estimated.

 

Accounting for Insurance Related Assessments

 

Under existing guaranty fund laws in all states, insurers licensed to do business in those states can be assessed for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. In accordance with ASC 405, OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries record guaranty fund assessments when such assessments are billed by the respective guaranty funds. In addition, each insurance subsidiary’s policy is to accrue for any significant insolvencies when the loss is probable and the assessment amount can be reasonably estimated.

 

Capital Lease

 

In December 2011, OneBeacon Insurance Company (“OBIC”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sold the majority of its fixed assets and capitalized software to OneBeacon Services LLC (“OB Services”), another indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The fixed assets and capitalized software were sold at a cost equal to book value with no gain or loss recorded on the sale. Subsequent to purchasing the fixed assets and capitalized software from OBIC, OB Services entered into lease financing arrangements with US Bancorp Equipment Finance, Inc. (“US Bancorp”) and Fifth Third Equipment Finance Company (“Fifth Third”) whereby OB Services sold its furniture and equipment and its capitalized software, respectively, to US Bancorp and Fifth Third. The assets were sold at a cost equal to net book value. OB Services then leased the fixed assets back from US Bancorp for a lease term of five years and leased the capitalized software back from Fifth Third for a lease term of four years. In accordance with ASC 840, OBIC recorded the sale of the assets with no gain or loss recognized while OB Services has recorded a capital lease obligation. See Note 16.

 

Deferred Software Costs

 

OB Holdings capitalizes costs related to computer software developed for internal use during the application development stage of software development projects in accordance with ASC 350. These costs generally consist of certain external, payroll and payroll related costs. OB Holdings begins amortization of these costs once the project or the respective phase of the project is completed and ready for its intended use. Amortization is on a straight line basis and over the useful life which generally ranges from three to five years. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings had unamortized deferred software costs of $15.0 million, $13.7 million of which is subject to the sale-leaseback described above, and $14.1 million, respectively.

 

Federal and State Income Taxes

 

The Company and its subsidiaries join in the filing of a federal consolidated tax return. The consolidated parent, which is not included in these financial statements, is OneBeacon U.S. Financial Services, Inc. (“OBFS”). OBFS is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of OBIG.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded when a difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts for tax purposes exists, and for other temporary differences as defined by ASC 740. The deferred tax asset or liability is recorded based on tax rates expected to be in effect when the difference reverses. The deferred tax asset is recognized when it is more likely than not that it will be realized.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

Foreign Currency Exchange

 

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all of OB Holdings’ businesses. OB Holdings is subject to foreign currency fluctuations associated with its foreign investment securities and also certain reinsurance arrangements. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are converted using the average exchange rates for the period. In accordance with ASC 825, net foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the translation are generally reported as a component of net income in the period in which they arise.

 

Cash Flow Hedge

 

Contemporaneously with entering into a variable rate mortgage note during 2005, as further described in Note 6, OB Holdings entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which it paid a fixed rate and received a variable rate to hedge its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The notional amount of the swap was equal to the outstanding principal of the mortgage note it hedged and was adjusted at the same time as the mortgage note principal changed for drawdowns and repayments. The underlying index used to determine the variable interest paid under the swap was the same as that used for OB Holdings’ variable rate mortgage note. In accordance with ASC 815, OB Holdings accounted for the swap as a cash flow hedge and recorded the interest rate swap at fair value on the balance sheet in other assets or other liabilities depending on the value as of the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap were reported as a component of other comprehensive income or loss. For the year ended December 31, 2009, no gains or losses were charged through the statements of operations due to hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings settled the interest rate swap at the time that it repaid the outstanding balance on the mortgage note. See Note 6.

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

OB Holdings records reciprocal insurance exchanges (“reciprocals”), as defined in Note 13, in accordance with ASC 810. ASC 810 addresses consolidation issues surrounding special purpose entities and certain other entities, collectively termed variable interest entities (“VIE”), to which previous accounting guidance on consolidation does not apply. A VIE is an entity in which the equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Under ASC 810, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is required to consolidate the VIE in its financial statements. The primary beneficiary is an entity that has both the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb the VIE’s expected losses if they occur, the right to receive the entity’s expected residual returns if they occur, or both.

 

Defined Benefit Plans

 

Under ASC 715, an employer that sponsors a defined benefit plan is required to recognize the funded status of a benefit plan, measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the projected benefit obligation (for defined benefit pension plans) or the accumulated benefit obligation (for other postretirement benefit plans) in its statement of financial position. ASC 715 also requires recognition of amounts previously deferred and amortized in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Under ASC 715, plan assets and obligations must be measured as of the fiscal year end. See Note 8.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

Policy Acquisition Costs

 

On October 13, 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-26, Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts (ASC 944). The new standard changes the types of policy acquisition costs that are eligible for deferral. Specifically, the new guidance limits deferrable costs to those that are incremental direct costs of contract acquisition and certain costs related to acquisition activities performed by the insurer, such as underwriting, policy issuance and processing, medical and inspection costs and sales force contract selling. ASU 2010-26 defines incremental direct costs as those costs that result directly from and were essential to the contract acquisition and would not have been incurred absent the acquisition. Accordingly, under the new guidance, deferrable acquisition costs are limited to costs related to successful contract acquisitions. Acquisition costs that are not eligible for deferral are to be charged to expense in the period incurred.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

ASU 2010-26 is effective for interim periods and annual fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. OB Holdings will adopt ASU 2010-26 prospectively. As a result of adopting ASU 2010-26, approximately $6 million of unamortized deferred acquisitions costs have been determined to no longer be deferrable and will be amortized during 2012.

 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

 

On May 12, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS (ASC 820). ASU 2011-04 clarifies existing guidance with respect to the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise and measuring instruments classified within a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity. ASU 2011-04 also clarifies disclosure requirements, requiring disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 also amends existing guidance. In circumstances where a reporting entity manages a portfolio of financial assets and liabilities based on the net market and counterparty credit risk exposures, ASU 2011-04 permits determination of the fair value of those instruments to be based on the net risk exposure. In addition, ASU 2011-04 permits the application of premiums or discounts to be applied in a fair value measurement to the extent that market participants would consider them in valuing the financial instruments. ASU 2011-04 also expands the required disclosures for Level 3 measurements, requiring that reporting entities provide a narrative description of the sensitivity of Level 3 fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those inputs, if any. ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. OB Holdings is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of ASU 2011-04 will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

On June 16, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASC 220). ASU 2011-05 requires all components of comprehensive income to be reported in a continuous financial statement or in two consecutive statements displaying the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 also requires presentation of reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income which amends ASU 2011-05 to delay indefinitely the effective date of the guidance related to reclassification adjustments. OB Holdings already presents comprehensive income in a continuous financial statement.

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

On September 15, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (ASC 350). ASU 2011-08 amends the guidance that requires an entity to test goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis using a two-step quantitative test. The new guidance permits an entity to first assess facts and circumstances to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the entity determines on the basis of this assessment that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performance of the two-step quantitative test is not required. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. OB Holdings expects that adoption of ASU 2011-08 will not have any material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

 

On December 16, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASC 210). The new standard expands the required disclosures in circumstance where either balances have been offset or the right of offset exists. The required disclosures are intended to provide information to enable financial statement users to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on a reporting entity’s financial position. Disclosures required under the new standard include the gross amount of assets and liabilities recognized; the amounts that have been offset to arrive at the amounts presented in the statement of financial position; and any amounts subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement, whether or not such amounts have been offset. In addition, a description of the rights of offset should be disclosed. ASU 2011-11 is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. OB Holdings is currently evaluating the effect adoption will have on its disclosures, but does not expect adoption to have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 2.  Acquisitions and Dispositions

 

On August 30, 2011, OBIG and certain of its subsidiaries entered into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement to sell the AutoOne business to Interboro (the “AutoOne Transaction”). The AutoOne Transaction, which was subject to regulatory approvals, closed in February 2012 (see Note 18). Pursuant to the terms of the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, at closing OB Holdings transferred to Interboro all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of AutoOne Insurance Company (“AOIC”) and AutoOne Select Insurance Company (“AOSIC”), through which substantially all of the AutoOne business was written on a direct basis. At closing, OneBeacon also transferred the assets, liabilities (including loss reserves and unearned premiums) and capital of the business as well as substantially all of the AutoOne infrastructure including systems and office space as well as certain staff. The AutoOne Transaction also included the execution of a reinsurance agreement with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which OneBeacon cedes, on a 100% quota share basis, AutoOne business not directly written by AOIC and AOSIC. As a result of entering into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, AutoOne is now reported as discontinued operations. See Note 17 for further information regarding discontinued operations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, OB Holdings recorded an after tax net charge of approximately $19.2 million in discontinued operations reflecting the estimated loss on sale of the AutoOne business.

 

On July 1, 2010, OBIG and certain of its subsidiaries completed the sale of its traditional personal lines business (the “Personal Lines Transaction”) to Tower Group, Inc. (“Tower”). The Personal Lines Transaction included two insurance companies through which the majority of the traditional personal lines business was written on a direct basis, two attorneys-in-fact managing the reciprocals that wrote the traditional personal lines business in New York and New Jersey, the surplus notes issued by the New York and New Jersey reciprocals and the remaining renewal rights to certain other traditional personal lines insurance policies. The Personal Lines Transaction required completion of the following:

 

·                  the termination of intercompany reinsurance agreements between York Insurance Company of Maine (“York”) and its affiliate, OBIC, and Massachusetts Homeland Insurance Company (“MHIC”) and OBIC pursuant to which they ceded 100% of their respective direct business to OBIC;

 

·                  the sale to Tower of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of York and MHIC through which the majority of the traditional personal lines business was written on a direct basis;

 

·                  the sale of all of the issued and outstanding units of two managing attorneys-in-fact, Adirondack AIF, LLC (“AAIF”) and New Jersey Skylands Management LLC (“NJSM”);

 

·                  the transfer to Tower of the surplus notes issued by each of Adirondack Insurance Exchange (“Adirondack Insurance”) and New Jersey Skylands Insurance Association (“NJSIA”), both reciprocals, which triggered deconsolidation of the reciprocals by OB Holdings (the surplus notes eliminated upon consolidation in OB Holdings’ financial statements);

 

·                  the execution of reinsurance agreements with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which OneBeacon cedes, on a 100% quota share basis, traditional personal lines business not directly written by York and MHIC; and

 

·                  the execution of a reinsurance agreement pursuant to which OneBeacon assumes, on a 100% quota share basis, certain specialty lines business written directly by York.

 

Net written premiums for the traditional personal lines business, which is included in Other Insurance Operations, totaled approximately $420 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As consideration, based upon the carrying value of the traditional personal lines business as of July 1, 2010, OB Holdings received $166.6 million. The consideration represented the statutory surplus in the reciprocals (as consideration for surplus notes issued by the reciprocals), the combined GAAP equity in the insurance companies and attorneys-in-fact being sold, plus $32.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, OB Holdings recorded a total after tax net gain on the sale of $24.6 million that is comprised of $8.5 million included in net other revenues and $16.1 million included in the tax provision. During the year ended December 31, 2011, OneBeacon and Tower reached agreement on post-closing adjustments resulting in no material change to the $24.6 million after tax net gain on sale that OB Holdings had recorded during 2010.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

As part of the Personal Lines Transaction, OneBeacon and Tower also entered into a Transition Services Agreement (“TSA”), pursuant to which OneBeacon is providing certain services to Tower during the three-year term of the TSA. Tower reimburses OneBeacon for all expenses incurred to provide these services. Reimbursement for these services is netted against the expense incurred. The Personal Lines Transaction did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations accounting because of significant continuing cash flows between OneBeacon and the business sold relating to TSA services and reinsurance activities.

 

On December 3, 2009, OB Holdings sold the renewal rights to approximately $490 million in premiums from its non-specialty commercial lines business to The Hanover Insurance Group (“The Hanover”). The transaction included small commercial accounts and the non-specialty portion of the middle-market business, beginning with January 1, 2010 effective dates (the “Commercial Lines Transaction”). As consideration for the Commercial Lines Transaction, OB Holdings received $23.2 million, reflected in net other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. In accordance with the terms of the Commercial Lines Transaction, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings recognized $0.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively, reflected in net other revenues, in additional consideration for aggregate premium renewals exceeding $200 million.

 

Except as described above, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no acquisitions or dispositions.

 

NOTE 3.  Reserves for Unpaid Loss and LAE

 

OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries establish loss and LAE reserves that are estimates of amounts needed to pay claims and related expenses in the future for insured events that have already occurred. The process of estimating reserves involves a considerable degree of judgment by management and, as of any given date, is inherently uncertain.

 

Reserves are typically comprised of (1) case reserves for claims reported and (2) reserves for losses that have occurred but for which claims have not yet been reported, referred to as incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves, which include a provision for expected future development on case reserves. Case reserves are estimated based on the experience and knowledge of claims staff regarding the nature and potential cost of each claim and are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made. IBNR reserves are derived by subtracting paid loss and LAE and case reserves from estimates of ultimate loss and LAE. Actuaries estimate ultimate loss and LAE using various generally accepted actuarial methods applied to known losses and other relevant information. Like case reserves, IBNR reserves are adjusted as additional information becomes known or payments are made.

 

Ultimate loss and LAE are generally determined by extrapolation of claim emergence and settlement patterns observed in the past that can reasonably be expected to persist into the future. In forecasting ultimate loss and LAE with respect to any line of business, past experience with respect to that line of business is the primary resource, but cannot be relied upon in isolation. OB Holdings’ own experience, particularly claims development experience, such as trends in case reserves, payments on and closings of claims, as well as changes in business mix and coverage limits, is the most important information for estimating its reserves. External data, available from organizations such as statistical bureaus, consulting firms and reinsurance companies, is sometimes used to supplement or corroborate OB Holdings’ own experience, and can be especially useful for estimating costs of new business. For some lines of business, such as “long-tail” coverages discussed below, claims data reported in the most recent accident year is often too limited to provide a meaningful basis for analysis due to the typical delay in reporting of claims. For this type of business, OB Holdings uses a selected loss ratio method for the initial accident year or years. This is a standard and accepted actuarial reserve estimation method in these circumstances in which the loss ratio is selected based upon information used in pricing policies for that line of business, as well as any publicly available industry data, such as industry pricing, experience and trends, for that line of business.

 

Uncertainties in estimating ultimate loss and LAE are magnified by the time lag between when a claim actually occurs and when it is reported and settled. This time lag is sometimes referred to as the “claim-tail”. The claim-tail for most property coverages is typically short (usually a few days up to a few months). The claim-tail for liability/casualty coverages, such as automobile liability, general liability, products liability, multiple peril coverage, and workers compensation, can be especially long as claims are often reported and ultimately paid or settled years, even decades, after the related loss events occur. During the long claims reporting and settlement period, additional facts regarding coverages written in prior accident years, as well as about actual claims and trends may become known and, as a result, OB Holdings may adjust its reserves. If management determines that an adjustment is appropriate, the adjustment is booked in the accounting period in which such determination is made in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, should reserves need to be increased or decreased in the future from amounts currently established, future results of operations would be negatively or positively impacted, respectively.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

In determining ultimate loss and LAE, the cost to indemnify claimants, provide needed legal defense and other services for insureds and administer the investigation and adjustment of claims are considered. These claim costs are influenced by many factors that change over time, such as expanded coverage definitions as a result of new court decisions, inflation in costs to repair or replace damaged property, inflation in the cost of medical services and legislated changes in statutory benefits, as well as by the particular, unique facts that pertain to each claim. As a result, the rate at which claims arose in the past and the costs to settle them may not always be representative of what will occur in the future. The factors influencing changes in claim costs are often difficult to isolate or quantify and developments in paid and incurred losses from historical trends are frequently subject to multiple and conflicting interpretations. Changes in coverage terms or claims handling practices may also cause future experience and/or development patterns to vary from the past. A key objective of actuaries in developing estimates of ultimate loss and LAE, and resulting IBNR reserves, is to identify aberrations and systemic changes occurring within historical experience and accurately adjust for them so that the future can be projected reliably. Because of the factors previously discussed, this process requires the use of informed judgment and is inherently uncertain.

 

OB Holdings’ actuaries use several generally accepted actuarial methods to evaluate its loss reserves, each of which has its own strengths and weaknesses. OB Holdings places more or less reliance on a particular method based on the facts and circumstances at the time the reserve estimates are made. These methods generally fall into one of the following categories or are hybrids of one or more of the following categories:

 

·                  Historical paid loss development methods:  These methods use historical loss payments over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical paid loss development methods assume that the ratio of losses paid in one period to losses paid in an earlier period will remain constant. These methods necessarily assume that factors that have affected paid losses in the past, such as inflation or the effects of litigation, will remain constant in the future. Because historical paid loss development methods do not use case reserves to estimate ultimate losses, they can be more reliable than the other methods discussed below that look to case reserves (such as actuarial methods that use incurred losses) in situations where there are significant changes in how case reserves are established by a company’s claims adjusters. However, historical paid loss development methods are more leveraged, meaning that small changes in payments have a larger impact on estimates of ultimate losses, than actuarial methods that use incurred losses because cumulative loss payments take much longer to equal the expected ultimate losses than cumulative incurred amounts. In addition, and for similar reasons, historical paid loss development methods are often slow to react to situations when new or different factors arise than those that have affected paid losses in the past.

 

·                  Historical incurred loss development methods:  These methods, like historical paid loss development methods, assume that the ratio of losses in one period to losses in an earlier period will remain constant in the future. However, instead of using paid losses, these methods use incurred losses (i.e., the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case reserves) over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses. Historical incurred loss development methods can be preferable to historical paid loss development methods because they explicitly take into account open cases and the claims adjusters’ evaluations of the cost to settle all known claims. However, historical incurred loss development methods necessarily assume that case reserving practices are consistently applied over time. Therefore, when there have been significant changes in how case reserves are established, using incurred loss data to project ultimate losses can be less reliable than other methods.

 

·                  Expected loss ratio methods:  These methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums. Expected loss ratios are typically developed based upon the information used in pricing, and are multiplied by the total amount of premiums written to calculate ultimate losses. Expected loss ratio methods are useful for estimating ultimate losses in the early years of long-tailed lines of business, when little or no paid or incurred loss information is available.

 

·                  Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods:  These methods take traditional historical paid and incurred loss development methods and adjust them for the estimated impact of changes from the past in factors such as inflation, the speed of claim payments or the adequacy of case reserves. Adjusted historical paid and incurred loss development methods are often more reliable methods of predicting ultimate losses in periods of significant change, provided the actuaries can develop methods to reasonably quantify the impact of changes.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

OB Holdings performs an actuarial review of its recorded reserves each quarter. OB Holdings’ actuaries compare the previous quarter’s estimates of paid loss and LAE, case reserves and IBNR to amounts indicated by actual experience. Differences between previous estimates and actual experience are evaluated to determine whether a given actuarial method for estimating loss and LAE should be relied upon to a greater or lesser extent than it had been in the past. While some variance is expected each quarter due to the inherent uncertainty in loss and LAE, persistent or large variances would indicate that prior assumptions and/or reliance on certain reserving methods may need to be revised going forward.

 

Loss and LAE reserve summary

 

The following table summarizes the loss and LAE reserve activities of OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Gross beginning balance

 

$

3,295.5

 

$

3,934.8

 

$

4,294.0

 

Less beginning reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

(1,893.2

)

(2,192.9

)

(2,503.3

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

1,402.3

 

1,741.9

 

1,790.7

 

Loss and LAE incurred relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

583.8

 

915.3

 

1,122.0

 

Prior year losses

 

(2.9

)

(57.1

)

(116.7

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from continuing operations

 

580.9

 

858.2

 

1,005.3

 

Accretion of fair value adjustment to net loss and LAE reserves

 

 

 

5.4

 

Loss and LAE paid relating to(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year losses

 

(233.0

)

(384.2

)

(455.9

)

Prior year losses

 

(481.8

)

(564.1

)

(597.4

)

Total loss and LAE payments from continuing operations

 

(714.8

)

(948.3

)

(1,053.3

)

Total incurred loss and LAE from discontinued operations

 

56.9

 

72.0

 

116.6

 

Total loss and LAE payments from discontinued operations

 

(69.5

)

(90.5

)

(122.8

)

Net loss and LAE reserves

 

1,255.8

 

1,633.3

 

1,741.9

 

Net loss and LAE reserves reclassified to held for sale(2)

 

(64.7

)

 

 

Net loss and LAE reserves sold as part of the Personal Lines Transaction

 

 

(231.0

)

 

Net ending balance

 

1,191.1

 

1,402.3

 

1,741.9

 

Plus ending reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

 

2,167.5

 

1,893.2

 

2,192.9

 

Gross ending balance

 

$

3,358.6

 

$

3,295.5

 

$

3,934.8

 

 


(1)                                  Loss and LAE paid for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes $78.2 million of traditional personal lines loss reserves not directly written by York or MHIC ($2.5 million relating to current year losses and $75.7 million relating to prior year losses) ceded to Tower pursuant to the Personal Lines Transaction which closed in July 2010.

 

(2)                                  During the year ended December 31, 2011, $64.7 million of net loss and LAE reserves related to the AutoOne Transaction were reclassified to held for sale.

 

Loss and LAE development—2011

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, OB Holdings experienced $2.9 million of favorable loss and LAE reserve development on prior accident year loss reserves, with $29.6 million of favorable development in Specialty Insurance Operations, substantially offset by $26.7 million of adverse loss reserve development in Other Insurance Operations. The favorable loss reserve development in Specialty Insurance Operations was primarily due to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. The adverse loss reserve development in Other Insurance Operations resulted from a detailed review of run-off expenses, principally unallocated loss adjustment expenses (“ULAE”), completed during the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

With respect to the favorable loss reserve development in Specialty Insurance Operations, at December 31, 2010, management had revised its expectations downward for future loss emergence in the professional liability business, which had initially been based on market analysis when this business was initiated in 2002 and 2003. However, during the year ended December 31, 2011, losses continued to be lower than these revised expectations. As a result, management lowered its selected reserves on the earliest years which affected more recent years as total loss expectations for those years are based in part on prior years’ results. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to professional liability reserves of $11.5 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

During 2010, management began separately reviewing loss reserves for some Specialty Insurance Operations business which had been previously managed as a part of OB Holdings’ former commercial lines underwriting unit. As of December 31, 2010, the reserves for these businesses had been selected based on expected emergence which was based on the historic loss development of the former commercial lines underwriting unit. However, during 2011 the actual emerged experience for these businesses was significantly lower than the expected emergence. As a result of this favorable emergence, management has lowered the loss reserves for these businesses by $14.0 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

With respect to the $26.7 million of adverse loss reserve development in Other Insurance Operations, management completed a detailed review of loss and defense and cost containment expenses (allocated LAE or “ALAE”) and other adjusting expenses (ULAE) during the fourth quarter of 2011. The analysis considered costs, based on current non-staff expenses and staffing projections for the run-off business, as management continues efforts to segregate its claims operations between ongoing claims and run-off claims. The analysis also factored in the revised definition of run-off operations to include the non-specialty commercial lines business that was exited via the renewal rights sale beginning with January 1, 2010 effective dates.

 

In addition to the development described for the lines of business above, management also recorded a $4.1 million net decrease in reserves in other lines of business as a result of its review of loss reserves at December 31, 2011. The change in reserves for each other line of business was not individually significant.

 

Loss and LAE development—2010

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, OB Holdings experienced $57.1 million of favorable loss and LAE reserve development on prior accident year loss reserves with $28.0 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $29.1 million in Other Insurance Operations. The favorable loss reserve development was primarily due to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines. The favorable development also included a $7.5 million release of commercial catastrophe reserves associated with storms occurring in 2004 and 2005.

 

Specifically, at December 31, 2009, management had revised its expectations downward with respect to future loss emergence in the professional liability business, which had initially been based on market analysis when this business was initiated in 2002 and 2003. However, during the year ended December 31, 2010, losses continued to be significantly lower than these revised expectations. As a result, management lowered its selected reserves on the earliest years which affected more recent years as total loss expectations for those years are based in part on prior years’ results. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to professional liability reserves of $19.3 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2009, management had recorded $7.5 million of reserves for certain claims related to catastrophes from accident years 2004 and 2005 related to excess property business. During the year ended December 31, 2010, these claims were resolved for amounts below OneBeacon’s policy coverage therefore the reserves were no longer necessary. This development affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2009, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to multiple peril liability was $170.5 million, or approximately 93% of case reserves of $184.1 million for accident years 2004 through 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, case incurred loss and ALAE was $65.8 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2010, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2010, the IBNR was determined to be $86.2 million, or approximately 57% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to multiple peril liability reserves of $18.4 million, with $7.6 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $10.8 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2009, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to general liability occurrence was $107.1 million, or approximately 265% of case reserves of $40.4 million for accident years 2004 through 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, case incurred loss and ALAE was $33.1 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2010, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2010, the IBNR was determined to be $61.7 million, or approximately 164% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to general liability occurrence reserves of $12.3 million, with $1.5 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $10.8 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

In addition to the development described for the lines of business above, management also recorded a $0.4 million net increase in IBNR in other lines of business as a result of its review of loss reserves at December 31, 2010. The change in IBNR for each other line of business was not individually significant.

 

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2010, AutoOne, which is included in discontinued operations, experienced $6.0 million in adverse loss reserve development.

 

Loss and LAE development—2009

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings experienced $116.7 million of favorable loss and LAE reserve development on prior accident year loss reserves, with $84.6 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $32.1 million in Other Insurance Operations. The favorable loss reserve development was primarily related to lower than expected severity on non-catastrophe losses. The favorable non-catastrophe loss reserve development was primarily related to professional liability lines, multiple peril liability lines and other general liability lines.

 

Specifically, at December 31, 2008, management had revised its expectations downward with respect to future loss emergence in the professional liability business, which had initially been based on market analysis when this business was initiated in 2002 and 2003. However, during the year ended December 31, 2009, losses continued to be significantly lower than these revised expectations. As a result, management lowered its selected reserves on the earliest years which affected more recent years as total loss expectations for those years are based in part on prior years’ results. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to professional liability reserves of $60.0 million which affected Specialty Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2008, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to multiple peril liability was $173.9 million, or approximately 85% of case reserves of $204.9 million for 2002 and subsequent accident years. During the year ended December 31, 2009, case incurred loss and ALAE was $36.8 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2009, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2009, the IBNR was determined to be $95.4 million, or approximately 73% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to multiple peril liability reserves of $42.6 million with $12.1 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $30.5 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

At December 31, 2008, based on actuarial techniques described above, management estimated that IBNR related to general liability occurrence was $93.9 million, or approximately 275% of case reserves of $34.2 million for 2002 and subsequent accident years. During 2009, case incurred loss and ALAE was $15.6 million, which was less than expected for this line of business. As a result of the lower than expected case incurred loss and ALAE during the year ended December 31, 2009, the actuarial methods based on case incurred losses produced lower estimated ultimate losses for these accident years. As a result, at December 31, 2009, the IBNR was determined to be $61.6 million, or approximately 214% of the remaining case reserves. The impact of this revised estimate was a decrease to general liability occurrence reserves of $14.1 million with $5.2 million in Specialty Insurance Operations and $8.9 million in Other Insurance Operations.

 

In addition to the development described for the lines of business above, management also recorded changes in IBNR in other lines of business as a result of its review of loss reserves at December 31, 2009 that essentially offset. The change in IBNR for each other line of business was not individually significant.

 

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2009, AutoOne, which is included in discontinued operations, experienced $33.3 million in adverse development. At December 31, 2008, management had estimated that future payments from personal injury protection (“PIP”) litigation from OB Holdings’ AutoOne business would be approximately $7.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the legal expenses related to this litigation were higher than expected. As a result, management increased estimates of all accident years for AutoOne.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

Fair value adjustment

 

In connection with purchase accounting for the OneBeacon Acquisition, OB Holdings was required to adjust to fair value the loss and LAE reserves and the related reinsurance recoverables by $646.9 million and $346.9 million, respectively, on OB Holdings’ acquired balance sheet as of June 1, 2001. This net reduction to loss and LAE reserves of $300.0 million is being accreted through an income statement charge ratably with and over the period the claims are settled. Accordingly, OB Holdings recognized $5.4 million of such charges, recorded as accretion of fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves in the year ended December 31, 2009. As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding pre-tax unaccreted adjustment was $0.

 

The fair values of OB Holdings’ loss and LAE reserves and related reinsurance recoverables acquired on June 1, 2001 were based on the present value of their expected cash flows with consideration for the uncertainty inherent in both the timing of, and the ultimate amount of, future payments for losses and receipts of amounts recoverable from reinsurers. In estimating fair value, management adjusted the nominal loss reserves of OB Holdings (net of the effects of reinsurance obtained from the NICO Cover, as defined below, and the GRC Cover, as defined in Note 4) and discounted them to their present value using an applicable risk-free discount rate. The series of future cash flows related to such loss payments and reinsurance recoveries were developed using OB Holdings’ historical loss data. The resulting discount was reduced by the “price” for bearing the uncertainty inherent in OB Holdings’ net loss reserves in order to estimate fair value. This was approximately 11% of the present value of the expected underlying cash flows of the loss reserves and reinsurance recoverables of OB Holdings, which is believed to be reflective of the cost OB Holdings would incur if it had attempted to reinsure the full amount of its net loss and LAE reserves with a third-party reinsurer.

 

Asbestos and environmental loss and LAE reserve activity

 

OB Holdings’ reserves include provisions made for claims that assert damages from asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) related exposures. Asbestos claims relate primarily to injuries asserted by those who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs obligations, particularly as mandated by Federal and state environmental protection agencies. In addition to the factors described above regarding the reserving process, OB Holdings estimates its A&E reserves based upon, among other factors, facts surrounding reported cases and exposures to claims, such as policy limits and deductibles, current law, past and projected claim activity and past settlement values for similar claims, as well as analysis of industry studies and events, such as recent settlements and asbestos-related bankruptcies. The cost of administering A&E claims, which is an important factor in estimating loss reserves, tends to be higher than in the case of non-A&E claims due to the higher legal costs typically associated with A&E claims.

 

In connection with the OneBeacon Acquisition, Aviva caused OneBeacon to purchase a reinsurance contract with National Indemnity Company (“NICO”) under which OB Holdings is entitled to recover from NICO up to $2.5 billion in the future for asbestos claims arising from business written by OB Holdings in 1992 and prior, environmental claims arising from business written by OB Holdings in 1987 and prior, and certain other exposures (the “NICO Cover”). Under the terms of the NICO Cover, NICO receives the economic benefit of reinsurance recoverables from certain of OB Holdings’ third-party reinsurers in existence at the time the NICO Cover was executed (“Third-Party Recoverables”). As a result, the Third-Party Recoverables serve to protect the $2.5 billion limit of NICO coverage for the benefit of OB Holdings. Any amounts uncollectible from third-party reinsurers due to dispute or the reinsurers’ financial inability to pay are covered by NICO under its agreement with OB Holdings. Third-Party Recoverables are typically for the amount of loss in excess of a stated level each year. Of claim payments in the past 11 years, approximately 47% of A&E losses have been recovered under the historical third-party reinsurance.

 

In September 2011, OB Holdings completed a study of its legacy A&E exposures based on experience through 2010. The previous study was based on experience through 2007. Reasonable estimates of potential adverse scenarios continue to be within the $2.5 billion reinsurance cover issued by NICO. Based on the results of the study, OB Holdings increased the point estimate of incurred losses ceded to NICO from $2.2 billion to $2.3 billion, an increase of $121.9 million, net of underlying reinsurance. Due to the NICO Cover, there was no impact to income or equity from the change in estimate.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

As noted above, OB Holdings estimates that on an incurred basis it has used approximately $2.3 billion of the coverage provided by NICO at December 31, 2011. Since entering into the NICO Cover, approximately 8% of the $2.3 billion of utilized coverage relates to uncollectible Third-Party Recoverables and settlements on Third-Party Recoverables through December 31, 2011. Net losses paid totaled approximately $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2011. Asbestos payments during the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect payments resulting from intensified efforts by claimants to resolve asbestos claims prior to enactment of potential federal asbestos legislation. To the extent that actual experience differs from OB Holdings’ estimate of ultimate A&E losses and Third-Party Recoverables, future losses could exceed the $198.3 million of protection remaining under the NICO Cover at December 31, 2011.

 

OB Holdings’ reserves for A&E losses at December 31, 2011 represent management’s best estimate of its ultimate liability based on information currently available. However, significant uncertainties, including but not limited to case law developments, medical and clean up cost increases and industry settlement practices, limit OB Holdings’ ability to accurately estimate ultimate liability and OB Holdings may be subject to A&E losses beyond currently estimated amounts. In addition, OB Holdings remains liable for risks reinsured in the event that a reinsurer does not honor its obligations under reinsurance contracts. OB Holdings cannot reasonably estimate at the present time loss reserve additions arising from any such future adverse loss reserve developments and cannot be sure that allocated loss reserves, plus the remaining capacity under the NICO Cover and other reinsurance contracts, will be sufficient to cover additional liability arising from any such adverse loss reserve developments.

 

The following tables summarize reported A&E loss and LAE reserve activities (gross and net of reinsurance) for OneBeacon for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

Gross

 

Pre-
NICO
Net(1)

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Pre-
NICO
Net(1)

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Pre-
NICO
Net(1)

 

Net

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Asbestos:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

904.0

 

$

647.3

 

$

6.4

 

$

985.6

 

$

688.8

 

$

6.5

 

$

1,098.4

 

$

741.5

 

$

6.5

 

Incurred loss and LAE

 

256.8

 

32.2

 

(4.0

)

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

Paid loss and LAE

 

(86.5

)

1.7

 

(0.2

)

(81.6

)

(41.5

)

(0.1

)

(113.8

)

(52.7

)

 

Ending balance

 

$

1,074.3

 

$

681.2

 

$

2.2

 

$

904.0

 

$

647.3

 

$

6.4

 

$

985.6

 

$

688.8

 

$

6.5

 

Environmental:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

119.0

 

$

93.8

 

$

9.2

 

$

350.7

 

$

218.6

 

$

7.6

 

$

470.3

 

$

261.2

 

$

5.5

 

Incurred loss and LAE

 

231.8

 

62.2

 

10.0

 

6.2

 

6.0

 

6.0

 

4.9

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

Paid loss and LAE

 

(71.0

)

(4.4

)

(10.2

)

(237.9

)

(130.8

)

(4.4

)

(124.5

)

(47.6

)

(2.9

)

Ending balance

 

$

279.8

 

$

151.6

 

$

9.0

 

$

119.0

 

$

93.8

 

$

9.2

 

$

350.7

 

$

218.6

 

$

7.6

 

Total asbestos and environmental:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1,023.0

 

$

741.1

 

$

15.6

 

$

1,336.3

 

$

907.4

 

$

14.1

 

$

1,568.7

 

$

1,002.7

 

$

12.0

 

Incurred loss and LAE

 

488.6

 

94.4

 

6.0

 

6.2

 

6.0

 

6.0

 

5.9

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

Paid loss and LAE

 

(157.5

)

(2.7

)

(10.4

)

(319.5

)

(172.3

)

(4.5

)

(238.3

)

(100.3

)

(2.9

)

Ending balance

 

$

1,354.1

 

$

832.8

 

$

11.2

 

$

1,023.0

 

$

741.1

 

$

15.6

 

$

1,336.3

 

$

907.4

 

$

14.1

 

 


(1)                                  Represents A&E reserve activity, net of third-party reinsurance, but prior to the NICO Cover.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 4. Reinsurance

 

In the normal course of business, OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries seek to limit losses that may arise from catastrophes or other events by reinsuring with third-party reinsurers. OB Holdings remains liable for risks reinsured even if the reinsurer does not honor its obligations under reinsurance contracts. The effects of reinsurance on OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries’ written and earned premiums and on loss and LAE were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Written premiums:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct(1)(2)(3)

 

$

1,077.6

 

$

1,501.5

 

$

1,972.4

 

Assumed(2)

 

48.2

 

57.7

 

58.6

 

Ceded(1)(2)(3)

 

(62.9

)

(400.2

)

(213.2

)

Net written premiums

 

$

1,062.9

 

$

1,159.0

 

$

1,817.8

 

Earned premiums:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

1,138.5

 

$

1,648.7

 

$

2,021.7

 

Assumed

 

43.1

 

64.2

 

66.8

 

Ceded

 

(166.1

)

(309.0

)

(229.7

)

Net earned premiums

 

$

1,015.5

 

$

1,403.9

 

$

1,858.8

 

Loss and LAE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

1,151.1

 

$

877.1

 

$

1,020.7

 

Assumed

 

36.1

 

138.4

 

40.8

 

Ceded

 

(606.3

)

(157.3

)

(56.2

)

Net loss and LAE

 

$

580.9

 

$

858.2

 

$

1,005.3

 

 


(1)                                  Includes non-specialty commercial lines policies written on a direct basis and then ceded 100% to The Hanover, beginning with January 1, 2010 effective dates, as part of the Commercial Lines Transaction, as described below.

 

(2)                                  Includes traditional personal lines policies not directly written by York and MHIC, which were ceded to Tower as part of the Personal Lines Transaction which closed on July 1, 2010, as described below. Also includes policies assumed for certain specialty lines business written directly by York as part of the Personal Lines Transaction.

 

(3)                                  Includes policies written under a quota share agreement with a group of reinsurers to cede 30% of written premiums from OneBeacon’s Northeast homeowners business in 2009 and 2010, as described below.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings ceded written premiums of $0.6 million and $262.2 million, respectively, earned premiums of $96.6 million and $165.0 million, respectively, and loss and LAE of $62.3 million and $86.5 million, respectively, pursuant to the Commercial Lines Transaction.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings ceded written premiums of $(1.9) million and $9.2 million, respectively, earned premiums of $3.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, and loss and LAE of $1.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively, pursuant to the Personal Lines Transaction. OB Holdings also assumed written premiums of $0 and $0.5 million, respectively, earned premiums of $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and loss and LAE of $4.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 pursuant to the Personal Lines Transaction.

 

In the normal course of its business, OB Holdings purchases reinsurance from high-quality, highly rated, third-party reinsurers in order to minimize loss from large losses or catastrophic events.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

The timing and size of catastrophe losses are unpredictable and the level of losses experienced in any year could be material to OB Holdings’ operating results and financial position. Examples of catastrophes include losses caused by earthquakes, wildfires, hurricanes and other types of storms and terrorist acts. The extent of losses caused by catastrophes is a function of the amount and type of insured exposure in an area affected by the event as well as the severity of the event. OB Holdings continually assesses and implements programs to manage its exposure to catastrophe losses through individual risk selection and by limiting its concentration of insurance written in catastrophe-prone areas, such as coastal regions. In addition, OB Holdings imposes wind deductibles on existing coastal windstorm exposures. OB Holdings uses probable maximum loss (“PML”) forecasting to quantify its exposure to catastrophic losses. PML is a statistical modeling technique that measures a company’s catastrophic exposure as the maximum probable loss in a given time period.

 

OB Holdings seeks to further reduce its potential loss from catastrophe exposures through the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance. Effective May 1, 2011, OB Holdings renewed its property catastrophe reinsurance program through April 30, 2012. The program provides coverage for OB Holdings’ property business as well as certain acts of terrorism. Under the program, the first $50.0 million of losses resulting from any single catastrophe are retained and the next $175.0 million of losses resulting from the catastrophe are reinsured in three layers, although OB Holdings retains a co-participation of 26% of losses from $50.0 million to $100.0 million and 10% of losses from $100.0 million to $175.0 million. Losses from $175.0 million to $225.0 million are fully reinsured. Any loss above $225.0 million would be retained in full. In the event of a catastrophe, OB Holdings’ property catastrophe reinsurance program is reinstated for the remainder of the original contract term by paying a reinstatement premium that is based on the percentage of coverage reinstated and the original property catastrophe coverage premium.

 

OB Holdings had entered into a 30% quota share agreement with a group of reinsurers that ran from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, and had renewed the agreement effective January 1, 2010. Through June 30, 2010, OB Holdings ceded $25.6 million of written premiums from its Northeast homeowners business written through OBIC and its subsidiary companies, along with Adirondack Insurance and NJSIA in New York and New Jersey, respectively. Effective July 1, 2010, the closing date of the Personal Lines Transaction, the agreement was amended to remove OB Holdings as a signatory. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings ceded $59.9 million of written premiums under this quota share agreement.

 

OB Holdings’ property catastrophe reinsurance program does not cover property losses resulting from any nuclear events or biological, chemical or radiological terrorist attacks or losses resulting from acts of terrorism as defined under the Terrorism Act, as amended, committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest, as well as domestic acts of terrorism.

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, OB Holdings has sought to mitigate the risk associated with any future terrorist attacks by limiting the aggregate insured value of policies in geographic areas with exposure to losses from terrorist attacks. This is accomplished by either limiting the total insured values exposed, or, where applicable, through the use of terrorism exclusions.

 

In December 2007, the United States government extended the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act (the “Terrorism Act”) until December 31, 2014. The Terrorism Act, originally enacted in 2002, established a federal “backstop” for commercial property and casualty losses, including workers compensation, resulting from acts of terrorism by or on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest. As extended, the law now also covers domestic acts of terrorism. The law limits the industry’s aggregate liability by requiring the federal government to share 85% of certified losses once a company meets a specific retention or deductible as determined by its prior year’s direct written premiums and limits the aggregate liability to be paid by the government and industry without further action by Congress at $100 billion. In exchange for this “back-stop,” primary insurers are required to make coverage available to commercial insureds for losses from acts of terrorism as specified in the Terrorism Act. The following types of coverage are excluded from the program: commercial automobile, burglary and theft, surety, farmowners multi-peril and all professional liability coverage except directors and officers coverage.

 

OB Holdings estimates its individual retention level for commercial policies subject to the Terrorism Act to be approximately $100 million in 2012. The federal government will pay 85% of covered terrorism losses that exceed OB Holdings’ or the industry’s retention levels in 2012, up to a total of $100 billion.

 

OB Holdings also purchases property-per-risk reinsurance coverage to reduce large loss volatility. The property-per-risk reinsurance program reinsures losses in excess of $10.0 million up to $100.0 million. Individual risk facultative reinsurance may be purchased above $100.0 million where OB Holdings deems it appropriate. The property-per-risk treaty also provides one limit of reinsurance protection for losses in excess of $10.0 million up to $100.0 million on an individual risk basis for acts of foreign terrorism. However, any nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological terrorist attacks are not covered.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

OB Holdings also maintains a casualty reinsurance program that provides protection for individual policies involving workers compensation, general liability, automobile liability, professional liability or umbrella liability in excess of $5.0 million up to $21.0 million ($20.0 million for healthcare professional liability). Casualty losses involving more than one insured are covered by a dedicated treaty up to $40.0 million in excess of a $10.0 million retention.

 

In connection with the OneBeacon Acquisition, Aviva caused OneBeacon to purchase two reinsurance contracts from subsidiaries of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.: the NICO Cover, a reinsurance contract from NICO for up to $2.5 billion in old A&E claims and certain other exposures and an adverse loss reserve development cover from General Reinsurance Corporation (“GRC”) for up to $570.0 million, comprised of $400.0 million of adverse loss reserve development occurring in years 2000 and prior (the “GRC Cover”) in addition to $170.0 million of reserves ceded as of the date of the OneBeacon Acquisition. The NICO Cover and GRC Cover, which were contingent on and occurred contemporaneously with the OneBeacon Acquisition, were put in place in lieu of a seller guarantee of loss and LAE reserves and are therefore accounted for under GAAP as a seller guarantee.

 

Pursuant to the GRC Cover, OB Holdings is not entitled to recover losses to the full contract limit if such losses are reimbursed by GRC more quickly than anticipated at the time the contract was signed. OB Holdings intends to seek reimbursement from GRC only for claims which result in payment patterns similar to those supporting its recoverables recorded pursuant to the GRC Cover. The economic cost of not submitting certain other eligible claims to GRC is primarily the investment spread between the rate credited by GRC and the rate achieved by OB Holdings on its own investments. This cost, if any, is expected to be nominal. As of December 31, 2011, OneBeacon has ceded estimated incurred losses of $562.0 million to GRC under the GRC Cover. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings collected $73.5 million and $61.3 million, respectively, under the GRC Cover.

 

At December 31, 2011, OB Holdings had $16.5 million of reinsurance recoverables on paid losses and $2,330.8 million (gross of $163.3 million in purchase accounting adjustments, as described in Note 3) that will become recoverable if claims are paid in accordance with current reserve estimates. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve OB Holdings of its obligations. Therefore, collectibility of balances due from reinsurers is critical to OB Holdings’ financial strength. The following table provides a listing of OB Holdings’ top reinsurers for its insurance operations, excluding industry pools and associations and affiliates of OB Holdings, based upon recoverable amounts, the percentage of total reinsurance recoverables and the reinsurer’s A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“A.M. Best”) ratings.

 

($ in millions)

 

Balance at
December 31, 2011

 

% of total

 

A.M. Best
Rating(1)

 

National Indemnity Company and General Reinsurance Corporation(2)

 

$

1,540.6

 

66

%

A++

 

Hanover Insurance Company

 

90.9

 

4

%

A

 

Tokio Marine and Nichido Fire(3)

 

57.1

 

2

%

A++

 

Tower Insurance Company

 

35.1

 

1

%

A-

 

Munich Reinsurance America

 

26.4

 

1

%

A+

 

 


(1)                                  A.M. Best ratings as detailed above are: “A++” (Superior, which is the highest of fifteen financial strength ratings), “A+” (Superior, which is the second highest of fifteen financial strength ratings), “A” (Excellent, which is the third highest of fifteen financial strength ratings) and “A-” (Excellent, which is the fourth highest of fifteen financial strength ratings).

 

(2)                                 Includes $198.3 million of Third-Party Recoverables, which NICO would pay under the terms of the NICO Cover if they are unable to collect from third-party reinsurers.

 

(3)                                  Includes $30.5 million of reinsurance recoverables from various reinsurers that are guaranteed by Tokio Marine and Nichido Fire under the terms of a 100% quota share reinsurance agreement between Houston General Insurance Company and Tokio Marine and Nichido Fire.

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 5.  Investment Securities

 

OB Holdings’ net investment income is comprised primarily of interest income associated with OB Holdings’ fixed maturity investments, dividend income from its equity investments and interest income from its short-term investments. Net investment income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Investment income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

65.7

 

$

94.3

 

$

124.2

 

Short-term investments

 

0.1

 

0.6

 

2.1

 

Common equity securities

 

5.0

 

4.2

 

1.9

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

3.3

 

5.2

 

6.7

 

Other investments

 

(0.3

)

0.8

 

1.2

 

Gross investment income

 

73.8

 

105.1

 

136.1

 

Less investment expenses

 

(6.5

)

(8.8

)

(10.8

)

Net investment income, pre-tax

 

$

67.3

 

$

96.3

 

$

125.3

 

 

The composition of net realized investment gains (losses), a component of net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses), consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

35.7

 

$

57.8

 

$

(6.8

)

Short-term investments

 

 

 

0.2

 

Common equity securities

 

16.5

 

4.2

 

(31.5

)

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

(0.2

)

16.2

 

12.3

 

Other investments

 

8.4

 

5.3

 

5.3

 

Net realized investment gains (losses), pre-tax

 

60.4

 

83.5

 

(20.5

)

Income taxes

 

(21.1

)

(29.2

)

7.2

 

Net realized investment gains (losses), after tax

 

$

39.3

 

$

54.3

 

$

(13.3

)

 

OB Holdings recognized gross realized investment gains of $80.1 million, $102.6 million and $85.4 million and gross realized investment losses of $19.7 million, $19.1 million and $105.9 million on sales and other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings reported $22.7 million and $14.1 million, respectively, in accounts payable on unsettled investment purchases and $0.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively, in accounts receivable on unsettled investment sales.

 

The net changes in fair value for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Changes in net
unrealized gains
and losses (1)

 

Changes in net
foreign currency
translation gains
and losses (1)

 

Total net changes
in fair value
reflected in
revenues (1)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

(22.1

)

$

(0.1

)

$

(22.2

)

Short-term investments

 

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

Common equity securities

 

(23.9

)

(0.1

)

(24.0

)

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

(8.7

)

 

(8.7

)

Other investments

 

3.1

 

 

3.1

 

Total

 

$

(51.6

)

$

(0.1

)

$

(51.7

)

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Changes in net
unrealized gains
and losses (1)

 

Changes in net
foreign currency
translation gains
and losses (1)

 

Total net changes
in fair value
reflected in
revenues (1)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

(40.3

)

$

(1.5

)

$

(41.8

)

Short-term investments

 

 

(0.9

)

(0.9

)

Common equity securities

 

36.6

 

0.1

 

36.7

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

(4.7

)

 

(4.7

)

Other investments

 

4.0

 

 

4.0

 

Total

 

$

(4.4

)

$

(2.3

)

$

(6.7

)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Changes in net
unrealized gains
and losses (1)

 

Changes in net
foreign currency
translation gains
and losses (1)

 

Total net changes
in fair value
reflected in
revenues (1)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

185.7

 

$

20.0

 

$

205.7

 

Short-term investments

 

(0.2

)

1.5

 

1.3

 

Common equity securities

 

19.1

 

0.1

 

19.2

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

30.3

 

 

30.3

 

Other investments (2)

 

12.6

 

 

12.6

 

Total

 

$

247.5

 

$

21.6

 

$

269.1

 

 


(1)                                  Includes changes in net deferred gains and losses on sales of investments between OB Holdings and entities under White Mountains’ common control of $(5.2) million, $(4.1) million and $0.4 million, pre-tax, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Changes in net deferred gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes $(0.2) million related to net deferred foreign currency gains and losses.

 

(2)                                  Includes net unrealized gains related to OB Holdings’ securities lending program of $7.0 million, pre-tax, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

The components of OB Holdings’ ending net unrealized investment gains and losses, excluding the impact of net unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses, on its trading investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealized investment gains

 

$

118.0

 

$

161.0

 

Gross unrealized investment losses

 

(21.2

)

(17.8

)

Net unrealized gains from investment securities

 

96.8

 

143.2

 

Income taxes

 

(33.9

)

(50.1

)

Total net unrealized investment gains, after tax

 

$

62.9

 

$

93.1

 

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

The cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized investment gains and losses, net foreign currency losses and carrying values of OB Holdings’ fixed maturity investments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2011(1)

 

 

 

Cost or
amortized cost

 

Gross unrealized
gains

 

Gross unrealized
losses

 

Net foreign
currency
losses

 

Carrying
value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

$

213.6

 

$

1.8

 

$

 

$

 

$

215.4

 

Debt securities issued by industrial corporations

 

654.8

 

32.7

 

(1.9

)

(0.1

)

685.5

 

Municipal obligations

 

2.2

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Asset-backed securities

 

862.1

 

9.8

 

(0.8

)

 

871.1

 

Foreign government obligations

 

7.7

 

0.5

 

(0.1

)

 

8.1

 

Preferred stocks

 

78.3

 

3.2

 

(6.2

)

 

75.3

 

Total fixed maturity investments

 

$

1,818.7

 

$

48.0

 

$

(9.0

)

$

(0.1

)

$

1,857.6

 

 


(1)                                  Carrying value includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Cost or
amortized cost

 

Gross unrealized
gains

 

Gross unrealized
losses

 

Net foreign
currency
gains

 

Carrying
value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

$

241.7

 

$

9.0

 

$

 

$

 

$

250.7

 

Debt securities issued by industrial corporations

 

825.6

 

44.7

 

(5.4

)

 

864.9

 

Municipal obligations

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Asset-backed securities

 

1,027.6

 

9.1

 

(7.7

)

 

1,029.0

 

Foreign government obligations

 

9.7

 

0.6

 

 

 

10.3

 

Preferred stocks

 

77.5

 

5.9

 

 

 

83.4

 

Total fixed maturity investments

 

$

2,184.2

 

$

69.3

 

$

(13.1

)

$

 

$

2,240.4

 

 

The cost or amortized cost and carrying value of OB Holdings’ fixed maturity investments and convertible fixed maturity investments at December 31, 2011 is presented below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

December 31, 2011(1)

 

 

 

Cost or
amortized cost

 

Carrying value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

107.2

 

$

108.9

 

Due after one year through five years

 

676.8

 

700.2

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

147.4

 

157.2

 

Due after ten years

 

16.1

 

17.4

 

Asset-backed securities

 

862.1

 

871.1

 

Preferred stocks

 

78.3

 

75.3

 

Total

 

$

1,887.9

 

$

1,930.1

 

 


(1)                                  Carrying value includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

The cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized investment gains and losses, net foreign currency gains and carrying values of OB Holdings’ common equity securities, convertible fixed maturity investments and other investments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Cost or
amortized
cost

 

Gross
unrealized
gains

 

Gross
unrealized
losses

 

Net foreign
currency
gains

 

Carrying
value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Common equity securities

 

$

219.5

 

$

28.1

 

$

(4.1

)

$

 

$

243.5

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

69.2

 

4.1

 

(0.8

)

 

72.5

 

Other investments

 

124.6

 

37.8

 

(7.3

)

 

155.1

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Cost or
amortized
cost

 

Gross
unrealized
gains

 

Gross
unrealized
losses

 

Net foreign
currency
gains

 

Carrying
value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Common equity securities

 

$

237.2

 

$

48.4

 

$

(0.4

)

$

0.1

 

$

285.3

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

82.2

 

11.6

 

 

 

93.8

 

Other investments

 

144.0

 

31.7

 

(4.3

)

 

171.4

 

 

Sales and maturities of investments, excluding short-term investments and other investments, totaled $1,650.4 million, $2,518.7 million and $1,622.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no non-cash exchanges or involuntary sales of investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

OB Holdings’ consolidated insurance operations are required to maintain deposits with certain insurance regulatory agencies in order to maintain their insurance licenses. The fair value of such deposits totaled $182.7 million and $222.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, investments of $62.0 million and $33.5 million, respectively, were held in trusts required to be maintained in relation to various reinsurance agreements. Trust balances as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 include $20.8 million and $29.0 million, respectively, related to investments held in a trust established in conjunction with the Personal Lines Transaction. As of December 31, 2011, the trust balance also includes $34.3 million related to investments held in a trust established in conjunction with White Mountains’ sale of Esurance Holdings, Inc. (“Esurance Holdings”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Esurance Insurance”). See Note 15.

 

Fair value measurements

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 92% and 90%, respectively, of the investment portfolio recorded at fair value was priced based upon observable inputs.

 

The fair values of OB Holdings’ investments in hedge funds and private equity funds have been classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy since the fund managers do not provide sufficient information to independently evaluate the pricing inputs and methods for each underlying investment, and therefore the inputs are considered to be unobservable. At December 31, 2011 and 2010,  OB Holdings did not record a liquidity adjustment to the net asset value related to its investments in hedge funds or private equity funds.

 

As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, other investments reported at fair value represented approximately 5% of the investment portfolio recorded at fair value. Other investments accounted for at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were comprised of $53.5 million and $63.4 million, respectively, in hedge funds, $65.7 million and $72.7 million, respectively, in private equity funds and $14.1 million for both periods of an investment in a community reinvestment vehicle. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings held investments in 9 and 10 hedge funds, respectively, and 14 and 15 private equity funds, respectively. The largest investment in a single fund was $13.7 million and $24.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, other investments also included $21.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively, of an investment in a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund which is accounted for using the equity method.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

The fair value measurements at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and their related inputs are as follows:

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2011(2)

 

Level 1 Inputs

 

Level 2 Inputs

 

Level 3 Inputs

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

$

215.4

 

$

215.4

 

$

 

$

 

Debt securities issued by corporations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

261.9

 

 

261.9

 

 

Industrial

 

126.0

 

 

126.0

 

 

Financial

 

56.4

 

 

56.4

 

 

Communications

 

46.1

 

 

46.1

 

 

Energy

 

60.5

 

 

60.5

 

 

Basic materials

 

77.9

 

 

77.9

 

 

Utilities

 

42.0

 

 

42.0

 

 

Technology

 

14.7

 

 

14.7

 

 

Debt securities issued by corporations

 

685.5

 

 

685.5

 

 

Municipal obligations

 

2.2

 

 

2.2

 

 

Asset-backed securities

 

871.1

 

 

868.8

 

2.3

 

Foreign government obligations

 

8.1

 

7.4

 

0.7

 

 

Preferred stocks

 

75.3

 

 

11.5

 

63.8

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

1,857.6

 

222.8

 

1,568.7

 

66.1

 

Short-term investments

 

291.8

 

291.8

 

 

 

Common equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

65.8

 

65.0

 

 

0.8

 

Basic Materials

 

50.5

 

50.5

 

 

 

Consumer

 

64.3

 

64.2

 

0.1

 

 

Energy

 

29.3

 

29.3

 

 

 

Utilities

 

16.3

 

16.3

 

 

 

Other

 

17.3

 

17.3

 

 

 

Common equity securities

 

243.5

 

242.6

 

0.1

 

0.8

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

72.5

 

 

72.5

 

 

Other investments(1)

 

133.3

 

 

 

133.3

 

Total(1)

 

$

2,598.7

 

$

757.2

 

$

1,641.3

 

$

200.2

 

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2010

 

Level 1 Inputs

 

Level 2 Inputs

 

Level 3 Inputs

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

$

250.7

 

$

250.7

 

$

 

$

 

Debt securities issued by corporations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

282.6

 

 

282.6

 

 

Industrial

 

212.7

 

 

212.7

 

 

Financial

 

85.7

 

 

85.7

 

 

Communications

 

70.9

 

 

70.9

 

 

Energy

 

60.7

 

 

60.7

 

 

Basic materials

 

76.8

 

 

76.8

 

 

Utilities

 

61.0

 

 

61.0

 

 

Technology

 

14.5

 

 

14.5

 

 

Debt securities issued by corporations

 

864.9

 

 

864.9

 

 

Municipal obligations

 

2.1

 

 

2.1

 

 

Asset-backed securities

 

1,029.0

 

 

1,001.3

 

27.7

 

Foreign government obligations

 

10.3

 

9.6

 

0.7

 

 

Preferred stocks

 

83.4

 

 

12.0

 

71.4

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

2,240.4

 

260.3

 

1,881.0

 

99.1

 

Short-term investments

 

166.8

 

166.8

 

 

 

Common equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

104.1

 

66.7

 

 

37.4

 

Basic Materials

 

57.0

 

57.0

 

 

 

Consumer

 

50.0

 

49.9

 

0.1

 

 

Energy

 

36.0

 

33.7

 

 

2.3

 

Utilities

 

22.4

 

22.4

 

 

 

Other

 

15.8

 

15.7

 

0.1

 

 

Common equity securities

 

285.3

 

245.4

 

0.2

 

39.7

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

93.8

 

 

93.8

 

 

Other investments(1)

 

150.2

 

 

 

150.2

 

Total(1)

 

$

2,936.5

 

$

672.5

 

$

1,975.0

 

$

289.0

 

 


(1)                                  Excludes the carrying value of $21.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively, associated with a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

(2)                                  Fair value includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings held one private preferred stock that represented approximately 85% and 86% respectively, of its preferred stock portfolio. OB Holdings used quoted market prices for similar securities that were adjusted to reflect management’s best estimate of fair value; this security is classified as a Level 3 measurement.

 

In addition to the investment portfolio described above, OB Holdings had $36.9 million and $41.3 million, respectively, of liabilities recorded at fair value and included in other liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. These liabilities relate to securities that have been sold short by a limited partnership that OB Holdings invests in and is required to consolidate in accordance with GAAP. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, all of the liabilities included in the $36.9 million and $41.3 million, respectively, have been classified as Level 1 measurements.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the ratings of OB Holdings’ corporate debt securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

AA

 

$

59.2

 

$

81.0

 

A

 

272.9

 

350.5

 

BBB

 

342.7

 

424.2

 

BB

 

6.1

 

8.8

 

Other

 

4.6

 

0.4

 

Debt securities issued by corporations

 

$

685.5

 

$

864.9

 

 

The changes in Level 1 fair value measurements for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Fixed
maturity
investments

 

Common
equity
securities

 

Convertible
fixed maturity
investments

 

Other
investments

 

Total(1)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

260.3

 

$

245.4

 

$

 

$

 

$

505.7

 

Amortization/accretion

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

1.4

 

Total net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

 

1.8

 

(6.4

)

 

 

(4.6

)

Purchases

 

189.7

 

70.3

 

 

 

260.0

 

Sales

 

(230.4

)

(66.7

)

 

 

(297.1

)

Transfers in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

222.8

 

$

242.6

 

$

 

$

 

$

465.4

 

 


(1)                                 Excludes short-term investments which are deemed to have a Level 1 designation.

 

The changes in Level 2 fair value measurements for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Fixed
maturity
investments

 

Common
equity
securities

 

Convertible
fixed maturity
investments

 

Other
investments

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

1,881.0

 

$

0.2

 

$

93.8

 

$

 

$

1,975.0

 

Amortization/accretion

 

(14.1

)

 

1.2

 

 

(12.9

)

Total net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

 

15.9

 

(0.1

)

(9.2

)

 

6.6

 

Purchases

 

1,409.7

 

 

28.9

 

 

1,438.6

 

Sales

 

(1,830.4

)

 

(43.6

)

 

(1,874.0

)

Transfers in

 

108.0

 

 

1.4

 

 

109.4

 

Transfers out

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

(1.4

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

1,568.7

 

$

0.1

 

$

72.5

 

$

 

$

1,641.3

 

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

The changes in Level 3 fair value measurements for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Fixed
maturity
investments

 

Common
equity
securities

 

Convertible
fixed maturity
investments

 

Other
investments(1)

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

99.1

 

$

39.7

 

$

 

$

150.2

 

$

289.0

 

Amortization/accretion

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

 

(8.2

)

(3.4

)

 

11.6

 

 

Purchases

 

83.2

 

3.7

 

 

3.8

 

90.7

 

Sales

 

 

(39.2

)

 

(32.3

)

(71.5

)

Transfers in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out

 

(108.0

)

 

 

 

(108.0

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

66.1

 

$

0.8

 

$

 

$

133.3

 

$

200.2

 

 


(1)                                 Excludes the carrying value of $21.8 million associated with a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund accounted for using the equity method.

 

“Transfers out” of Level 3 fixed maturity investments of $108.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were comprised of securities which had been previously classified as a Level 3 measurement and were recategorized as a Level 2 measurement when quoted market prices for similar securities that were considered reliable and could be validated against an alternative source became available.

 

The following table summarizes the change in net unrealized gains and losses for assets designated as Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

$

(7.5

)

$

1.3

 

$

20.8

 

Short-term investments

 

 

 

 

Common equity securities

 

 

6.3

 

4.8

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

3.1

 

4.0

 

5.5

 

Total

 

$

(4.4

)

$

11.6

 

$

31.1

 

 

Asset-backed Securities

 

OB Holdings purchases commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities to maximize its risk adjusted returns in the context of a diversified portfolio. OB Holdings’ non-agency commercial mortgage-backed portfolio (“CMBS”) is generally short tenor and structurally senior, with more than 20 points of subordination on average for fixed rate CMBS and approximately 50 points of subordination on average for floating rate CMBS as of December 31, 2011. In general, subordination represents the percentage of principal loss on the underlying collateral that would have to occur before the security incurs a loss. These collateral losses, instead, are first absorbed by other securities lower in the capital structure. OB Holdings believes this structural protection mitigates the risk of loss tied to refinancing challenges facing the commercial real estate market. As of December 31, 2011, on average approximately 2% of the underlying loans were reported as non-performing for all CMBS held by OB Holdings. OB Holdings is not an originator of residential mortgage loans and did not hold any residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) categorized as sub-prime as of December 31, 2011. OB Holdings’ investments in hedge funds and private equity funds contain negligible amounts of sub-prime mortgage-backed securities as of December 31, 2011. OB Holdings considers sub-prime mortgage-backed securities to be those that have underlying loan pools that exhibit weak credit characteristics or are issued from dedicated sub-prime shelves or dedicated second-lien shelf registrations (i.e., OB Holdings considers investments backed primarily by second-liens to be sub-prime risks regardless of credit scores or other metrics).

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

There are also mortgage backed securities that OB Holdings categorizes as “non-prime” (also called “Alt A” or “A-”) that are backed by collateral that has overall credit quality between prime and sub-prime, as determined based on OB Holdings’ review of the characteristics of their underlying mortgage loan pools, such as credit scores and financial ratios. As of December 31, 2011, OB Holdings held $2.3 million of mortgage-backed securities that were classified as non-prime. OB Holdings’ non-agency residential mortgage-backed portfolio is generally of moderate average life, fixed rate and structurally senior. OB Holdings does not own any collateralized debt obligations, including residential mortgage-backed collateralized debt obligations.

 

The following table summarizes the carrying value of OB Holdings’ asset-backed securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Fair Value

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA

 

$

588.4

 

$

588.4

 

$

 

$

657.6

 

$

636.3

 

$

21.3

 

FNMA

 

156.4

 

156.4

 

 

134.3

 

134.3

 

 

FHLMC

 

4.9

 

4.9

 

 

19.0

 

19.0

 

 

Total agency(1)

 

749.7

 

749.7

 

 

810.9

 

789.6

 

21.3

 

Non-agency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

13.7

 

11.4

 

2.3

 

6.4

 

 

6.4

 

Commercial

 

58.4

 

58.4

 

 

36.3

 

36.3

 

 

Total Non-agency

 

72.1

 

69.8

 

2.3

 

42.7

 

36.3

 

6.4

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

 

821.8

 

819.5

 

2.3

 

853.6

 

825.9

 

27.7

 

Other asset-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit card receivables

 

46.0

 

46.0

 

 

67.8

 

67.8

 

 

Vehicle receivables

 

3.3

 

3.3

 

 

107.6

 

107.6

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other asset-backed securities

 

49.3

 

49.3

 

 

175.4

 

175.4

 

 

Total asset-backed securities

 

$

871.1

 

$

868.8

 

$

2.3

 

$

1,029.0

 

$

1,001.3

 

$

27.7

 

 


(1)                                 Represents publicly traded mortgage-backed securities which carry the full faith and credit guaranty of the U.S. government (i.e., GNMA) or are guaranteed by a government sponsored entity (i.e., FNMA, FHLMC).

 

Non-agency Mortgage-backed Securities

 

The security issuance years of OB Holdings’ investments in non-agency RMBS and non-agency CMBS securities as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Security Issuance Year

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

2007

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Non-agency RMBS

 

$

13.7

 

$

2.3

 

$

 

$

8.2

 

$

3.2

 

Non-agency CMBS

 

58.4

 

4.4

 

3.9

 

 

50.1

 

Total

 

$

72.1

 

$

6.7

 

$

3.9

 

$

8.2

 

$

53.3

 

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

Non-agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities

 

The classification of the underlying collateral quality and the tranche levels of OB Holdings’ non-agency RMBS securities are as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Super Senior(1)

 

Senior(2)

 

Subordinate(3)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Prime

 

$

11.4

 

$

 

$

11.4

 

$

 

Non-prime

 

2.3

 

2.3

 

 

 

Total

 

$

13.7

 

$

2.3

 

$

11.4

 

$

 

 


(1)                                 At issuance, Super Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“Standard & Poor’s”) or Aaa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and were senior to other AAA or Aaa bonds.

 

(2)                                 At issuance, Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to non-AAA or non-Aaa bonds.

 

(3)                                 At issuance, Subordinate were not rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were junior to other bonds.

 

Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities

 

The amount of fixed and floating rate securities and their tranche levels are as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Super Senior(1)

 

Senior(2)

 

Subordinate(3)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed rate CMBS

 

$

54.0

 

$

9.9

 

$

44.1

 

$

 

Floating rate CMBS

 

4.4

 

4.4

 

 

 

Total

 

$

58.4

 

$

14.3

 

$

44.1

 

$

 

 


(1)                                 At issuance, Super Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s, Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by Fitch Ratings and were senior to other AAA or Aaa bonds.

 

(2)                                 At issuance, Senior were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to non-AAA or non-Aaa bonds.

 

(3)                                 At issuance, Subordinate were not rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or Aaa by Moody’s and were senior to other bonds.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

Other Investments

 

OB Holdings holds investments in hedge funds and private equity funds which are included in other investments. The fair value of these investments has been estimated using the net asset value of the funds. The decrease in the fair value of hedge funds and private equity funds is due to net redemptions during the period. The following table summarizes investments in hedge funds and private equity funds at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unfunded
Commitments

 

Fair
Value

 

Unfunded
Commitments

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Hedge funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long/short credit and distressed

 

$

15.1

 

$

 

$

15.1

 

$

 

Long bank loan

 

0.2

 

 

2.0

 

 

Long/short equity

 

36.1

 

 

39.8

 

 

Long/short equity activist

 

2.1

 

 

6.5

 

 

Total hedge funds

 

53.5

 

 

63.4

 

 

Private equity funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

3.3

 

0.1

 

3.5

 

0.1

 

Distressed residential real estate

 

13.7

 

 

24.6

 

 

Energy infrastructure and services

 

16.3

 

4.6

 

13.6

 

5.2

 

Healthcare

 

1.1

 

3.5

 

0.8

 

4.0

 

Multi-sector

 

19.3

 

5.2

 

19.1

 

6.3

 

Private equity secondaries

 

7.6

 

2.6

 

6.9

 

2.9

 

Real estate

 

4.4

 

0.1

 

4.2

 

0.7

 

Total private equity funds

 

65.7

 

16.1

 

72.7

 

19.2

 

Total hedge funds and private equity funds(1)

 

$

119.2

 

$

16.1

 

$

136.1

 

$

19.2

 

 


(1)                                Other investments also includes $14.1 million of an investment in a community reinvestment vehicle as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and $21.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively, of an investment in a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Redemptions of investments in certain funds are subject to restrictions including lock-up periods where no redemptions or withdrawals are allowed, restrictions on redemption frequency and advance notice periods for redemptions. Amounts requested for redemptions remain subject to market fluctuations until the redemption effective date, which generally falls at the end of the defined redemption period. The following summarizes the December 31, 2011 fair value of hedge funds subject to restrictions on redemption frequency and advance notice period requirements for investments in active hedge funds:

 

 

 

Hedge Funds—Active Funds

 

 

 

30 - 59 days
notice

 

60 - 89 days
notice

 

90 - 119 days
notice

 

120+ days
notice

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Redemption frequency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

6.5

 

$

6.5

 

Quarterly

 

25.1

 

8.0

 

11.5

 

 

44.6

 

Annual

 

 

 

2.2

 

0.2

 

2.4

 

Total

 

$

25.1

 

$

8.0

 

$

13.7

 

$

6.7

 

$

53.5

 

 

Certain of the hedge fund investments are no longer active and are in the process of disposing of their underlying investments. Distributions from such funds are remitted to investors as the fund’s underlying investments are liquidated. At December 31, 2011, $1.6 million of hedge funds were in liquidation. The actual amount of the final distribution is subject to market fluctuations. The date at which such distributions will be received is not determinable at December 31, 2011.

 

OB Holdings has also submitted redemption requests for certain of its investments in active hedge funds. At December 31, 2011, redemptions of $2.2 million were outstanding. The date at which such redemptions will be received is not determinable at December 31, 2011. Redemptions are recorded as receivables when approved by the hedge funds and when no longer subject to market fluctuations.

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

Investments in private equity funds are generally subject to “lock-up” periods during which investors may not request a redemption. Distributions prior to the expected termination date of the fund may be limited to dividends or proceeds arising from the liquidation of the fund’s underlying investment. In addition, certain private equity funds provide an option to extend the lock-up period at either the sole discretion of the fund manager or upon agreement between the fund and the investors. At December 31, 2011, investments in private equity funds were subject to lock-up periods as follows:

 

 

 

1 - 3 years

 

3 - 5 years

 

5 - 10 years

 

>10 years

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Private Equity Funds—expected lock-up period remaining

 

$

17.0

 

$

 

$

48.7

 

$

 

$

65.7

 

 

Securities Lending

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings exited its securities lending program. As of December 31, 2011, all loaned securities under the OB Holdings program had been returned except for two illiquid instruments for which OB Holdings holds $1.7 million in collateral.

 

NOTE 6.  Debt

 

OB Holdings’ debt outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Senior unsecured notes, at face value

 

$

269.9

 

$

419.9

 

Unamortized original issue discount

 

(0.2

)

(0.3

)

Senior unsecured notes, carrying value

 

$

269.7

 

$

419.6

 

 

A schedule of contractual repayments of OB Holdings’ debt as of December 31, 2011 follows:

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

 

Due in two to three years

 

269.9

 

Due in four to five years

 

 

Due after five years

 

 

Total

 

$

269.9

 

 

Senior Notes

 

In May 2003, the Company issued $700.0 million face value of senior unsecured debt through a public offering, at an issue price of 99.7% (the “Senior Notes”) and received $693.4 million of proceeds. The Senior Notes bear an annual interest rate of 5.875%, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, until maturity on May 15, 2013, and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by White Mountains pursuant to a separation agreement. See Note 15. The Company incurred $7.3 million in expenses related to the issuance of the Senior Notes (including the $4.5 million underwriting discount), which have been deferred and are being recognized into interest expense over the life of the Senior Notes. Taking into effect the amortization of the original issue discount and all underwriting and issuance expenses, the Senior Notes have an effective yield to maturity of approximately 6.0% per annum. At December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the Senior Notes.

 

On March 24, 2011, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for up to $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price of $1,045 per $1,000 principal amount. The cash tender offer, which was not subject to the tender of any minimum principal amount of Senior Notes, expired on April 20, 2011. Holders of Senior Notes who tendered on or before April 6, 2011 received an early tender payment of $30 for every $1,000 principal amount of Senior Notes validly tendered. Payment for the Senior Notes included accrued and unpaid interest up to the settlement date. The Company accepted and retired $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes for $161.6 million, which resulted in a $12.0 million pre-tax loss, including transaction fees.

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

On May 3, 2010, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for up to $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a price of $1,027.50 per $1,000 principal amount. The cash tender offer, which was not subject to the tender of any minimum principal amount of Senior Notes, expired on May 28, 2010. Holders of Senior Notes who tendered on or before May 14, 2010 received an early tender payment of $30 for every $1,000 principal amount of Senior Notes validly tendered. Payment for the Senior Notes included accrued and unpaid interest up to the settlement date. The Company accepted and retired $156.4 million aggregate principal amount, of which $155.2 million was tendered by the early tender deadline, for purchase for $165.4 million, which resulted in a $9.6 million loss, including transaction fees.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired $29.7 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $30.8 million, which resulted in a $1.2 million loss. During the year ended December 31, 2010, OBIC purchased $1.1 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $1.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company repurchased and retired $10.6 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $8.1 million, which resulted in a $2.5 million gain. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OBIC purchased $58.3 million of outstanding Senior Notes for $55.0 million, which resulted in a $2.9 million gain.

 

Mortgage Note on Real Estate Owned

 

In connection with its December 2005 purchase of land and an office building in Canton, Massachusetts, OB Holdings entered into a $40.8 million, 18-year mortgage note which had a variable interest rate based upon the lender’s 30-day LIBOR rate. Repayment of the mortgage note commenced in January 2009. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, OB Holdings repaid $0.2 million of principal in accordance with the terms of the mortgage note. On May 7, 2009, OB Holdings repaid $40.6 million, representing the outstanding principal on the mortgage note.

 

Concurrent with entering into the mortgage note, OB Holdings also entered into an interest rate swap to hedge its exposure to the variability in the interest rate on the mortgage note. Interest paid or received on the swap was reported in interest expense. In accordance with GAAP, OB Holdings accounted for the swap as a cash flow hedge and recorded the interest rate swap at fair value on the balance sheet in other assets or liabilities depending on the value as of the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap were reported as a component of other comprehensive income or loss. Any gains and losses on the derivatives representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness were recorded in revenues. At the time of repayment of the outstanding balance on the mortgage note, OB Holdings paid $7.4 million to settle the interest rate swap. The $7.4 million settlement amount was recorded as an expense in net other revenues on a pre-tax basis and in other comprehensive income and loss items as an increase of $4.8 million on an after tax basis ($7.4 million pre-tax). The after tax change in the fair value of the interest rate swap included in other comprehensive income and loss items was a gain of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Other Debt of Operating Subsidiaries

 

In connection with the acquisition of Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company on March 31, 2004, OB Holdings issued a $20.0 million ten-year note to the seller (the “Atlantic Specialty Note”). OB Holdings was required to repay $2.0 million of principal on the Atlantic Specialty Note each year, commencing in January 2007. The Atlantic Specialty Note accrued interest at a rate of 5.2% except that the outstanding principal amount in excess of $15.0 million accrued interest at a rate of 3.6%. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, OB Holdings repaid $2.0 million on the Atlantic Specialty Note. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, OB Holdings repaid $14.0 million on the Atlantic Specialty Note, representing the outstanding principal on the note.

 

Interest

 

Total interest expense incurred by OB Holdings for its indebtedness was $20.7 million, $29.6 million and $39.7 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Total cash interest paid by OB Holdings for its indebtedness was $20.5 million, $29.4 million and $38.9 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 7.  Income Taxes

 

OBH and its subsidiaries are domiciled in the United States. The majority of OB Holdings’ operations are taxed in the United States.

 

OBH and its subsidiaries join in the filing of a federal consolidated tax return. The consolidated parent, which is not included in these financial statements, is OBFS. For all years, the companies included within the U.S. consolidated tax return are parties to a tax sharing agreement which provides that each company pays the amount of income taxes or estimated tax or receives refunds that it would have to make or be entitled to if it filed its own separate tax return. As a result, certain companies have made payments, and received refunds from the consolidated parent that are different than amounts payable to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). In addition, OB Holdings has a separate agreement with the consolidated parent which provides that OB Holdings will be paid for their tax benefits (losses and credits) the earlier of when they would be able to utilize such benefits on a stand-alone basis or when the parent utilizes such losses on a consolidated basis.

 

The total income tax expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Current tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(6.1

)

$

(11.3

)

$

(97.2

)

State

 

(1.3

)

(1.0

)

(1.1

)

Non-U.S.

 

(0.2

)

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

Total current tax expense

 

(7.6

)

(12.4

)

(98.4

)

Deferred tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(21.0

)

(29.6

)

(74.7

)

State

 

 

 

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense

 

(21.0

)

(29.6

)

(74.7

)

Total income tax expense

 

$

(28.6

)

$

(42.0

)

$

(173.1

)

 

A reconciliation of taxes calculated using the 35% U.S. statutory rate (the tax rate at which the majority of OB Holdings’ operations are taxed) to the income tax (expense) benefit on pre-tax income from continuing operations follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Tax expense at the U.S. statutory rate

 

$

(29.0

)

$

(51.8

)

$

(180.5

)

Differences in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax reserve adjustments

 

(1.9

)

(1.6

)

2.0

 

Tax exempt interest and dividends

 

2.1

 

1.8

 

1.6

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(0.7

)

5.9

 

5.0

 

Sale of subsidiaries

 

 

4.3

 

 

Other, net

 

0.9

 

(0.6

)

(1.2

)

Total income tax expense on pre-tax income from continuing operations

 

$

(28.6

)

$

(42.0

)

$

(173.1

)

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts for tax purposes. An outline of the significant components of OB Holdings’ deferred tax assets and liabilities follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Deferred income tax assets related to:

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

 

$

75.0

 

$

75.3

 

Discounting of loss and LAE reserves

 

54.6

 

81.7

 

Unearned premiums

 

36.6

 

35.3

 

Compensation and bonus accruals

 

18.0

 

22.0

 

Investment basis differences

 

12.7

 

15.1

 

Impairment from AutoOne

 

10.4

 

 

Deferred compensation plans

 

9.5

 

10.8

 

Pension and benefit accruals

 

5.6

 

0.5

 

Accrued rent

 

4.1

 

5.0

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

1.3

 

1.4

 

Other accrued compensation

 

1.2

 

1.3

 

Involuntary pool and guaranty fund accruals

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Fixed assets

 

0.1

 

4.3

 

Other items

 

4.5

 

0.7

 

Total gross deferred income tax assets

 

233.8

 

253.6

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(6.9

)

(6.2

)

Total net deferred income tax assets

 

226.9

 

247.4

 

Deferred income tax liabilities related to:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

43.2

 

40.1

 

Net unrealized investment gains

 

33.9

 

50.1

 

Other items

 

4.8

 

5.7

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

81.9

 

95.9

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

145.0

 

$

151.5

 

 

The total net deferred tax asset relates solely to the U.S. consolidated return group.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, a valuation allowance of $6.9 million and $6.2 million, respectively, was established for the net deferred tax assets of Houston General Insurance Exchange, an insurance reciprocal, which files its own tax return.

 

OB Holdings believes that, based upon its prior earnings history, expected future earnings and capacity for carry-back of losses, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset balances (net of valuation allowance) carried at December 31, 2011 and 2010 will be realized.

 

Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2011 and the expiration dates are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

2012

 

$

 

From years 2012 to 2016

 

6.0

 

From years 2017 to 2021

 

0.4

 

From years 2022 to 2030

 

208.1

 

No expiration date

 

 

Totals

 

$

214.5

 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

 

$

75.0

 

Valuation allowance

 

(1.8

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

73.2

 

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2011, there were net operating losses of $5.4 million related to Houston General Insurance Exchange, which files its own tax return as described above. Under the tax sharing agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries have net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards that begin to expire in 2015.

 

Under ASC 740-10, recognition of the benefit of a given tax position is based upon whether or not a company determines that it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based upon the technical merits of the position. In evaluating the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, OB Holdings must presume that the tax position will be subject to examination by a taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information. If the recognition threshold is met, then the tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

Permanent
differences(1)

 

Temporary
differences(2)

 

Interest and
penalties(3)

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

January 1, 2009

 

$

6.8

 

$

8.4

 

$

1.6

 

$

16.8

 

Changes in prior year tax positions

 

5.8

 

43.9

 

2.4

 

52.1

 

Tax positions taken during the current year

 

 

12.7

 

 

12.7

 

Lapse in statute of limitations

 

(1.0

)

 

(0.2

)

(1.2

)

Settlements with tax authorities

 

(3.3

)

2.1

 

(0.6

)

(1.8

)

December 31, 2009

 

$

8.3

 

$

67.1

 

$

3.2

 

$

78.6

 

Changes in prior year tax positions

 

 

(8.6

)

1.6

 

(7.0

)

December 31, 2010

 

$

8.3

 

$

58.5

 

$

4.8

 

$

71.6

 

Changes in prior year tax positions

 

 

 

1.9

 

1.9

 

Tax positions taken during the current year

 

 

(21.0

)

 

(21.0

)

December 31, 2011

 

$

8.3

 

$

37.5

 

$

6.7

 

$

52.5

 

 


(1)                                 Represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.

 

(2)                                 Represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would create a temporary difference between the reported amount of an item in OB Holdings’ Consolidated Balance Sheet and its tax basis.

 

(3)                                 Net of tax benefit.

 

If recognized, $15.0 million (tax on permanent differences plus interest and penalties) would be recorded as a reduction to income tax expense. Also included in the balance at December 31, 2011 are $37.5 million of tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain but the timing of deductibility is uncertain. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

 

OB Holdings classifies all interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, OB Holdings recognized $1.9 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in interest expense, net of federal benefit. The balance of accrued interest at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is $6.7 million and $4.8 million, respectively, net of any tax benefit.

 

With few exceptions, OB Holdings is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. On October 14, 2009, a settlement was reached with the IRS on the 2003 and 2004 federal tax examination, which resulted in an assessment of $24.9 million of additional tax, or a total assessment of $51.7 million including interest, withholding tax and utilization of tax credits. The portion of the assessment that related to OB Holdings was $5.9 million of tax. The total assessment relating to OB Holdings, including interest, was $6.4 million. OBIG and its subsidiaries’ overall liability for tax assessments for 2003 and 2004 was limited due to the Tax Make Whole Arrangements with White Mountains, which fixed the liability for these items at the amount recorded on OBIG’s consolidated books. OBIG and its subsidiaries recorded a tax benefit in the consolidated statement of operations of $15.5 million offset by a capital distribution of $8.4 million, reflected in common shareholders’ equity, which resulted in a net increase to book value of $7.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2009 from the settlement of the 2003 and 2004 tax examination.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

In October 2008, the IRS commenced examination of OBFS’ U.S. income tax returns for 2005 and 2006. On January 5, 2011, OBFS received a revised Form 4549-A (Income Tax Discrepancy Adjustments) from the IRS relating to the examination of tax years 2005 and 2006. The estimated total assessment, including interest and utilization of alternative minimum and foreign tax credit carryovers, is $19.6 million. The total assessment relating to OB Holdings, including interest, is $20.4 million. OBFS disagrees with the adjustments proposed by the IRS and intends to defend its position. The timing of the resolution of these issues is uncertain, however, it is reasonably possible that the resolution could occur within the next twelve months. An estimate of the range of potential outcomes cannot be made at this time. When ultimately settled, OB Holdings does not expect the resolution of this examination to result in a material change to its financial position.

 

On July 28, 2011, the IRS commenced an examination of OBFS’ U.S. income tax returns for 2007, 2008 and 2009. OB Holdings does not expect a resolution of this examination to result in a material change to its financial position.

 

Net cash payments (refunds) for federal, state and non-U.S. income taxes, including tax sharing payments to related companies, totaled $23.4 million, $(3.9) million and $(1.0) million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings had net tax sharing amounts receivable of $6.1 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 8. Retirement Plans

 

OneBeacon sponsors qualified and non-qualified, non-contributory, defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees who were employed as of December 31, 2001 and former employees who had met the eligibility requirements, as well as retirees. Current plans include the OneBeacon qualified pension plan (the “Qualified Plan”) and the OneBeacon non-qualified pension plan (the “Non-qualified Plan”) (collectively the “Plans”).

 

OneBeacon’s Plans were frozen and curtailed in 2002 and, as a result, the projected benefit obligation to equal the accumulated benefit obligation. The benefits for the Plans are based primarily on years of service and employees’ compensation through December 31, 2002. Participants generally vest after five years of continuous service. OneBeacon’s funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of U.S. federal laws and regulations.

 

The following tables set forth the obligations and funded status, assumptions, plan assets and cash flows associated with the Plans at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

110.2

 

$

117.1

 

Service cost

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

Interest cost

 

5.2

 

6.0

 

Settlement gain

 

(0.6

)

(2.2

)

Special termination benefits expense

 

0.8

 

1.9

 

Assumption changes

 

7.7

 

6.6

 

Actuarial gain

 

(0.3

)

(1.5

)

Benefits and expenses paid with plan assets, net of participant contributions

 

(8.4

)

(15.9

)

Benefits paid directly by OneBeacon

 

(2.4

)

(2.6

)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

113.0

 

$

110.2

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

133.0

 

$

130.2

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

(3.8

)

18.7

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

Benefits and expenses paid, net of participant contributions

 

(8.4

)

(15.9

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

120.8

 

$

133.0

 

Funded status at end of year

 

$

7.8

 

$

22.8

 

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

The funded status of the consolidated pension plans at December 31, 2011 was $7.8 million, which represents an over-funding of $34.3 million related to the Qualified Plan and an under-funding of $26.5 million related to the Non-qualified Plan. The Non-qualified Plan, which is unfunded, does not hold any assets. OneBeacon has set aside $12.2 million in an irrevocable rabbi trust for the benefit of Non-qualified Plan participants. In accordance with GAAP, the assets held in the rabbi trust are not reflected in the funded status of the consolidated pension plans as presented.

 

Amounts recognized in the financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net balance sheet asset recorded in other assets

 

$

34.3

 

$

50.3

 

Net balance sheet liability recorded in other liabilities

 

(26.5

)

(27.5

)

Net amount recognized in the financial statements

 

$

7.8

 

$

22.8

 

 

Information for the Non-qualified Plan, which had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, was as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

26.5

 

$

27.5

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

26.5

 

$

27.5

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

 

$

 

 

Information for the Qualified Plan, which had accumulated benefit obligations less than plan assets, was as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

86.5

 

$

82.7

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

86.5

 

$

82.7

 

Fair value of plan net assets(1)

 

$

120.8

 

$

133.0

 

 


(1)                                 Includes receivables related to securities sold, interest and dividends as well as payables related to securities purchased.

 

The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on a before tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) beginning balance

 

$

0.5

 

$

(8.5

)

Increase (decrease) in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net actuarial losses recognized during the year

 

0.5

 

0.6

 

Net actuarial (losses) gains occurring during the year(1)

 

(18.2

)

8.4

 

Other adjustments

 

0.5

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income ending balance

 

$

(16.7

)

$

0.5

 

 


(1)                                 The years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 include a $17.2 million decrease and an $8.9 million increase, respectively, in the overfunded status of the Plans driven by changes in the value of investment assets in the Qualified Plan.

 

The amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a before tax basis, that has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 2011 is attributable to net losses. During the year ended December 31, 2012, OneBeacon expects $0.7 million will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Service cost

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.5

 

Interest cost

 

5.2

 

6.0

 

6.5

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(7.6

)

(7.3

)

(6.3

)

Amortization of prior service benefit

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized loss

 

0.5

 

0.6

 

1.6

 

Net periodic pension (income) cost before settlements, curtailments and special termination benefits

 

(1.1

)

0.1

 

2.3

 

Settlement loss (gain)

 

0.5

 

(0.1

)

 

Special termination benefits expense(1)

 

0.8

 

1.9

 

1.2

 

Total net periodic benefit cost

 

$

0.2

 

$

1.9

 

$

3.5

 

 


(1)                                 Special termination benefits represent additional payments made from the Qualified Plan to certain vested participants when their employment was terminated due to a reduction in force.

 

Assumptions

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Discount rate

 

4.38

%

4.94

%

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Discount rate 

 

4.94

%

5.16

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

5.75

%

5.75

%

 

OneBeacon’s discount rate assumptions used to account for the Plans reflect the rates at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. In addition to consideration of published yields for high quality long-term corporate bonds, U.S. Treasuries and insurance company annuity contract pricings, consideration was given to cash flow matching analyses.

 

OneBeacon performed an analysis of expected long-term rates of return based on the allocation of its Qualified Plan assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 to develop expected rates of return for 2011 and 2010 for each significant asset class or economic indicator. A range of returns was developed based both on forecasts and on broad-market historical benchmarks for expected return, correlation, and volatility for each asset class.

 

Plan Assets

 

The majority of the Qualified Plan’s assets are managed by Prospector Partners, LLC (“Prospector”), a related party (see Note 15). The investment policy places an emphasis on preserving invested assets through a diversified portfolio of high-quality income producing investments and equity investments.

 

The investment management process integrates the risks and returns available in the investment arena with the risks and returns available to the Qualified Plan in establishing the proper allocation of invested assets. The asset classes may include fixed maturity, equity, convertible fixed maturity investments, and cash and short-term investments. The factors examined in establishing the appropriate investment mix include the outlook for risk and return in the various investment markets and sectors, and the long-term need for capital growth.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

The Qualified Plan’s investments are stated at fair value. Many factors are considered in arriving at fair market value. In general, fixed maturity investments such as corporate bonds and government securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Shares of common and preferred stock are valued at quoted market prices when available. Convertible fixed maturity investments are valued based on quoted market prices, analysis of listed markets and use of sensitivity analyses. Registered investment companies are valued at the net asset value as reported by the fund at year-end.

 

The fair value of the Qualified Plan’s assets and their related inputs at December 31, 2011 and 2010 by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2011

 

Level 1 Inputs

 

Level 2 Inputs

 

Level 3 Inputs

 

Fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Utilities

 

$

2.4

 

$

 

$

2.4

 

$

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

2.4

 

 

2.4

 

 

Short-term investments

 

3.1

 

3.1

 

 

 

Common equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

9.5

 

9.5

 

 

 

Basic Materials

 

13.3

 

13.3

 

 

 

Consumer

 

19.4

 

19.4

 

 

 

Energy

 

8.8

 

8.8

 

 

 

Utilities

 

3.2

 

3.2

 

 

 

Other

 

18.0

 

18.0

 

 

 

Common equity securities

 

72.2

 

72.2

 

 

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

0.9

 

 

0.9

 

 

Basic Materials

 

4.7

 

 

4.7

 

 

Consumer

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

 

Energy

 

5.2

 

 

5.2

 

 

Utilities

 

1.5

 

 

1.5

 

 

Other

 

25.7

 

 

25.7

 

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

42.8

 

 

42.8

 

 

Total

 

$

120.5

 

$

75.3

 

$

45.2

 

$

 

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fair value at
December 31, 2010

 

Level 1 Inputs

 

Level 2 Inputs

 

Level 3 Inputs

 

Fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stocks

 

$

0.5

 

$

 

$

0.5

 

$

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

0.5

 

 

0.5

 

 

Short-term investments

 

2.0

 

2.0

 

 

 

Common equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

11.1

 

11.1

 

 

 

Basic Materials

 

5.9

 

5.9

 

 

 

Consumer

 

13.4

 

13.4

 

 

 

Energy

 

10.0

 

10.0

 

 

 

Utilities

 

4.6

 

4.6

 

 

 

Other

 

29.5

 

29.5

 

 

 

Common equity securities

 

74.5

 

74.5

 

 

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

1.3

 

 

1.3

 

 

Basic Materials

 

15.9

 

 

15.9

 

 

Consumer

 

4.3

 

 

4.3

 

 

Energy

 

1.3

 

 

1.3

 

 

Utilities

 

4.1

 

 

4.1

 

 

Other

 

28.8

 

 

28.8

 

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

55.7

 

 

55.7

 

 

Total

 

$

132.7

 

$

76.5

 

$

56.2

 

$

 

 

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

The Qualified Plan’s asset allocations at December 31, 2011 and 2010 by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets at
December 31,

 

Asset Category

 

2011

 

2010

 

Fixed maturity investments

 

2.0

%

0.4

%

Common equity securities

 

59.9

 

56.1

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

35.5

 

42.0

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

2.6

 

1.5

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

As described above, the Qualified Plan’s investment securities are exposed to various risks such as interest rate, market, and credit risks. Market prices of common equity securities, in general, are subject to fluctuations which would cause the amount to be realized upon sale or exercise of the instruments to differ significantly from the current reported value. The fluctuations may result from perceived changes in the underlying economic characteristics of the investee, the relative price of alternative investments, general market conditions and supply and demand imbalances for a particular security. Increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates generally translate into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity and convertible fixed maturity investments, respectively. Additionally, fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected by the creditworthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of alternative investments, the liquidity of the instrument and other general market conditions.

 

Cash Flows

 

OneBeacon does not expect to make a contribution to its Qualified Plan in 2012. OneBeacon anticipates contributing $2.4 million to the Non-qualified Plan, for which OneBeacon has assets held in a rabbi trust.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

 

Expected Benefit
Payments

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

2012

 

$

4.6

 

2013

 

5.0

 

2014

 

5.3

 

2015

 

5.7

 

2016

 

6.0

 

2017 - 2021

 

34.0

 

 

Other Benefit Plans

 

OneBeacon sponsors an employee savings plan (defined contribution plan) covering the majority of employees. The contributory plan provides qualifying employees with matching contributions of 50% of the first 6% of salary (subject to federal limits on allowable contributions in a given year). Total expense for the plan was $3.0 million, $3.8 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The employee savings plan includes an employee stock ownership component. See Note 9.

 

OneBeacon had a post-employment benefit liability of $6.7 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

NOTE 9.  Employee Share-Based Incentive Compensation Plans

 

The OneBeacon Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) provides for granting various types of share-based incentive awards including performance shares, performance units, options, share appreciation rights and restricted shares to certain key employees of OB Holdings. The Incentive Plan was adopted by OBIG’s board of directors (the “Board”) in October 2006. Prior to adoption of the Incentive Plan, share-based awards were granted under the OneBeacon Phantom WTM Share Plan. In 2007, the Board and shareholders approved the 2007 OneBeacon Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2007 Incentive Plan”). The 2007 Incentive Plan provides for all of the awards referenced above as well as restricted stock units.  Awards are granted under the 2007 Incentive Plan.

 

OB Holdings’ share-based compensation plans consist of performance shares. OB Holdings’ share-based compensation plans are designed to maximize shareholder value over long periods of time by aligning the financial interests of its management with those of its owners. Performance shares are payable only upon achievement of pre-defined business goals and are valued based on the market value of OBIG’s common shares at the time awards are earned. See “Performance Shares” below. Performance shares are typically paid in cash, though, in some instances, they may be paid in common shares of OBIG or may be deferred in accordance with the terms of OB Holdings’ deferred compensation plan. OB Holdings expenses the full cost of all its share-based compensation.

 

OB Holdings records its share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718. ASC 718 applies to new grants of share-based awards, award modifications and the remaining portion of the fair value of the unvested awards. The unvested portion of OB Holdings performance share awards, as well as new awards, are subject to the fair value measurement and recognition requirements of ASC 718.

 

Performance Shares

 

Performance shares are conditional grants of a specified maximum number of common shares or an equivalent amount of cash. In general, grants are earned, subject to the attainment of pre-specified performance goals, at the end of a three-year period or as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) and are valued based on the market value of an underlying OBIG common share at the time awards are paid (“OB Performance Shares”). Results that significantly exceed pre-specified targets can result in a performance share payout of up to 200% of granted shares whereas results significantly below target result in no payout.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

For awards granted in February 2008, the Compensation Committee defined growth in intrinsic business value per share (“GIBVPS”) to be a weighted measure comprised of growth in OBIG’s adjusted book value per share and underwriting return on equity. The targeted performance goal for full payment of the outstanding performance shares granted during the year ended December 31, 2008 is the attainment of a GIBVPS of 11%. At a GIBVPS of 4% or less, no performance shares would be earned and at a GIBVPS of 18% or more, 200% of performance shares would be earned.

 

For awards granted in February 2009, the Compensation Committee granted performance shares with a goal of growth in OBIG’s book value per share (“GBVPS”). The targeted performance goal for full payment of the outstanding performance shares granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 is the attainment of a GBVPS of 12%. At a GBVPS of 5% or less, no performance shares would be earned and at a GBVPS of 19% or more, 200% of performance shares would be earned.

 

For awards granted in February 2010, the Compensation Committee granted performance shares with a goal of GBVPS. The targeted performance goal for full payment of the outstanding performance shares granted during the year ended December 31, 2010 is the attainment of a GBVPS of 12%. At a GBVPS of 5% or less, no performance shares would be earned and at a GBVPS of 19% or more, 200% of performance shares would be earned.

 

For awards granted in February 2011, the Compensation Committee granted performance shares with a goal of GBVPS. The targeted performance goal for full payment of the outstanding performance shares granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 is the attainment of a GBVPS of 11%. At a GBVPS of 4% or less, no performance shares would be earned and at a GBVPS of 18% or more, 200% of performance shares would be earned.

 

The following summarizes performance share activity for OB Performance Shares for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

Target OB
Performance
Shares
outstanding

 

Accrued
expense

 

Target OB
Performance
Shares
outstanding

 

Accrued
expense

 

Target OB
Performance
Shares
outstanding

 

Accrued
expense

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Beginning of period

 

1,464,295

 

$

18.5

 

2,224,215

 

$

15.1

 

2,212,313

 

$

4.6

 

Payments and deferrals(1)(2)(3)(4)

 

(936,150

)

(10.5

)

(889,594

)

(4.6

)

(137,400

)

 

New awards

 

194,900

 

 

270,691

 

 

379,085

 

 

Forfeitures and net change in assumed forfeitures

 

(80,378

)

(0.5

)

(141,017

)

(2.2

)

(229,783

)

(0.5

)

Expense recognized

 

 

2.2

 

 

10.2

 

 

11.0

 

End of period

 

642,667

 

$

9.7

 

1,464,295

 

$

18.5

 

2,224,215

 

$

15.1

 

 


(1)                                 As a result of the Commercial Lines Transaction and the Personal Lines Transaction, payments were made to certain former employees of OneBeacon prior to the end of the performance cycle (2008-2010, 2009-2011 and 2010-2012 performance cycles) on a pro rata basis based upon a performance factor of 100%.

 

(2)                                 Performance share payments in 2011 for the 2008-2010 performance cycle were based upon a performance factor of 68.5%.

 

(3)                                 Performance share payments in 2010 for the 2007-2009 performance cycle were based upon a performance factor of 14.2%.

 

(4)                                 Performance share payments in 2009 for the 2007-2008 performance cycle were based upon a performance factor of 1.4%.

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

The following summarizes performance shares outstanding and accrued performance share expense at December 31, 2011 for each performance cycle:

 

 

 

Target OB
Performance
Shares
outstanding

 

Accrued
expense

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Performance cycle:

 

 

 

 

 

2009 - 2011

 

256,751

 

$

7.7

 

2010 - 2012

 

244,248

 

1.2

 

2011 – 2013

 

151,563

 

0.9

 

Sub-total

 

652,562

 

9.8

 

Assumed forfeitures

 

(9,895

)

(0.1

)

Total at December 31, 2011

 

642,667

 

$

9.7

 

 

If 100% of the outstanding performance shares had been vested on December 31, 2011, the total additional compensation cost to be recognized would have been $2.3 million, based on current accrual factors (common share price and payout assumptions) at December 31, 2011.

 

All performance shares earned and paid for the 2010-2012, 2009-2011, 2008-2010, 2007-2009 and 2007-2008 performance cycles were settled in cash or by deferral into OneBeacon’s deferred compensation plan.

 

At December 31, 2011, 256,751, 244,248 and 151,563 performance shares had been granted and remained outstanding under the Incentive Plan for the performance periods 2011-2013, 2010-2012 and 2009-2011, respectively.

 

Other Share-Based Compensation

 

OneBeacon sponsors a defined contribution plan, the OneBeacon 401(k) Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”). Under the KSOP, participants have the ability to invest their balances in several different investment options, including the common shares of White Mountains and the common shares of OBIG.

 

The employee stock ownership component of the KSOP provides all participants with an annual base contribution in common shares of OBIG equal to 3% of their salary, up to the applicable Social Security wage base (or $106,800 with respect to 2011). Additionally, those participants not otherwise eligible to receive certain other OneBeacon benefits can earn a variable contribution up to an additional 6% of their salary, capped at the annual covered compensation limits ($245,000 for 2011), contingent upon OneBeacon’s performance. The variable contribution amounts earned by eligible participants constituted approximately 2%, 1% and 4%, respectively, of salary for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. OneBeacon has recorded $6.0 million, $2.9 million and $10.7 million, respectively, in compensation expense to pay benefits and allocate common shares to participants’ accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the KSOP owned less than 3% of either of the total White Mountains common shares outstanding or the total OBIG common shares outstanding.

 

As of December 31, 2011, there were no outstanding share appreciation rights.

 

NOTE 10.  Common Shareholder’s Equity

 

Distributions

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, OBH declared and paid distributions to its immediate parent, OneBeacon U.S. Enterprises Holdings, Inc. (“OBEH”), totaling $45.0 million, all of which were paid in cash. This amount included $34.4 million of dividends and $10.6 million representing a return of capital. During the year ended December 31, 2010, OBH declared and paid distributions to OBEH totaling $535.0 million, all of which were paid in cash. This amount included $526.0 million of dividends and $9.0 million representing a return of capital. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OBH declared and paid dividends to OBEH totaling $68.1 million, all of which were paid in cash.

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings recorded the after tax change in the fair value of the interest rate swap related to the mortgage loan of $6.8 million ($3.6 million of tax expense) as a change to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  See Note 6 for further information.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, OB Holdings recorded the after tax change in its pension of $(11.2) million ($6.0 million of tax benefit), $5.8 million ($3.1 million of tax expense) and $12.1 million ($6.5 million of tax expense), respectively, as a change to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  See Note 8 for further information.

 

NOTE 11.  Statutory Capital and Surplus

 

OB Holdings’ insurance operations are subject to regulation and supervision in each of the jurisdictions where they are domiciled and licensed to conduct business. Generally, regulatory authorities have broad supervisory and administrative powers over such matters as licenses, standards of solvency, premium rates, policy forms, investments, security deposits, methods of accounting, form and content of financial statements, reserves for unpaid loss and LAE, reinsurance, minimum capital and surplus requirements, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, periodic examinations and annual and other report filings. In general, such regulation is for the protection of policyholders rather than shareholders. Most states have implemented laws that establish standards for current, as well as continued, state accreditation. In addition, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners uses risk-based capital (“RBC”) standards for property and casualty insurers as a means of monitoring certain aspects affecting the overall financial condition of insurance companies. At December 31, 2011, OB Holdings’ active insurance operating subsidiaries met their respective RBC requirements.

 

OB Holdings’ combined insurance subsidiaries’ policyholders’ surplus as reported to various regulatory authorities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. OB Holdings’ combined statutory net income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $119.6 million, $257.2 million and $210.5 million, respectively. The principal differences between OB Holdings’ combined statutory amounts and the amounts reported in accordance with GAAP include deferred acquisition costs, deferred taxes, market value adjustments for debt securities and recognition of pension plans. OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries’ statutory policyholders’ surplus at December 31, 2011 was in excess of the minimum requirements of relevant state insurance regulations.

 

Dividend Capacity

 

Under the insurance laws of the states and jurisdictions under which OB Holdings’ operating subsidiaries are domiciled, an insurer is restricted with respect to the timing or the amount of dividends it may pay without prior approval by regulatory authorities. Accordingly, there can be no assurance regarding the amount of such dividends that may be paid by such subsidiaries in the future.

 

Generally, OB Holdings’ regulated insurance operating subsidiaries have the ability to pay dividends during any twelve month period without the prior approval of regulatory authorities in an amount set by formula based on the greater of prior year statutory net income or 10% of prior year end statutory surplus, subject to the availability of unassigned funds. OB Holdings’ top tier regulated insurance operating subsidiaries have the ability to pay $103 million of dividends during 2012, subject to the availability of unassigned funds. At December 31, 2011, OB Holdings’ top tier regulated insurance operating subsidiaries had approximately $0.7 billion of unassigned funds. At December 31, 2011, OB Holdings had approximately $24 million of net unrestricted cash, short-term investments and fixed maturity investments outside of its regulated insurance operating subsidiaries.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, OB Holdings’ top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $150.0 million of extraordinary dividends to OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC (“OneBeacon LLC”). During the year ended December 31, 2010, OB Holdings’ top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $776.0 million of dividends, including $71.0 million of ordinary dividends, $535.0 million of extraordinary dividends and $170.0 million representing a return of capital to OneBeacon LLC. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OB Holdings’ top tier regulated operating subsidiaries distributed $80.0 million of ordinary dividends to OneBeacon LLC. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, OB Holdings’ unregulated operating subsidiaries paid $4.3 million, $8.3 million and $11.9 million, respectively, of dividends to their immediate parent.

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 12.  Segment Information

 

OB Holdings’ reportable segments are: (1) Specialty Insurance Operations, (2) Other Insurance Operations and (3) Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations. OB Holdings has made its segment determination based on consideration of the following criteria: (i) the nature of the business activities of each of the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates; (ii) the manner in which the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates are organized; (iii) the existence of primary managers responsible for specific subsidiaries and affiliates; and (iv) the organization of information provided to the chief operating decision makers and the Board.

 

The Specialty Insurance Operations segment is comprised of twelve underwriting units that are aggregated into three major underwriting units for financial reporting: MGA Business, Specialty Industries and Specialty Products, representing an aggregation of OneBeacon’s specialty businesses based on those that are distributed through MGAs, those that are targeted to specific industries and those that offer targeted products. Currently, OB Holdings’ specialty lines products relate to professional liability, marine, collector cars and boats, technology, property and inland marine, excess property, group accident, entertainment, sports and leisure, excess environmental, public entities, energy and tuition refund. In determining the aggregation of OB Holdings’ specialty businesses, management considered many factors, including the nature of its insurance products and services and the production processes, the types or classes of customers, methods of distribution and the regulatory environment.

 

The Other Insurance Operations segment includes the results of the non-specialty commercial lines business which was transferred to The Hanover and the traditional personal lines business which was sold in the Personal Lines Transaction, both of which are described in Note 2, other run-off business which consists of national accounts, certain specialty programs and regional agency business transferred to Liberty Mutual Insurance Group effective November 1, 2001, and certain purchase accounting adjustments relating to the OneBeacon Acquisition.

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations includes the investing and financing activities for OB Holdings on a consolidated basis, and certain other activities conducted through the Company. Invested assets are not allocated to Specialty Insurance Operations or Other Insurance Operations since OB Holdings does not manage its assets by segment. Invested assets, net investment income and net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses) related to OB Holdings’ Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance Operations segments are included in the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment since these assets are available for payment of losses and expenses for all segments. Debt and the related interest expense on debt also are not allocated to or managed by segment and are included in the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment.

 

Financial information for OB Holdings’ segments follows:

 

 

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

Other
Insurance
Operations

 

Investing,
Financing
and
Corporate
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,012.1

 

$

3.4

 

$

 

$

1,015.5

 

Loss and LAE

 

(548.4

)

(32.5

)

 

(580.9

)

Policy acquisition expenses

 

(221.0

)

2.0

 

 

(219.0

)

Other underwriting expenses

 

(162.2

)

(11.1

)

 

(173.3

)

Total underwriting income (loss)

 

80.5

 

(38.2

)

 

42.3

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

67.3

 

67.3

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

 

 

8.7

 

8.7

 

Net other revenues (expenses)

 

0.6

 

1.6

 

(12.9

)

(10.7

)

General and administrative expenses

 

(1.7

)

 

(2.3

)

(4.0

)

Interest expense on debt

 

 

 

(20.7

)

(20.7

)

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

79.4

 

$

(36.6

)

$

40.1

 

$

82.9

 

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

Other
Insurance
Operations

 

Investing,
Financing
and
Corporate
Operations

 

Total

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

979.2

 

$

424.7

 

$

 

$

1,403.9

 

Loss and LAE

 

(539.6

)

(318.6

)

 

(858.2

)

Policy acquisition expenses

 

(212.7

)

(98.9

)

 

(311.6

)

Other underwriting expenses

 

(163.6

)

(69.5

)

 

(233.1

)

Total underwriting income (loss)

 

63.3

 

(62.3

)

 

1.0

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

96.3

 

96.3

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

 

 

76.8

 

76.8

 

Net other revenues (expenses)

 

2.7

 

18.7

 

(11.5

)

9.9

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(2.3

)

(0.1

)

(4.0

)

(6.4

)

Interest expense on debt

 

 

 

(29.6

)

(29.6

)

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

63.7

 

$

(43.7

)

$

128.0

 

$

148.0

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

917.9

 

$

940.9

 

$

 

$

1,858.8

 

Loss and LAE

 

(403.0

)

(602.3

)

 

(1,005.3

)

Policy acquisition expenses

 

(204.1

)

(172.2

)

 

(376.3

)

Other underwriting expenses

 

(151.4

)

(157.1

)

 

(308.5

)

Total underwriting income

 

159.4

 

9.3

 

 

168.7

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

125.3

 

125.3

 

Net realized and unrealized investment gains

 

 

 

248.6

 

248.6

 

Net other revenues (expenses)

 

3.5

 

23.2

 

(3.6

)

23.1

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(2.6

)

 

(2.4

)

(5.0

)

Interest expense on debt

 

 

 

(39.7

)

(39.7

)

Accretion of fair value adjustment to loss and LAE reserves

 

 

(5.4

)

 

(5.4

)

Pre-tax income from continuing operations

 

$

160.3

 

$

27.1

 

$

328.2

 

$

515.6

 

 

 

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

Other
Insurance
Operations

 

Investing,
Financing
and
Corporate
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,508.7

 

$

2,508.7

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses

 

62.7

 

2,121.3

 

 

2,184.0

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

123.3

 

0.2

 

 

123.5

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

10.5

 

0.2

 

 

10.7

 

Loss and LAE reserves

 

868.6

 

2,490.0

 

 

3,358.6

 

Unearned premiums

 

525.6

 

2.4

 

 

528.0

 

Debt

 

 

 

269.7

 

269.7

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,957.7

 

$

2,957.7

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses

 

60.1

 

1,877.6

 

 

1,937.7

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

111.3

 

3.2

 

 

114.5

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

10.8

 

103.1

 

 

113.9

 

Loss and LAE reserves

 

841.5

 

2,454.0

 

 

3,295.5

 

Unearned premiums

 

475.3

 

152.2

 

 

627.5

 

Debt

 

 

 

419.6

 

419.6

 

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

The following tables provide net written premiums, earned premiums and ratios for OB Holdings’ insurance operations by segment and in total, as well as for the three major underwriting units within Specialty Insurance Operations, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

($ in millions)

 

MGA
Business

 

Specialty
Industries

 

Specialty
Products

 

 

Specialty
Insurance
Operations

 

 

Other
Insurance
Operations

 

 

Total

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

288.4

 

$

376.9

 

$

397.4

 

 

$

1,062.7

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

1,062.9

 

Earned premiums

 

276.6

 

349.3

 

386.2

 

 

1,012.1

 

 

3.4

 

 

1,015.5

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

48.0

%

51.7

%

60.8

%

 

54.2

%

 

n/m

 

 

57.2

%

Expense

 

42.4

 

38.2

 

34.3

 

 

37.9

 

 

n/m

 

 

38.6

 

Total GAAP combined

 

90.4

%

89.9

%

95.1

%

 

92.1

%

 

n/m

 

 

95.8

%

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

269.2

 

$

317.6

 

$

401.2

 

 

$

988.0

 

 

$

171.0

 

 

$

1,159.0

 

Earned premiums

 

266.0

 

302.2

 

411.0

 

 

979.2

 

 

424.7

 

 

1,403.9

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

49.8

%

54.0

%

59.2

%

 

55.1

%

 

75.0

%

 

61.1

%

Expense

 

41.4

 

41.8

 

33.9

 

 

38.4

 

 

39.7

 

 

38.8

 

Total GAAP combined

 

91.2

%

95.8

%

93.1

%

 

93.5

%

 

114.7

%

 

99.9

%

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

256.7

 

$

292.3

 

$

397.2

 

 

$

946.2

 

 

$

871.6

 

 

$

1,817.8

 

Earned premiums

 

236.9

 

$

288.5

 

392.5

 

 

917.9

 

 

940.9

 

 

1,858.8

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

49.7

%

48.0

%

37.3

%

 

43.9

%

 

64.0

%

 

54.1

%

Expense

 

42.1

 

41.5

 

34.8

 

 

38.7

 

 

35.0

 

 

36.8

 

Total GAAP combined

 

91.8

%

89.5

%

72.1

%

 

82.6

%

 

99.0

%

 

90.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                                 As Other Insurance Operations consists of business in run-off, GAAP ratios are not meaningful for the 2011 period.

 

NOTE 13.  Variable Interest Entities

 

Reciprocals

 

Reciprocals are policyholder-owned insurance carriers organized as unincorporated associations. Each policyholder insured by the reciprocal shares risk with the other policyholders. Policyholders share profits and losses in the same proportion as the amount of insurance purchased but are not subject to assessment for net losses of the reciprocal.

 

OB Holdings had capitalized three reciprocals by loaning funds to them in exchange for surplus notes. In 2002, OB Holdings formed NJSM to provide management services for a fee to NJSIA, a reciprocal, and its wholly-owned subsidiary New Jersey Skylands Insurance Company (together, “New Jersey Skylands Insurance”). New Jersey Skylands Insurance was capitalized with a $31.3 million surplus note issued to OB Holdings in 2002. OB Holdings also loaned $0.2 million to New Jersey Skylands Insurance in the form of a security deposit. In 2004, OB Holdings formed Houston General Management Company to provide management services for a fee to another reciprocal, Houston General Insurance Exchange. During 2004, OB Holdings contributed $2.0 million of capital to Houston General Insurance Exchange. In 2005, OB Holdings contributed one of its subsidiaries, Houston General Insurance Company with assets of $149.4 million and liabilities of $127.6 million, to Houston General Insurance Exchange (together “Houston General Insurance”). Subsequent to the contribution of Houston General Insurance Company, Houston General Insurance Exchange issued a surplus note of $23.7 million to OB Holdings. In 2006, AAIF, a wholly-owned subsidiary of OB Holdings, entered into an agreement to provide management services for a fee to Adirondack Insurance, a reciprocal. Adirondack Insurance was capitalized with a $70.7 million surplus note issued to OB Holdings in May 2006. Principal and interest on the surplus notes are repayable to OB Holdings only with regulatory approval. The obligation to repay principal on the notes is subordinated to all other liabilities including obligations to policyholders and claimants for benefits under insurance policies. OB Holdings has no ownership interest in the reciprocals.

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

Under the provisions of ASC 810, OB Holdings had determined that each of the reciprocals qualifies as a VIE. Further, OB Holdings had determined that it is the primary beneficiary as it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE as a result of the management services provided to the reciprocal and the funds loaned to it. Accordingly, OB Holdings consolidates Houston General Insurance and, until the completion of the Personal Lines Transaction in July 2010, consolidated New Jersey Skylands Insurance and Adirondack Insurance. As described in Note 2, the Personal Lines Transaction, which was completed in July 2010, included the sale of NJSM and AAIF and the transfer of the surplus notes issued by New Jersey Skylands Insurance Adirondack Insurance. Completion of the Personal Lines Transaction triggered deconsolidation of New Jersey Skylands Insurance and Adirondack Insurance.

 

Subsequent to the Personal Lines Transaction, Houston General Insurance remains as OB Holdings’ only reciprocal. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, consolidated amounts related to Houston General Insurance included total assets of $105.9 million and $118.0 million, respectively, and total liabilities of $126.2 million and $136.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the net amount of capital at risk is equal to the surplus note of $23.7 million less the accumulated losses of $20.3 million which includes accrued interest on the surplus note of $17.0 million which eliminates in consolidation.

 

NOTE 14.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC 825 requires disclosure of fair value information of financial instruments. For certain financial instruments where quoted market prices are not available, other independent valuation techniques and assumptions are used. Because considerable judgment is used, these estimates are not necessarily indicative of amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange. Certain financial instruments are excluded from disclosure, including insurance contracts, other than financial guarantees and investment contracts. OB Holdings carries its financial instruments on its balance sheet at fair value with the exception of its fixed-rate, long-term indebtedness.

 

The fair values of the fixed-rate, long-term indebtedness were estimated by using quoted market prices. Considerable judgment is required to develop such estimates of fair value. Therefore, the estimate provided herein is not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of OBH’s Senior Notes (its fixed-rate, long-term indebtedness) was $277.3 million and $435.1 million, respectively, which compared to a carrying value of $269.7 million and $419.6 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 15.  Related Party Disclosures

 

White Mountains

 

During the fourth quarter of 2006, White Mountains sold 27.6 million or 27.6% of OBIG’s common shares in an initial public offering. OBIG is the ultimate parent of OBH. Prior to OBIG’s initial public offering, OBH was a wholly-owned subsidiary of White Mountains. As of December 31, 2011, White Mountains owned 75.5% of OBIG’s outstanding common shares.

 

Separation Agreement

 

In connection with OBIG’s initial public offering, OBIG entered into a separation agreement dated November 14, 2006 with White Mountains (the “Separation Agreement”) to address a number of operational, administrative and financial matters relating to the fact that OBIG would no longer be a wholly-owned subsidiary of White Mountains. These matters included, among others, the administration of payroll, employee benefits programs, deferred compensation and 401(k) plans, OB Holdings’ travel and logistics office, certain information technology assets and functions and certain agreements with respect to finance and tax arrangements. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, White Mountains has agreed to indemnify OBIG and its subsidiaries, including OB Holdings, as well as their current and former officers, directors and employees to the extent permitted by law, for any and all claims or actions resulting in losses, expenses or damages relating to or arising out of the business, operation or ownership of any subsidiary company or business owned by OBIG or its subsidiaries that, subsequent to OBIG’s ownership, was a subsidiary or business of White Mountains (but no longer a subsidiary or business of OBIG).

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

Included within the Separation Agreement is a provision which indemnifies OBIG from an increase in income taxes which result from certain transactions that took place prior to OBIG’s initial public offering (“Tax Make Whole Arrangements”). This provision also states that any excess taxes and interest recorded in the contingency reserve will be payable to White Mountains if a final determination results in less cash payment to the government for taxes and interest. On December 9, 2009, OBIG made a payment of $8.4 million to White Mountains due to the final determination of the 2003 and 2004 federal income tax examination.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, OB Holdings recorded expenses of $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, and recorded revenues of $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively, for services under the Separation Agreement that OB Holdings received from or provided to White Mountains and its subsidiaries.

 

In February 2012, the Separation Agreement was amended (the “Amendment”) to allow each of White Mountains and OB Holdings to periodically determine the cost for tax purposes of certain services delivered by one party to the other from time to time which are eligible to be charged to the recipient of the services, but are not charged, under the Separation Agreement. White Mountains and/or OBFS, as the case may be, will deduct the value of the services from its annual tax returns, and will pay the other party an amount equal to the value of the annual tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2011, OBFS will deduct $0.3 million and will derive a tax benefit of $0.1 million from the deduction, resulting in a payment to White Mountains for that amount when OBFS files its 2011 federal tax return.

 

Investment Management Agreement with WM Advisors

 

Prior to OBIG’s initial public offering, White Mountains Advisors LLC (“WM Advisors”) managed the majority of OB Holdings’ investments, including the investments of the employee benefit plan portfolios. Prospector served as a discretionary advisor with respect to certain assets, specifically publicly-traded common equity and convertible securities, through a sub-advisory agreement with WM Advisors.

 

Pursuant to a Master Investment Management Agreement dated as of October 1, 2010, as amended (the “Master Investment Management Agreement”), WM Advisors supervises and directs the fixed income and other investments portions of OB Holdings’ investment portfolio in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in OB Holdings’ investment guidelines (the “Investment Guidelines”). The Master Investment Management Agreement replaced agreements dated as of November 2006 and 2007 entered into subsequent to OBIG’s initial public offering.

 

In November 2009, WM Advisors terminated the investment management agreements with respect to the management of the employee benefit plan portfolios, including two of the three proprietary funds offered in the KSOP which Prospector managed through a sub-advisory agreement which was also terminated. New investment management agreements were entered into with Prospector to manage the portfolios of the Qualified Plan and the KSOP. See “Related Party Disclosures—Prospector”.

 

Under the Master Investment Management Agreement, WM Advisors has full discretion and authority to make all investment decisions in respect of the fixed income and other investments portions of OB Holdings’ investment portfolio, and, to do anything which WM Advisors deems is required, appropriate or advisable in connection with the foregoing, subject to and in accordance with Investment Guidelines. The assets of OB Holdings’ portfolio are held in one or more separately identifiable accounts in the custody of a bank or similar entity designated by OB Holdings and acceptable to WM Advisors. The agreement is terminable by WM Advisors or OB Holdings upon 60 days prior written notice.

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

OB Holdings is responsible for custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees. OB Holdings has agreed to pay annual investment management fees generally based on the quarter-end market values held under custody as set forth in the table below:

 

Assets Under Management

 

Annual Fee

 

Investment Grade Fixed Income:

 

 

 

—Up to $1 billion

 

10.0 basis points

 

—Next $1 billion

 

8.5 basis points

 

—Next $3 billion

 

7.5 basis points

 

—Greater than $5 billion

 

2.5 basis points

 

High Yield

 

25.0 basis points

 

Equities

 

100.0 basis points

 

Hedge Funds

 

100.0 basis points

 

Private Equities & Deferreds

 

 

 

First 2 years of fund’s life (committed)

 

100.0 basis points

 

Thereafter (fair value)

 

100.0 basis points

 

Affordable housing credit funds

 

 

 

First year of fund’s life (committed)

 

100.0 basis points

 

Thereafter (fair value)

 

10.0 basis points

 

 

Prior to October 2010, the fee schedule was as follows:

 

Assets Under Management

 

Annual Fee

 

Investment Grade Fixed Income:

 

 

 

—Up to $999 million

 

10.0 basis points (0.1% or 0.001

)

—Next $1 - $1.999 billion

 

8.5 basis points

 

—Amounts over $2 billion

 

7.5 basis points

 

High Yield Fixed Income

 

25.0 basis points

 

Fully Funded Hedge Funds, Limited Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies

 

100.0 basis points

 

Private Equities & Deferreds

 

 

 

First 2 years of fund’s life (committed)

 

100.0 basis points

 

Thereafter (fair value)

 

100.0 basis points

 

 

OB Holdings incurred $3.9 million, $5.7 million and $6.8 million, respectively, in total fees for investment management services provided by WM Advisors under these investment management agreements during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. WM Advisors is paid a quarterly fee for treasury management services computed at the annual rate of 1.75 basis points (0.0175%) of the aggregate value of net assets on an annual basis. OB Holdings incurred $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, in treasury management fees during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

OBH Guarantee

 

White Mountains has provided and, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, continues to provide an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee as to the payment of principal and interest (the “Guarantee”) on the OBH 5.875% Senior Notes due 2013. See Note 6.

 

In consideration of this Guarantee, OBH has agreed to pay a specified fee to White Mountains in the amount of 25 basis points per annum on the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes. Such payment will be made on a semi-annual basis in arrears. OBH has further agreed that if White Mountains’ voting interest in OBIG ceases to represent more than 50% of all of OBIG’s voting securities, OBH is obligated to seek to redeem, exchange or otherwise modify the Senior Notes in order to fully and permanently eliminate White Mountains’ obligations under the Guarantee (the “Guarantee Elimination”). White Mountains has agreed to provide written notice to OBH when its voting interest in OBIG has been reduced below 50%. OBH shall have 180 days from the receipt of such notification to complete the Guarantee Elimination. If the Guarantee Elimination is not completed within the initial 180-day period, the Guarantee fee shall increase by 200 basis points. The Guarantee fee shall further increase by 100 basis points for each subsequent 90-day period thereafter, up to a maximum Guarantee fee of 425 basis points, until the Guarantee Elimination has been completed. All expenses associated with the elimination of the Guarantee will be borne by OBH. OBH incurred $0.9 million, $1.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in fees for the provision of the Guarantee during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

The indenture documents governing the Senior Notes provide that if OneBeacon or White Mountains as guarantor of the Senior Notes defaults under a credit agreement, mortgage or similar debt agreement with a principal amount greater than $25 million, and such default results in the acceleration of such debt, there is a default under the Senior Notes (commonly referred to as a “cross default”). Such a default would result in a trigger of the cross default provisions in the indenture documents governing the Senior Notes resulting in a required repayment of the Senior Notes.

 

Sale of Esurance

 

On October 7, 2011, White Mountains completed the sale of Esurance Insurance and Answer Financial Inc. and its subsidiaries to The Allstate Corporation for a cash payment of $1.0 billion, which was equal to $700 million plus the estimated pro forma tangible book value at closing of the legal entities sold of approximately $310 million (the “Esurance Transaction”). Accordingly, effective as of the closing date of the Esurance Transaction, White Mountains ceased to own the Esurance business and it is no longer considered a related party to OB Holdings.

 

Esurance Trust

 

As part of the Esurance Transaction, OBIC established and funded a reinsurance trust for the benefit of Esurance Insurance Company (“EIC”) and Esurance Insurance Company of New Jersey (“EICNJ”), entities that were transferred by OBIC to Esurance during the period 2003-2006, to collateralize certain known liabilities that OBIC remains liable for notwithstanding the transfer of EIC and EICNJ. As of December 31, 2011, there were $34.3 million of assets in the trust supporting the liabilities. Annual fees for the trust are approximately $22,000. For the year ended December 31, 2011, OB Holdings incurred approximately $22,000 in trustee fees with respect to the trust, which are reimbursable by White Mountains.

 

Esurance Claims Administrations Services

 

Esurance Insurance Services, Inc., a subsidiary of White Mountains until the Esurance Transaction, and NJSM, an indirect subsidiary of the Company until July 2010 when it was sold as part of the Personal Lines Transaction, entered into a Transition Services Agreement (the “Transition Services Agreement”) dated as of June 28, 2007 and a related Termination Agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) dated as of the same date. The Termination Agreement terminated a Claims Administration Agreement dated as of February 1, 2005 between Esurance Insurance and NJSM pursuant to which NJSM had been providing claims administration services to Esurance Insurance in the State of New Jersey. Pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, NJSM provided certain transition services to Esurance Insurance during the period from July 2, 2007 through May 2009. NJSM provided the following services to Esurance Insurance pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement: facilities and building services (cubicles, office furniture, common space, conference rooms, telecommunications equipment and services, building management services and mailroom services) and IT services (network connections and voice and telecommunications services). For the year ended December 31, 2009, Esurance Insurance paid NJSM $0.1 million under the Transition Services Agreement.

 

F-55



Table of Contents

 

Esurance Insurance Claims Counsel Services

 

From time to time until the Esurance Transaction, OneBeacon provided staff counsel services to Esurance Insurance. OneBeacon’s staff counsel defended Esurance Insurance policyholders when the policyholders were sued by third-party tort plaintiffs arising from automobile accidents. The hourly cost of the staff counsels’ time was charged to Esurance Insurance. For the year ended December 31, 2009, OBIC billed Esurance Insurance $0.1 million for counsel services.

 

Esurance Sublease

 

OBIC subleases to Esurance Insurance approximately 4,200 square feet of an approximately 14,000 square foot office facility in Brooklyn, NY. The sublease term commenced August 15, 2008 and terminates on November 29, 2014. Esurance Insurance has the option to sublease an additional 3,000 square feet of the office space if available on the same terms and conditions as the original sublease except that the monthly rental payment would increase. In addition, Esurance Insurance has the right of first refusal on the remainder of the office space on terms and conditions to be agreed upon by the parties. During each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, Esurance Insurance paid OBIC $0.2 million for the office space.

 

Esurance Brokerage Commission

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, AutoOne assisted Esurance Insurance with the sale of approximately $5 million of excess 2009 New York take-out credits and received a fee of $15,000. Various states have assigned risks pools which provide automobile insurance for individuals unable to secure coverage in the voluntary market. Insurers are obligated to accept future assignments from state assigned risk pools as a condition of maintaining a license to write automobile business in the state. However, insurers may satisfy their assigned risk obligations by utilizing various credits (including take-out credits).

 

Sale of HCIC to Esurance Holdings, Inc.

 

During the third quarter of 2006, OB Holdings sold one of its inactive licensed subsidiaries, Homeland Central Insurance Company (“HCIC”), to Esurance Holdings, a subsidiary of White Mountains until the Esurance Transaction. HCIC was renamed EICNJ. In connection with the sale, Esurance Holdings agreed to pay $2.9 million of the total purchase price in periodic annual installments based upon a percentage of an annually recognized tax benefit with respect to premium tax in the state of New Jersey. In the event of a sale of Esurance Holdings to a third party, the remainder of the tax benefit would become due and payable to OB Holdings. Because of the license held by HCIC in New Jersey, EICNJ was entitled to a tax benefit that resulted in a reduction in the amount of annual state premium tax due on premiums written in New Jersey. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, after the filing of its New Jersey premium tax return each year, EICNJ paid OB Holdings $1.2 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. In connection with the closing of the Esurance Transaction, EICNJ paid OB Holdings $0.6 million, representing payment in full of the remainder of the tax benefit.

 

OFAC Compliance Services Agreement between OneBeacon Insurance Company and Esurance Insurance Company

 

The U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) rules prohibit U.S. businesses from providing services to terrorists, drug traffickers, and others engaged in activities related to the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and threats to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the United States in order to enforce U.S. foreign policy including economic and trade sanctions. In November 2009, OBIC entered into an OFAC Compliance Services Agreement with Esurance companies pursuant to which OBIC will continue to assist Esurance companies with compliance with OFAC rules and regulations. Prior to entry into the OFAC Compliance Services Agreement, OBIC provided OFAC compliance services to Esurance companies pursuant to the Separation Agreement. The fees paid by Esurance companies to OBIC pursuant to the Separation Agreement are included under “Related Party Disclosures—Separation Agreement” above. This agreement was terminated in August 2010.

 

Purchase of State Premium Tax Credits

 

In September 2010, OneBeacon America Insurance Company, the Employers’ Fire Insurance Company and Pennsylvania General Insurance Company purchased $1.2 million of Connecticut premium tax credits from White Mountains Specialty Underwriting, Inc., formerly Folksamerica Specialty Underwriting, Inc., for approximately $1.0 million. In May and June 2008, respectively, OneBeacon Midwest Insurance Company and the Employers’ Fire Insurance Company purchased $1.1 million of Connecticut premium tax credits from White Mountains Capital, Inc. and Folksamerica Holding Company, Inc., now known as Sirius International Holding Company, Inc., for approximately $0.9 million.

 

F-56



Table of Contents

 

Federal Insurance Indemnity

 

In December 2003, White Mountains and Fund American Companies, Inc., now OBH, entered into a General Agreement of Indemnity with Federal Insurance Company (“Federal”), under which Federal agreed to execute judicial and similar bonds on behalf of White Mountains and OBH and their respective subsidiaries. Under the General Agreement of Indemnity, White Mountains and OBH agreed to jointly and severally indemnify Federal for any losses under the bonds. Included within the Separation Agreement is a provision under which each of White Mountains and the Company will indemnify the other for losses arising out of or in connection with bonds to the extent for the benefit of White Mountains or the Company, respectively. As of November 2006, the Company entered into a new agreement with Federal providing a similar bonding capacity to which White Mountains is not a party. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, total exposure under the General Agreement of Indemnity for outstanding bonds was $1.1 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of which $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively, related to bonds issued on behalf of OBH or its subsidiaries.

 

Prospector

 

Investment Management Agreement with Prospector

 

Prior to OBIG’s initial public offering, Prospector managed most of the publicly-traded common equity and convertible securities in OB Holdings’ portfolio, as well as certain assets of the employee benefit plan portfolios, through a sub-advisory agreement with WM Advisors.

 

In connection with OBIG’s initial public offering, OB Holdings entered into an investment management agreement with Prospector in November 2006, as amended in November 2007, pursuant to which Prospector supervises and directs the publicly-traded common equity and convertible securities portion of OB Holdings’ investment portfolio in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in OB Holdings’ investment guidelines. The investment management agreement was renewed in March 2011, and as amended in December 2011, upon the same terms and conditions as the November 2006 agreement.

 

Prospector served as a discretionary advisor to WM Advisors under sub-advisory agreements with respect to specified assets in OneBeacon’s employee benefit plan portfolios until the fourth quarter of 2009. As described above under “Related Party Disclosures—WM Advisors”, in November 2009, WM Advisors terminated the investment management agreements pursuant to which WM Advisors provided services with respect to the employee benefit plan portfolios. Effective as of November 1, 2009, the Qualified Plan entered into a new investment management agreement with Prospector with respect to the management of the plan assets. Effective as of December 1, 2009, OneBeacon entered into a new investment management agreement with Prospector with respect to the management of two proprietary funds under the KSOP.

 

In December 2010, OB Holdings and Prospector entered into an investment management agreement pursuant to which Prospector supervises and directs the assets held in trust to fund the Company’s obligations under the Non-qualified Plan. The terms of the agreement are substantially similar to the terms of the March 2011 agreement.

 

Under the agreements, Prospector has discretion and authority with respect to the portfolios it manages for OB Holdings that are substantially similar to WM Advisors’ discretion and authority under its agreements. The assets of the OB Holdings’ portfolios are held in one or more separately identifiable accounts in the custody of a bank or similar entity designated by OB Holdings and acceptable to Prospector. OB Holdings is responsible for custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees.

 

Under the agreements, OB Holdings pays annual management fees to Prospector based on aggregate net assets under management according to the following schedule: 1.00% on the first $200 million; 0.50% on the next $200 million; and 0.25% on amounts over $400 million. The agreements each have an initial fixed term of three years, which with respect to the 2006 agreement was extended by OB Holdings for an additional two year term. OB Holdings entered into a new investment management agreement with Prospector effective March 1, 2011 which replaces the 2006 agreement with substantially the same terms as conditions as the 2006 agreement, including an initial fixed term of three years which may be extended for an additional two year term. The agreements are terminable by OB Holdings only (i) for cause (including material non-performance by Prospector), (ii) if either John D. Gillespie or Richard P. Howard are no longer affiliated with Prospector, (iii) if there is a change in control of Prospector (for this purpose, a change in control represents 50% or greater change in voting interest of Prospector), or (iv) if White Mountains’ voting interest in OBIG falls below 50%. OB Holdings reviews periodically the performance of and the fees paid to Prospector under the agreements.

 

F-57



Table of Contents

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, OB Holdings incurred $1.8 million, $2.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, in fees for investment management services provided by Prospector. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the employee benefit plans incurred $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, in fees for investment management services provided by Prospector.

 

Richard P. Howard, a portfolio manager of Prospector, is a director of OBIG.

 

Prospector Managed Limited Partnerships

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, OB Holdings had $42.9 million and $43.3 million, respectively, invested in limited partnerships managed by Prospector. Under the limited partnership agreements, Prospector serves as general partner and general manager of the funds and is paid a management fee by OB Holdings. In addition, OB Holdings allocates a portion of its earnings from OB Holdings’ limited partnership interests to Prospector as an incentive fee. For each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, OB Holdings incurred $0.4 million in management fees and $0, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in incentive fees.

 

NOTE 16.  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

OB Holdings leases certain office space under noncancellable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2020. Net rental expense for all of OB Holdings’ locations was approximately $13.1 million, $18.5 million and $20.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. OB Holdings’ future annual minimum rental payments required under noncancellable leases primarily for office space are $8.0 million, $5.6 million, $4.1 million, $3.2 million and $6.3 million for 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and thereafter, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, OB Holdings has accrued $1.4 million net of anticipated sub-lease income for leased space which OB Holdings has ceased using.

 

As described in Note 1, OBIC sold the majority of its fixed assets and capitalized software to OB Services at a cost equal to book value with no gain or loss recorded on the sale. Subsequent to purchasing the fixed assets and capitalized software from OBIC, OB Services entered into lease financing arrangements with US Bancorp and Fifth Third whereby OB Services sold its furniture and equipment and its capitalized software, respectively, to US Bancorp and Fifth Third. The assets were sold at a cost equal to net book value. OB Services then leased the fixed assets back from US Bancorp for a lease term of five years and leased the capitalized software back from Fifth Third for a lease term of four years. OB Services received cash proceeds of $23.1 million as a result of entering into the sale-leaseback transactions. At the end of the lease terms, OB Services will have the obligation to purchase the leased assets for a nominal fee, after which all rights, title and interest would transfer to OB Services. In accordance with ASC 840, OBIC recorded the sale of the assets with no gain or loss recognized while OB Services has recorded a capital lease obligation of $23.1 million included within other liabilities and a capital lease asset of $22.9 million included within other assets as of December 31, 2011. The underlying assets will continue to be depreciated over their respective useful lives. OB Services’ future annual minimum rental payments are $5.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and $1.9 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

OB Holdings also has various other lease obligations which are immaterial in the aggregate.

 

Other Investments

 

OB Holdings has future binding commitments to fund certain limited partnership investments which do not have fixed funding dates and totaled $16.1 million as of December 31, 2011. OB Holdings’ future binding commitments to fund an investment in a tax advantaged federal affordable housing development fund are $7.3 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for 2012 and 2013.

 

Assigned Risks

 

As a condition of OB Holdings’ license to do business in certain states, OB Holdings’ insurance operations are required to participate in mandatory shared market mechanisms. Each state dictates the types of insurance and the level of coverage that must be provided. The total amount of such business an insurer is required to accept is based on its market share of voluntary business in the state. In certain cases, OB Holdings is obligated to write business from mandatory shared market mechanisms at some time in the future based on the market share of voluntary policies it is currently writing. Underwriting results related to assigned risk plans are typically adverse and are not subject to the predictability associated with OB Holdings’ voluntarily written business.

 

F-58



Table of Contents

 

Guaranty Funds

 

Under existing guaranty fund laws in all states, insurers licensed to do business in those states can be assessed for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. In accordance with ASC 405, OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries record guaranty fund assessments when such assessments are billed by the respective guaranty funds. In addition, each insurance subsidiary’s policy is to accrue for any significant insolvencies when the loss is probable and the assessment amount can be reasonably estimated. The actual amount of such assessments will depend upon the final outcome of rehabilitation proceedings and will be paid over several years. At December 31, 2011, the reserve for such assessments at OB Holdings’ insurance subsidiaries totaled $16.0 million.

 

Legal Contingencies

 

OB Holdings, and the insurance industry in general, are routinely subject to claims related litigation and arbitration in the normal course of business, as well as litigation and arbitration that do not arise from, or directly relate to, claims activity.

 

OB Holdings’ estimates of the costs of settling matters routinely encountered in claims activity are reflected in the reserves for unpaid loss and LAE. See Note 3.

 

Except as noted below, OB Holdings is not a party to any material non-claims litigation or arbitration. OB Holdings considers the requirements of ASC 450 when evaluating its exposure to non-claims related litigation and arbitration. ASC 450 requires that accruals be established for litigation and arbitration if it is probable that a loss has been incurred and it can be reasonably estimated. ASC 450 also requires that litigation and arbitration be disclosed if it is probable that a loss has been incurred or if there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred.

 

In June 2011, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Law Debenture Company of New York and Wilmington Trust Company (collectively referred to as “Plaintiffs”), in their capacity as trustees for certain senior notes issued by the Tribune Company ( “Tribune”), filed lawsuits in various jurisdictions against numerous defendants including OB Holdings, OBIC-sponsored benefit plans and other affiliates of White Mountains in their capacity as former shareholders of Tribune seeking recovery of the proceeds from the sale of common stock of Tribune in connection with Tribune’s leveraged buyout in 2007 (the “LBO”). Tribune filed for bankruptcy in 2008, and the bankruptcy proceedings are currently pending in the Delaware bankruptcy court (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Bankruptcy Court granted Plaintiffs permission to commence these LBO-related actions. Plaintiffs seek recovery of the proceeds received by the former Tribune shareholders on the basis that Tribune purchased or repurchased its common shares without receiving fair consideration at a time when it was, or as a result of the purchases of shares, was rendered, insolvent. OB Holdings has entered into a joint defense agreement with other affiliates of White Mountains that are defendants in the action. OB Holdings and OBIC-sponsored benefit plans received approximately $32 million for Tribune common stock it tendered in connection with the leveraged buyout.

 

In December 2011, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation granted a motion to consolidate all of the lawsuits brought by Plaintiffs for pretrial matters and transfer all such proceedings to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The consolidated cases are currently stayed pending further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

In addition, OB Holdings, OBIC-sponsored benefit plans and other affiliates of White Mountains in their capacity as former shareholders of Tribune, along with thousands of former Tribune shareholders, have been named as defendants in an adversary proceeding brought by the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of the Tribune Company, on behalf of the Tribune Company, which seeks to avoid the repurchase of shares by Tribune in the LBO on a theory of intentional fraudulent transfer. The adversary proceeding is currently pending in Bankruptcy Court.  That case is also stayed pending further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Although the ultimate outcome of claims and non-claims litigation and arbitration, and the amount or range of potential loss at any particular time, is often inherently uncertain, management does not believe that the expected ultimate outcome of such claims and non-claims litigation and arbitration, including the matter described above, will have a material adverse effect on OB Holdings’ financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-59



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 17. Discontinued Operations

 

On August 30, 2011, OBIG and certain of its subsidiaries entered into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement to sell the AutoOne business to Interboro. The transaction, which was subject to regulatory approvals, closed in February 2012. See Note 18. The AutoOne Transaction included the sale of two insurance entities, AOIC and AOSIC, through which substantially all of the AutoOne business was written on a direct basis. The AutoOne Transaction required the completion of various steps, including amendment of the OneBeacon Amended and Restated Reinsurance (Pooling) Agreement to remove AOIC and AOSIC as parties to the agreement in order for them to retain 100% of their respective direct business, the contribution of specified assets supporting the AutoOne operations, and the sale, transfer or exchange of all of AOIC’s and AOSIC’s investment assets, other than those on deposit with governmental authorities. The AutoOne Transaction also included the execution of a reinsurance agreement with certain subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to which OneBeacon cedes, on a 100% quota share basis, AutoOne business not directly written by AOIC and AOSIC.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the transaction met the criteria for held for sale accounting. As a result, the assets and liabilities associated with the business being sold, after effecting the various steps contemplated by the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, are presented separately as single line items in the asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. The following summarizes the major categories of assets and liabilities associated with the business classified as held for sale:

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Investments

 

$

111.8

 

Cash

 

5.5

 

Premiums receivable

 

8.8

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

2.2

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

1.9

 

Other assets

 

2.4

 

Total assets held for sale

 

$

132.6

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE reserves

 

$

64.7

 

Unearned premiums

 

34.1

 

Other liabilities

 

8.8

 

Total liabilities held for sale

 

$

107.6

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets held for sale

 

$

25.0

 

 

F-60



Table of Contents

 

As a result of entering into the AutoOne Purchase Agreement, the results of operations for the AutoOne division have been classified as discontinued operations and are presented, net of related income taxes, as such in the statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for all periods. Amounts reflected within discontinued operations are consistent with amounts previously reported within the Other Insurance Operations segment for the AutoOne division, with the inclusion of the tax effects which previously were not separately calculated. Investing and financing activities for OB Holdings are managed on a consolidated basis and currently reported within the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment. Therefore, no investment or financing activity is included in discontinued operations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, OB Holdings recorded a net charge of $29.6 million pre-tax, $19.2 million after tax, reflecting the estimated loss on sale of the AutoOne business, which includes the $25.0 million of net assets held for sale as well as estimates for transaction costs. This after tax net charge is included in Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax, in the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The following summarizes the results of operations, including related income taxes associated with the business classified as discontinued operations:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net written premiums

 

$

57.8

 

$

77.3

 

$

88.9

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

67.2

 

$

83.8

 

$

100.7

 

Total revenues

 

67.2

 

83.8

 

100.7

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and LAE

 

56.9

 

72.0

 

116.6

 

Policy acquisition expenses

 

7.5

 

9.1

 

13.4

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

11.8

 

13.4

 

21.5

 

Total expenses

 

76.2

 

94.5

 

151.5

 

Pre-tax loss

 

(9.0

)

(10.7

)

(50.8

)

Income tax benefit

 

3.1

 

3.8

 

17.8

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

(5.9

)

$

(6.9

)

$

(33.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

(19.2

)

$

 

$

 

 

During 2010, OB Holdings determined that unearned LAD fees, which are included in unearned premiums, had been overstated in years prior to 2010. In order to correct this error, OB Holdings recorded an adjustment during the year ended December 31, 2010 of $5.5 million which increased earned premiums.

 

NOTE 18. Subsequent Events

 

On February 19, 2012, OBH declared $30.0 million in distributions to OBEH to be paid on or before March 20, 2012.

 

On February 22, 2012, OB Holdings and Interboro completed the AutoOne Transaction. As part of the AutoOne Transaction, Interboro LLC, the parent company of Interboro, issued a $3.0 million promissory note to OBIC. Interboro LLC is required to repay the note in $1.0 million increments on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the closing date, or February 22, 2015, 2016 and 2017. In addition, Interboro LLC is required to pre-pay principal in an amount equal to 100% of any dividend or distribution received from its subsidiaries, net of taxes and less $0.2 million. Interest will accrue and be payable quarterly at a rate of LIBOR plus 550 basis points.

 

F-61



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements included in this report. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect a material misstatement. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, an effective internal control environment as of a point in time may become inadequate in the future because of changes in conditions, or deterioration in the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures.

 

We assessed the effectiveness of OB Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making our assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, we have concluded that OB Holdings maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

March 16, 2012

 

/s/ T. MICHAEL MILLER

 

/s/ PAUL H. MCDONOUGH

T. Michael Miller

 

Paul H. McDonough

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

F-62



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index appearing on page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of OneBeacon U.S. Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of OneBeacon Insurance Group, Ltd., at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

New York, New York

 

March 16, 2012

 

 

F-63



Table of Contents

 

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

 

(Unaudited)

 

Selected quarterly financial data for 2011 and 2010 is shown in the following table. The quarterly financial data includes, in the opinion of management, all recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the interim periods. Financial information for the prior periods has been reclassified to conform to this presentation.

 

 

 

2011 Three months ended

 

2010 Three months ended

 

Millions

 

Mar. 31

 

June 30

 

Sept. 30

 

Dec. 31

 

Mar. 31

 

June 30

 

Sept. 30

 

Dec. 31

 

Revenues

 

$

287.5

 

$

263.8

 

$

229.4

 

$

300.1

 

$

501.5

 

$

410.1

 

$

379.7

 

$

295.6

 

Expenses

 

236.2

 

242.5

 

249.1

 

270.1

 

494.3

 

400.7

 

277.5

 

266.4

 

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations

 

51.3

 

21.3

 

(19.7

)

30.0

 

7.2

 

9.4

 

102.2

 

29.2

 

Tax (expense) benefit

 

(17.7

)

(7.8

)

8.0

 

(11.1

)

(9.2

)

(0.8

)

(23.4

)

(8.6

)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

33.6

 

13.5

 

(11.7

)

18.9

 

(2.0

)

8.6

 

78.8

 

20.6

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(0.7

)

(1.2

)

(2.5

)

(1.5

)

(0.4

)

(1.2

)

(3.8

)

(1.5

)

Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

(18.2

)

(1.0

)

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests

 

32.9

 

12.3

 

(32.4

)

16.4

 

(2.4

)

7.4

 

75.0

 

19.1

 

Less: Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(0.4

)

(0.5

)

(0.2

)

0.1

 

(0.3

)

(0.5

)

(0.8

)

 

Net income (loss) attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

$

32.5

 

$

11.8

 

$

(32.6

)

$

16.5

 

$

(2.7

)

$

6.9

 

$

74.2

 

$

19.1

 

 

F-64



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE I

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS—OTHER THAN

INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

At December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

$

213.6

 

$

215.4

 

$

215.4

 

Corporate bonds and asset-backed securities

 

1,516.9

 

1,556.6

 

1,556.6

 

States, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

2.2

 

2.2

 

2.2

 

Foreign governments

 

7.7

 

8.1

 

8.1

 

Redeemable preferred stocks

 

78.3

 

75.3

 

75.3

 

Total fixed maturities(1)

 

1,818.7

 

1,857.6

 

1,857.6

 

Short-term investments

 

291.8

 

291.8

 

291.8

 

Common equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks, trust and insurance companies

 

62.1

 

65.8

 

65.8

 

Public utilities

 

15.3

 

16.3

 

16.3

 

Industrial, miscellaneous and other

 

142.1

 

161.4

 

161.4

 

Total common equity securities

 

219.5

 

243.5

 

243.5

 

Convertible fixed maturity investments

 

69.2

 

72.5

 

72.5

 

Other investments

 

124.6

 

155.1

 

155.1

 

Total investments

 

$

2,523.8

 

$

2,620.5

 

$

2,620.5

 

 


(1)                                 Includes $111.8 million of fixed maturity investments reclassified to assets held for sale in the December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet as part of the AutoOne Transaction.

 

S-1



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE II

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

(Registrant Only)

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

$

 

$

56.0

 

Cash

 

2.4

 

0.2

 

Investments in consolidated subsidiaries(1)

 

1,253.6

 

1,368.7

 

Other assets

 

2.3

 

11.4

 

Total assets(1)

 

$

1,258.3

 

$

1,436.3

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

319.1

 

468.9

 

Other liabilities

 

6.7

 

6.9

 

Total liabilities

 

325.8

 

475.8

 

OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity

 

932.5

 

960.5

 

Total liabilities and OB Holdings’ common shareholder’s equity(1)

 

$

1,258.3

 

$

1,436.3

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Revenues

 

$

(11.7

)

$

(10.4

)

$

2.7

 

Expenses

 

23.6

 

34.9

 

42.3

 

Pre-tax loss

 

(35.3

)

(45.3

)

(39.6

)

Income tax benefit

 

12.4

 

16.1

 

11.5

 

Net loss

 

(22.9

)

(29.2

)

(28.1

)

Equity in earnings from consolidated subsidiaries(2)

 

51.1

 

126.7

 

335.5

 

Net income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

28.2

 

97.5

 

307.4

 

Other comprehensive income and loss items, after tax

 

(11.2

)

6.5

 

18.8

 

Comprehensive income attributable to OB Holdings’ common shareholder

 

$

17.0

 

$

104.0

 

$

326.2

 

 


(1)                                 The Company previously presented investments in consolidated subsidiaries and total assets, as well as total liabilities and equity inclusive of noncontrolling interests, with a separate noncontrolling interests equity component for the proportionate share attributable to noncontrolling interests. The Company has revised the presentation of investments in consolidated subsidiaries and total assets, as well as total liabilities and equity to instead appropriately reflect the Company’s proportionate share of the subsidiaries’ net assets, with conforming changes to 2010.

 

(2)                                 The Company previously presented equity in earnings from consolidated subsidiaries inclusive of earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests, with a separate noncontrolling interests component for the proportionate share of earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests. The Company has revised the presentation of equity in earnings from consolidated subsidiaries to instead appropriately reflect the Company’s proportionate share of the subsidiaries’ earnings, with conforming changes to 2010 and 2009.

 

S-2



Table of Contents

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

(Registrant Only)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net income(3)

 

$

28.2

 

$

97.5

 

$

307.4

 

Charges (credits) to reconcile net income to net cash from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized losses (gains) from repurchases of debt

 

12.0

 

10.8

 

(2.5

)

Undistributed earnings from consolidated subsidiaries(3)

 

(51.1

)

(126.7

)

(335.5

)

Dividends received from subsidiaries

 

155.0

 

776.0

 

40.2

 

Other operating items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

 

8.7

 

(3.5

)

28.6

 

Net cash provided from operations

 

152.8

 

754.1

 

38.2

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net maturities, purchases and sales of short-term investments

 

56.0

 

(22.7

)

38.0

 

Net cash provided from (used for) investing activities

 

56.0

 

(22.7

)

38.0

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchases of debt

 

(161.6

)

(196.2

)

(8.1

)

Dividends to OBEH

 

(34.4

)

(526.0

)

(68.1

)

Return of capital to OBEH

 

(10.6

)

(9.0

)

 

Net cash used for financing activities

 

(206.6

)

(731.2

)

(76.2

)

Net change in cash during the year

 

2.2

 

0.2

 

 

Cash balance at beginning of year

 

0.2

 

 

 

Cash balance at end of year

 

$

2.4

 

$

0.2

 

$

 

 


(3)              The Company previously presented net income and undistributed earnings from consolidated subsidiaries inclusive of amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests. The Company has revised the presentation of net income and undistributed earnings from consolidated subsidiaries to instead appropriately reflect the Company’s proportionate share of the subsidiaries’ earnings, with conforming changes to 2010 and 2009.

 

S-3



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE III

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

 

Column A

 

Column B

 

Column C

 

Column D

 

Column E

 

Column F

 

Column G

 

Column H

 

Column I

 

Column J

 

Column K

 

Segment

 

Deferred
acquisition
costs

 

Future policy
benefits,
losses,
claims and
loss expenses

 

Unearned
premiums

 

Other
policy
claims and
benefits
payable

 

Premiums
earned

 

Net
investment
income(1)

 

Benefits,
claims, losses,
and
settlement
expenses

 

Amortization
of policy
acquisition
expenses

 

Other
operating
expenses

 

Premiums
written

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Years ended:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

123.3

 

$

868.6

 

$

525.6

 

$

 

$

1,012.1

 

$

 

$

548.4

 

$

221.0

 

$

162.2

 

$

1,062.7

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

0.2

 

2,490.0

 

2.4

 

 

3.4

 

 

32.5

 

(2.0

)

11.1

 

0.2

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

67.3

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

111.3

 

$

841.5

 

$

475.3

 

$

 

$

979.2

 

$

 

$

539.6

 

$

212.7

 

$

163.6

 

$

988.0

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

3.2

 

2,454.0

 

152.2

 

 

424.7

 

 

318.6

 

98.9

 

69.5

 

171.0

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

96.3

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

105.8

 

$

704.7

 

$

466.2

 

$

 

$

917.9

 

$

 

$

403.0

 

$

204.1

 

$

151.4

 

$

946.2

 

Other Insurance Operations

 

109.2

 

3,230.1

 

552.1

 

 

940.9

 

 

602.3

 

172.2

 

157.1

 

871.6

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

125.3

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                                Invested assets are not allocated to Specialty Insurance Operations or Other Insurance Operations since OB Holdings does not manage its assets by segment. Net investment income related to OB Holdings’ Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance Operations segments are included in the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment since these assets are available for payment of losses and expenses for all segments.

 

S-4



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE IV

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

REINSURANCE

 

Column A

 

Column B

 

Column C

 

Column D

 

Column E

 

Column F

 

Premiums earned

 

Gross
amount

 

Ceded to
other
companies

 

Assumed
from
other
companies

 

Net
amount

 

Percentage
of amount
assumed to
net

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Years ended:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

1,035.7

 

$

(65.9

)

$

42.3

 

$

1,012.1

 

4.2

%

Other Insurance Operations

 

102.8

 

(100.2

)

0.8

 

3.4

 

23.5

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

988.9

 

$

(69.4

)

$

59.7

 

$

979.2

 

6.1

%

Other Insurance Operations

 

659.8

 

(239.6

)

4.5

 

424.7

 

1.1

 

December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty Insurance Operations

 

$

922.6

 

$

(58.8

)

$

54.1

 

$

917.9

 

5.9

%

Other Insurance Operations

 

1,099.1

 

(170.9

)

12.7

 

940.9

 

1.3

 

 

S-5



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE V

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

Column A

 

Column B

 

Column C

 

Column D

 

Column E

 

 

 

Additions (subtractions)

 

Description

 

Balance at
beginning
of period

 

Charged
(credited)
to costs and
expenses

 

Charged
(credited) to
other
accounts(1)

 

Other
additions
(deductions)
described(2)

 

Balance at
end of
period

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Years ended:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for reinsurance balances

 

$

17.5

 

$

10.7

 

$

 

$

(3.8

)

$

24.4

 

Premiums receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

 

3.9

 

 

(0.5

)

 

3.4

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for reinsurance balances

 

$

15.8

 

$

 

$

 

$

1.7

 

$

17.5

 

Premiums receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

 

6.3

 

0.2

 

(1.0

)

(1.6

)

3.9

 

December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for reinsurance balances

 

$

16.6

 

$

 

$

 

$

(0.8

)

$

15.8

 

Premiums receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

 

7.1

 

1.5

 

(1.8

)

(0.5

)

6.3

 

 


(1)                                 Amount credited to other accounts represents a reduction in the Allowance for uncollectible premiums receivable which was offset by a corresponding reduction in Gross premiums receivable. There was no impact to Premiums receivable as presented in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

(2)           Represents net collections (charge offs) of balances receivable.

 

S-6



Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE VI

 

ONEBEACON U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS

 

Column A

 

Column B

 

Column C

 

Column D

 

Column E

 

Column F

 

Column G

 

Column H

 

Column I

 

Column J

 

Column K

 

 

 

Deferred

 

Reserves
for Unpaid
Claims and

Claims

 

Discount,
if any,

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

Claims and Claims
Adjustment
Expenses Incurred
Related to

 

Amortization of
deferred
policy

 

Paid
Claims and
Claims

 

 

 

Affiliation with registrant

 

acquisition
costs

 

Adjustment
Expenses

 

deducted in
Column C

 

Unearned
Premiums

 

Earned
Premiums

 

investment
income(3)

 

Current
Year(1)

 

Prior
Year(2)

 

acquisition
costs

 

Adjustment
Expenses

 

Premiums
written

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Specialty Insurance Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

123.3

 

$

868.6

 

$

(1)

$

525.6

 

$

1,012.1

 

$

 

$

578.0

 

$

(29.6

)

$

221.0

 

$

522.8

 

$

1,062.7

 

2010

 

111.3

 

841.5

 

(1)

475.3

 

979.2

 

 

567.6

 

(28.0

)

212.7

 

416.5

 

988.0

 

2009

 

105.8

 

704.7

 

(1)

466.2

 

917.9

 

 

487.6

 

(84.6

)

204.1

 

322.2

 

946.2

 

Other Insurance Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

0.2

 

$

2,490.0

 

$

271.6

(1)(2)

$

2.4

 

$

3.4

 

$

 

$

5.8

 

$

26.7

 

$

(2.0

)

$

192.0

 

$

0.2

 

2010

 

3.2

 

2,454.0

 

295.9

(1)(2)

152.2

 

424.7

 

 

347.7

 

(29.1

)

98.9

 

531.8

 

171.0

 

2009

 

109.2

 

3,230.1

 

317.5

(1)(2)

552.1

 

940.9

 

 

634.4

 

(32.1

)

172.2

 

731.1

 

871.6

 

Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

67.3

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

96.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

125.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                                 The amounts shown represent and/or include OB Holdings’ discount on its long-term workers compensation loss and LAE reserves, as such liabilities constitute unpaid but settled claims under which the payment pattern and ultimate costs are fixed and determinable on an individual basis. OB Holdings discounts these reserves using an average discount rate which is determined based on various assumptions including consideration of when the claims will be settled (4.5%, 5.0% and 5.3%, respectively, at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009).

 

(2)                                 The amounts shown also include unamortized fair value adjustments of $163.3 million, $176.5 million and $190.5 million, respectively, to reserves for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses made in purchase accounting as a result of the purchase of OneBeacon for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

(3)                                 Invested assets are not allocated to Specialty Insurance Operations or Other Insurance Operations since OB Holdings does not manage its assets by segment. Net investment income related to OneBeacon’s Specialty Insurance Operations and Other Insurance Operations segments are included in the Investing, Financing and Corporate Operations segment since these assets are available for payment of losses and expenses for all segments.

 

S-7